00. The sword of Christ

Ascended Master Jesus through Kim Michaels.

I AM the Living Christ!

My main purpose for releasing this course in Christhood is to help the most spiritually aware people understand and master the timeless challenges of Christ.

When I walked the Earth 2,000 years ago – as the historical person most people know as Jesus – I made this statement:

32 Whosoever therefore shall confess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven.

33 But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven.

34 Think not that I am come to send peace on Earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword. (Mark, Chapter 10)

The role of the Living Christ is to be the open door for the Living Word that divides people into two categories:

  • There are those who are willing to let the Word awaken them onto life—meaning spiritual life, eternal life, life beyond time and space.
  • There are those who are not willing to be awakened and who are therefore judged for their unwillingness to rise above – to leave behind – the state of spiritual death.

The sword of Christ, the Sacred WORD of Christ, divides people into those who confess Christ and those who deny Christ. The mere existence of this course presents people with the first challenge of Christ, the challenge to confess or deny Christ.

There are many who have been brought up – programmed – to reject the Living Christ, and consequently they are predisposed to reject this course. Some will be programmed to reject the course based on the title alone. They have come to accept a graven image of Christ, according to which I, Jesus, was the only person who could possibly attain personal Christhood. Thus, they consider it blasphemous to claim that everyone has the potential to become the Living Christ. Yet in so doing, these people must deny Christ before men, for they must deny one of my pivotal statements:

Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father. (John 14:12)

How can one claim to be a follower of Christ while ignoring this statement or refusing to seek for a deeper understanding of it? When you seek for such an understanding, you realize that no one can do the same works that I did without attaining the state of consciousness that I demonstrated, namely the Christ consciousness. Thus, those who think the Living Christ can be confined to one historical person – or to a mental image of that person created by a self-serving institution – do not know Christ and have not confessed Christ before men.

There are those who have been programmed to reject this course based on the statement that the course is given directly by me, the ascended Jesus Christ. These people have come to accept another graven image of Christ, namely that I stopped speaking to humankind after I had released the official Christian scriptures. It is as if they think I can no longer bring forth spiritual revelations or that I have nothing to say to today’s people. These people also deny Christ before men, for they deny the following statements:

“All power is given unto me in heaven and in Earth” (Matthew 28:18).

I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. (John 16:12)

Those who ignore these statements are in reality saying that they do not want me to speak to humankind today—they do not want me to disturb them in their self-created comfortability, in which they claim to be my followers yet have shut me out of their hearts and their churches. I do indeed have the ability and the will to bring forth new teachings in the modern world, for did I not say that I am with you always (Matthew 28:20)?

NOTE: The rest of this dictation is available in the book: Master Keys to Personal Christhoood.

 

Copyright © 2008 Kim Michaels

Forming the true sangha of the Buddha

TOPICS: What is sangha of the Buddha? – The community of honesty – The Buddha and the Mother – The origin of time – Total forgiveness is forgetting all – A victory for us all –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, June 29, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

The Buddha, the dharma, the sangha—these are the three pillars of the religion – or what they call the religion – of Buddhism. Yet I, Gautama, did not come to start a religion, my beloved. I came to demonstrate the universal path to oneness with Spirit – the oneness between Spirit and matter – the oneness you attain when you are fully awake.

The question is not only “To be, or not to be,” but “Do you want to be awake or do you want to stay unawake?” Whereby – in your unawakeness – there is a space between you and reality—the reality that you see when you are awake. And in that space the ego can hide, and you can hide from your own past momentums, that you have not yet looked at, as Master MORE so eloquently explained.

What then is the reality of the Buddha? What is the awake understanding of the Buddha? Well, it is the Being who – because he or she is awake – sees the oneness of all life, sees the reality that all life sprang from the same source and is destined to return to that source by ascending and becoming part of the spiritual realm. Thus, the Buddha is the one who holds the balance that allows those who are not yet awake to continue an existence in their unawakened state—instead of becoming consumed by the intensification of the ascension spiral, into which the entire material universe has been engaged from its inception.

What then is the dharma? Well, it is the raising up of all sentient beings, all self-aware beings, to the awakened state—that they too become the Buddha. What then is the sangha, the community? It is a gathering of those who have made a commitment to the path that leads to the full awakeness of the Buddha, and who have determined to let nothing in the matter world stand between them and the attainment of the fullness of that Buddhahood. Even while they still maintain a focus in a physical body, and therefore can be here below all that they are Above—and thus serve as the open door between matter and Spirit, serve as the anchor for Spirit, that allows the Light to flow through and thus light up the dark corners of the earth, until there is no imperfect spirit, no ego-illusion, that can hide from the all-penetrating Light of the Buddha.

What is sangha of the Buddha?

When I sat on the earth in a physical body, I gave forth a teaching adapted to the consciousness of the people of the time, to a certain element of the mass consciousness. I thus knew, that it was impossible to give the fullness of what the path is about and what the community is meant to be. I had to give a teaching that people could grasp, and thus, people turned my teaching into another religion, called Buddhism.

And they created the image that those who belonged to the Buddhist religion form a sangha that is clearly set apart from those who do not belong to the Buddhist religion. And thus, they created an image much like the members of other religions have done, an exclusivist, separatist image. Yet time has passed. The Christ descended, humankind has risen and we now have a body of students who are ready to understand the fullness of the Buddha, the dharma and the sangha.

Many spiritual people are close to manifesting that community. So, let me give you some thoughts on the sangha of the Buddha. There is – naturally – a certain sense of familiarity, security in coming together in a community of people with like mind—who can then speak freely and support each other. We are not saying that you cannot create such a community, where you come together and are free to share your ideas, knowing you will not be condemned or criticized. And knowing that you do not have to deal with the ego games, that so often cause people to put down others, even if they have a good idea. Or just the fact that they did not come up with the idea, means that they have to put it down. Thus, I ask you to consider that – certainly – you can and should form such a community. But I ask you to ponder the subtle distinction, that you do not make it an exclusivist community that sets itself apart from the greater community of humankind-at-large.

For who is the Buddha? He is the one that knows that everything is the Buddha nature, and thus the Buddha is in everyone and in everything. And thus, how can you be true followers of the Buddha, if you set yourself apart and say the Buddha can only be in certain people and not in others? We desire you to see that the community you form is not isolated from the greater community of all sentient beings, but is a nucleus that interacts with the greater community, that is willing to put itself out there to shout your message from the housetops, to let your Light shine that others may see your good works, and know that only the Father within you could have produced such works. And thus, they come to see the God within themselves, the Buddha within themselves.

For my beloved, the Buddha likewise is not an egomaniac who wants to be elevated above others. When the Buddha has awakened in one person, well that person has only one focus and desire. And that is to awaken the Buddha in all others, so that the Buddha can be awake in all. For only then is the Buddha whole.

The community of honesty

So the Sangha, the community, we desire to see manifest, is one where the foremost quality is honesty, plain and simple. Honesty with yourself, honesty with each other, honesty with other people who are not yet part of your sangha, for they have hesitation. Honesty – in order to be complete – can know no conditions that allow the ego to hide. For honesty has no conditions—only the ego has conditions. And it sets up those conditions precisely so that it can hide. And this is the force that you need to overcome.

What is the key to honesty, my beloved? It is the realization that if the Buddha is everywhere, if God is everywhere, then nothing can be hidden from God. So what is the point in trying to be dishonest and hide something? Who are you fooling—certainly not God, certainly not the Buddha, certainly not the ascended masters, certainly not your I Am Presence. You might be fooling other people, but you are first and foremost fooling yourself. And if you desire to play that game, then I simply ask you to go to one of the many organizations out there, that are still trapped in playing the game, and that still not only allow but encourage their members to play the game.

Simply go there and play that game, until you have had your fill. And then come back to the sangha of the Buddha. And thus, we have seen how the pieces have been put together—that at this critical time many spiritual people might come physically together and step up to manifesting a true example – not the only example – but a true example of what the sangha of the Buddha is in the Aquarian Age—with the awareness that humankind has today.

The Buddha and the Mother

I will move on to give you some thoughts on the relationship between the Buddha and the Mother. As you will note in the invocation you gave earlier, there is the line, “Buddha space, Mother time, tis the secret so sublime.” The material universe is seen by science as being a space in which are found planets, solar systems and galaxies. That space is the Buddha—is created out of the Buddha nature. The space is a space set apart from the Allness of God, so that separate forms can manifest. In that space you find the Ma-ter light, which takes on form.

You, as unascended beings, have co-creative abilities, but you do not have the power of mind to affect space. For you cannot affect space until you attain the consciousness of the Buddha—and then you transcend space. So, you are confined to expressing your co-creative abilities within the framework of space, and the so-called natural laws that guide space, most of which science has not yet discovered or fully understood.

As an unascended being, your co-creative abilities allow you to work only on the Ma-ter light, projecting form unto that Ma-ter light. When the Buddha allows its own Being to become space, the Buddha holds a vision for how that space and all within it – the Ma-ter light, the energy within it – is meant to be raised up as part of the ascending spiral that my brother Maitreya has described in his book. The Mother of God then allows her Light to become the instrument for self-aware beings to outplay their free will and harvest the physical conditions that outpicture their mental images. This makes it possible, then, that within the total space of the Buddha, certain portions – such as for example focused around planet earth – can then fall behind in the ascending spiral of the totality of space.

The origin of time

You see, my beloved, the totality of the material realm is – and always has been – in an ascending spiral that cannot be stopped. But due to free will, the inhabitants of a particular planet can densify their consciousness, thereby densifying the planet, so that it falls behind the ascending spiral. We might actually describe this as a stretching of space, as envisioned in the concept of a stretching of what has been called the space-time continuum. But what science does not understand is that time is not a function of space. Time is a function of free will. For when a planet falls behind the place in space, where it ideally should have been, then the distance between that immaculate concept and the current reality—that is what creates time.

And it is, so to speak, a cosmic clock that starts ticking. For, while you have free will, it is, as Maitreya explained, not feasible that there are no limitations for free will. For you cannot forever take a portion of the Creator’s own Being and entrap it in an imperfect form. Nor can you forever entrap other self-aware beings in an imperfect form.

And thus, the clock of time that starts ticking counts down to the point, where those lifestreams who were instrumental in taking a planet into the downward spiral, where their opportunity runs out. And they must then be removed from that planet, so that the other inhabitants – who might have gone along with the blind leaders – receive an opportunity then to be free of the pull—that they might choose to start rising. Thus bringing their planet back, accelerating time so to speak, so that it catches up and therefore again finds its rightful place in the cosmic dance. Whereby, time as you now know it ceases to exist for that planet. For truly, my beloved, “Time is not!”

Total forgiveness is forgetting all

Now then, to continue on the discourse given by Master MORE on memory, your personal memory versus the cosmic memory of the akashic record. Once again, your personal memory is set apart, is allowed to lag behind the akashic record, the cosmic memory which sees reality and remembers things as they are—as MORE explained. And thus, what you do, as you walk the path towards the total surrender of the separate self that is Christhood, you too catch up to the place in space, where you would have been had you stayed in the River of Life, flowing with it instead of walking into the jungle of separation, thus coming to lag behind.

The ghosts – that were spoken about by several masters – are the memories you hold of your own imperfections, seeing through the filter of the duality consciousness instead of seeing through the reality of God consciousness that forgives all. Those are the ghosts that you must give up. And thus, total forgiveness is giving up even the memory of the perceived mistake. Simply letting it be consumed so that you no longer hold on to it, and in holding on to it, keep yourself trapped in a time warp, so to speak. Because you keep yourself trapped in time, the time that is really a distance between where you could be and where you have chosen to be or chosen to be not.

You will note, that the Bible contains the statement, “I shall remember their sins no more.” Well, God never remembers your sins, for God remembers only the reality – the reality that the material universe is a sandbox – for you have been given freedom to experiment. And thus, once a limiting choice has been replaced by a higher choice, the previous choice is no more. The essence of free will is, that you choose one thing, and in choosing that one thing, you cannot at the same time choose another thing. Thus, you cannot be awake and unawake at the same time. And thus, once you let go of the old illusion – the old choice to accept the dualistic illusion – you are free of that illusion.

It is gone—unless you choose to let it stay in your memory and thereby recreate it over and over again, until you finally give up the ghost and let that mortal self die. Thus, even Jesus hanging on the cross had certain personal ghosts, that he had to give up, as has every being that has ever ascended.

A victory for us all

It is, then, my great privilege and my great joy to seal this conference, which I must tell you has been an unmitigated victory for the ascended masters—and for you as part of the ascended masters, though still unascended at least in some part of your awareness. For truly, you are much more than you can conceive of, and thus it is only a small part of your total Being that is still trapped down here in the quagmire.

And when you tune in to the totality, you gain the cosmic perspective, whereby you see how truly inconsequential all of these ego-syncracies are. And that is when you can let the ghosts die, for you know you are more—and thus you will not die with them.

Do not feel sadness for the fact that this conference has drawn to a close, as everything in time must do. Instead, look beyond it, see what you have established, a sangha that transcends time. For it is the sangha of the Buddha, my beloved, that exists in space—and space is beyond time. Thus focus on that! Focus on the sangha and transcending even the physical distance, keeping that contact as you have the communications technology to do. And therefore see that this sealing of the conference does not represent an end, but the beginning of a new cycle, a different cycle, even a higher cycle.

For now you go out to be the Omega, and as you multiply the talents you have been given, well surely we will draw you in—in another in-breath, to come to another conference where you can then go higher because you have gone out, my beloved. For if you did not go out to share with others and seek to raise up the All, then we could not give you higher teachings. And you would be standing and treading water in the same place.

So do you see that both are necessary, the in-breath and the out-breath, that is what forms the cosmic dance? Therefore, get out of the so common mindset of many spiritual people of wanting to withdraw from the hustle and bustle of the world. Thinking that when you find peace and solitude and quietness in a cave in the mountains, then you will find the Buddha. Instead, study the teachings of those who served life in some form, and in so doing suddenly saw the Buddha. Even the being who was licking the maggots from the wounds of another person, and in so doing attained enlightenment and oneness with the Buddha.

For it is when you see the Buddha in all life, that you will see me, beloved. For I AM ALL and in all. So as long as you have the mindset that I can only be found in certain places and not in others, then how could you possibly discover me? For the only place to discover me is in yourself. So if you think, that you have to be somewhere else in order to discover me, well then can you not see that you cannot see me—even though I am always there, smiling my Buddhic smile, patiently waiting for you to discover me in yourself. For I AM the Buddha. I am space. I am beyond time. So I have all the time in the world—whereas the world does not have unlimited time.

So wake up then, and decide to reach beyond time and recognize that there comes a time when the acceptable time is NOW; not tomorrow; not one second from now, but NOW. For that is when you enter the Eternal NOW and transcend the illusion of space, the illusion that the material world can keep you from the oneness of the sangha. That is when you manifest the sangha where you are, instead of seeing it somewhere else.

I AM where you are. I AM awake where you are. Will you be awake where I AM? Then so BE, and be sealed in my infinite peace. Rejoice in my infinite peace. And discover that what seems to be peace from the human perspective is not actually peace. Peace is the bliss of the Buddha, where you are so joyful, for you know the demons of Mara have no power over you. And thus, you can laugh at all of their antics, all of their attempts to draw you in to an attachment.  And that is when they flee from you—and I AM all that is left.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Establishing Aquarian communities

TOPICS: The difference between ascended and unascended is not as big as you think –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Lanello, June 29, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

The community that we all envision, that we all dream about seeing is a community that is free of ego, where the ego cannot hide and therefore cannot control. And therefore, it cannot take the community down into the usual ego battles, that we have seen so many times in the past dash away the cup of the elixir of life before anyone was able to drink it. You may notice a certain sadness in my voice, and it is because I am tuning my Being to the sadness that so many people feel in the material world. For they know that there is so much more, and they cannot understand why it cannot be manifest.

How can it be, that you can have a high spiritual teaching – such as given by the Buddha, given by the Christ – and yet, there is something that keeps the community from manifesting its highest potential, from being the organization you know it could be, from manifesting that spirit of oneness that is the true essence of community? When I survey the scene of the spiritual people on earth today, I see that there are so many groups out there, with so many well-meaning people, who have the dream, who have the desire, for a community that is above and beyond the power struggle of the ego. Yet, they know not how to manifest it, they have not the teaching, they have not the tools. Sometimes they have not the will.

Yet, my heart goes out to all of those people, wishing they could somehow be reached and shown that there is a higher way, there is a way to go beyond the ego—for those who are willing to be straightforward and look the ego straight in the eye and see it for what it is. Thus, I desire you who hear this message to transcend the sadness, for I, of course, am not in that sadness. I am above it, as a joyful God-free ascended being. Yet I wish you to know, that there are so many people out there who are longing for what you have experienced here in these past few days, and what some of you are beginning to realize that you can experience not only at conferences, but that you can experience all the time by forming a community that transcends distance, that transcends time and space.

I ask you to look to the present, to the future, that you might make that extraordinary effort to overcome that last hump. So that you will not remain one step away, my beloved, but will indeed break through the glass ceiling and reach through time and space to your I AM Presence and bring down that matrix of the true spiritual community that is waiting to be brought down. We who are one in the ascended masters desire to be one with you. This is not a desire based on lack, as some of you desire to be one with us because you think it will magically transform you into someone else—so that you do not have to do the hard work of facing the beam in your own eye.

And this has indeed been the downfall of the students in various spiritual organizations, where they have believed that what we of the ascended masters presented to people was this mechanical path, that one day would magically transform them into ascended beings who would receive great glory—or the visitation of ascended masters who would appear to them in physical form. So that they could feel they were so special compared to all those other unfortunate people, who – even though they might not go to hell as the Christians believed – surely were not as privileged as the students of the ascended masters.

We do not desire to be seen as being so far above you that you either cannot reach us, or that you need some messenger to be the open door. We desire you all to be open doors in your own way, that you may know us directly within your hearts.

The difference between ascended and unascended is not as big as you think

And thus, as one who has recently ascended, I tell you that the difference between an unascended being who has reached some non-attachment and inner peace, and the fully ascended being is much smaller than you might think. The goal of all of us is not to be worshipped, not to be admired, for we desire you to overcome the sense of distance—that you might come into oneness with us, instead of keeping us up there on the pedestal; keeping us up there like Jesus has been kept on the cross for 2,000 years. And even he, respecting free will, cannot take himself down from that cross in the minds of those who call themselves Christians—but who have been misled into worshiping anti-christ.

Thus, my beloved, I simply desire to manifest my Presence in your midst. For it is a great joy to be able to once again serve to bridge the gap between the ascended realm and their unascended students, counter parts, brothers and sisters. For, you see, when you ascend, you give up the ghost. And thus, I am in the River of Life, flowing wherever there are hearts united in that love that transcends all ego. For that is the love that I AM. Thus, sense that love, tune in to my heart and feel my Presence, for I desire to pass on to you my joy in a very personal way.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Remembering your own sins no more—by being MORE

TOPICS: Beware of the ego’s trap – Overcome your graven image of El Morya and know MORE – The real cause of the murder of the Divine Mother – How hatred of the Mother begins – The cause of self-hatred – The difference between memory and Akasha – Be willing to see what really happened – Give yourself the benefit of the doubt – The reality of twin flames – See beyond the illusion that matter is unchanging –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE, June 29, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

So my beloved, why does an ascended master who for a century has been known by the name El Morya get the crazy idea to change his name to Master MORE? Well, who AM I as an ascended master? AM I not indeed a spiritual teacher, seeking to raise up those who are yet unascended to overcome the limitations, that keep them from the ascended consciousness, from the Christ consciousness—that is the only key to enter into the Kingdom of the Infinite? And thus, in teaching this, I am well aware of the pitfalls of the path, the trickery of the human ego. I know how it is constantly seeking to trick the best students into falling into the rut of taking a teaching given, and turning it into a closed mental box that now keeps them trapped, rather than raising them higher.

Thus, if you take an honest look at virtually every religion on this planet, you will see the same pattern. After a time, the students start forming a mental image of what it means to be a student of the ascended masters, of what it means to be a Student of El Morya or Serapis Bey or Saint Germain or Jesus or another master. As that mental image becomes more and more pronounced, and as it starts spreading through the mass consciousness of the organization, then it begins to gain a strength that eventually overpowers those who are not strong enough to see through it.

You should realize, that any movement, any group of people that starts meeting on a regular basis, will form a mass consciousness, a group consciousness. And it will eventually – if the members are not aware, if they are not alert – it will begin to form a force, that will seek to overpower the individual and get the individual to follow the mass consciousness—rather than following the teaching released through the organization from our level and following the inner direction that you get within your own heart.

Beware of the ego’s trap

What you have seen in many spiritual organizations is truly the formation of a certain image of what it means to be a Student of El Morya. And they now focus all of their attention on being the best possible student that they can be – and please note that I am not condemning anyone for this – I am simply exposing the reality of what is happening in the duality consciousness of the ego. I am in no way passing any judgment upon this. This is what happens, and I know this full well.

Yet I am trying to point it out to those who have ears to hear, that they may see the trap before it springs and catches them. For it is often so, that the most eager students – the ones who are actually in some ways ready to step up to a higher service – are the ones who have the greatest desire, the greatest drive to be a good Student of El Morya. Yet if they are not alert, and if they are not balanced, then their desire to do well becomes a trap. My Beloved, do you fully understand that you live in the material universe that is still dominated by the duality consciousness? Which means that the ego, the prince of this world, the false teachers can use anything – and I mean anything – to create a trap?

Yet the flip side of the coin is, that it is also possible to take any teaching – no matter how distorted, no matter how false – and still transcend the teaching and attain Christhood. As you indeed see a few people who have taken the distorted teachings of orthodox Christianity and still managed to rise above it, to go within.

Overcome your graven image of El Morya and know MORE

Thus, what I am endeavoring to have you understand is that we of the ascended masters cannot bring forth a teaching expressed in words that the ego and the false teachers cannot pervert and use to create a trap. Yet on the other hand, the false teachers of humankind cannot create a false teaching that is so distorted, so far from the truth, that people cannot transcend that teaching and still manifest Christhood. Do you see, there cannot be any guarantees in the material realm? Partly because of the duality consciousness, partly because of free will.

What I am pointing out to you is, that if you will take a honest look at yourself and see that you have built an image of who El Morya is and what it means to be a student of El Morya, well then, I must tell you that you are no longer my student—you are a student of a graven image! I am MORE than any image you could possibly create of me. And, thus you see that the entire drive to create a graven image, whether it be of God or an ascended being, can only come from the ego and its desire, its compulsive need, for control.

And thus, the ego is constantly seeking to create the ultimate mental box and put God in it, put me in it, put Jesus in it. But the first person who is put in the mental box created by your ego is yourself. And the last person to leave that mental box is yourself. For you see the beauty of Jesus’ teaching to do unto others, is that what you do unto others, you have already done to yourself. For after all, who is yourself? Is it not the All?

I came to a point where I recognized that despite my efforts to give forth teachings that could not be turned into a closed mental box, well, I had not attained the goal that I desired to attain. And that is why I decided to take the step to change the name to Master MORE. To more directly signal that I am MORE, forever MORE.

I tell you truly, I, Master MORE, I, El Morya, have not sponsored any image of me for a long time now. For I desire to have no image, for the reality is, that I AM one with the MORE of the River of Life, the process of constant, never-ending, ever-expanding, self transcendence. And thus, if I were to commission an artist to paint a picture of me, well then before the paint was dry, I would have transcended myself a million times. And thus, how could the picture possibly reflect who I AM. And thus, how could any picture be more than a graven image? When I see those who could potentially be my best students hold on to a graven image – whether it be a physical picture or a mental picture in their own minds – I want to say to them, “Come with me on this grand adventure of being MORE—instead of sitting there feeling content with the less that you were given at a previous time.”

The real cause of the murder of the Divine Mother

What am I leading up to with this? It is to give you an understanding, an understanding, based on your own experience in this lifetime and in today’s age, of what was the real cause of the murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria. For it was this very process, of the tendency of the ego and the false teachers to create graven images of God. And what is the purpose of the Divine Mother, when there was a representative of the Divine Mother in embodiment? Well, it is the same purpose as Lord Krishna, as the Buddha, as Jesus, as every true spiritual representative or teacher. It is to shatter and challenge the mental boxes, the graven images, that people have created, for this is the essence of the path.

Those who murdered the Divine Mother, entered into the consciousness of wanting to walk the mechanical path, wanting to worship a graven image—which then gave them control, not only over the image, but over the path, and gave them the illusion of control over their material circumstances. They were not willing to transcend the graven image and come up higher. So, when someone challenged their graven image, they would do almost anything to silence that challenge. And in some cases they would go to the extreme of killing that person, either by slitting their throat in a temple or by nailing them to a cross.

So you see, what I am trying to point out to you here is, that there may be some of you who have a sense that you were on Lemuria, and you were there when the murder of the representative of the Divine Mother took place. Yet, what I am trying to give you is a different perspective, where you realize that all human beings on earth have been and are stuck in the consciousness that caused the murder of the Divine Mother.

The unwillingness to transcend is the very consciousness that caused the murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria, elsewhere, and the murder of the representatives of God throughout the ages. For this has not only happened with Jesus and the Divine Mother on Lemuria, it has happened countless times and is still happening today. Even in the form of psychic murder, where you silence those who could have spoken out and brought society forward.

What I am calling you to realize is, that what needs to be overcome is that consciousness, the unwillingness to transcend, to self-transcend. And I am also calling you to realize here, that I am not saying this to give you any sense of guilt. I am, in fact, saying it to perhaps push your buttons a little bit, so that you can see if you feel guilty over this. For then there is something you need to look at. For have we not explained so beautifully how the Divine Mother feels about the murder of her representative? There is no judgment, there is no anger, there is no negative feelings—there is only unconditional love. And in unconditional love there is not even the need for forgiveness.

How hatred of the Mother begins

Whatever you have done in this or past lives, it is of no consequence in the grand scheme of things. For everything is created out of the Ma-ter light, which is like the sand in the sand boxes you all used to play in as children. Whatever you do with the sand, whatever kind of castle you build, you cannot hurt the sand. But neither can you create anything permanent, for when you leave it and the sun comes out and dries the sand in your castle, then it begins to crumble. Do you see, my beloved? God is not the angry, judgmental God who has put you into a world, where the slightest mistake you make will qualify you for hell for all eternity. God is the loving God who has put you into a sand box and said, “Build anything you want, for you cannot hurt the sand. You can only hurt yourself.”

But you truly hurt yourself only in your own perception. Thus, do you see, that whatever mistake you have made has no consequence in the grand scheme of things? But it has a consequence in your own world, in that it can make you feel guilty, unworthy, fearful, even angry. And so the subtle, psychological mechanism is, that when you allow yourself to feel condemnation, self-condemnation, for the fact that you have made a mistake—well then you enter into a state of pain, that can easily become so intense that you refuse to look at the decisions, the consciousness, that caused you to commit the outer actions. And if you refuse to look at the consciousness, well how can you resolve it and move on. And this then is what becomes the Catch 22 – for some people even a Catch 33 or a Catch 99 – for they have built so many layers of this guilt, anger and fear.

This is the essence of what caused the murder of the Divine Mother. For the unwillingness to transcend comes from the unwillingness to look at something from the past – and learn from it – because it is too painful. And thus, the ego will always trick you into lessening the sense of guilt so that you can live with it. And how does the ego do this? It does so by causing you to project outside yourself that it was not really your fault. It was something else that made you do it.

In many cases, what happens is:

  • You descend into embodiment in the material realm, where everything is created out of the Ma-ter light.
  • You make a mistake, which we do not see as a mistake, but you see it as a mistake.

It causes pain. You will not look at the pain. So you project that it was not your fault. It was some condition in the material realm that made you do it.

And now what have you done? You have projected onto the Mother that it is the Mother’s fault. And how can this not lead to hatred of the Mother, which then – when you are challenged to realize that no, it was not the Mother who made you do it, it was you who made the choice to do it – well then you want to silence that voice. For you are not willing to look at the pain, to go into the pain and realize that although running away can diminish the intensity of the pain, you will still never be able to run away from it. Instead, you will have the lesser intensity of the pain as the constant companion. But if, instead, you would turn around – walk right into the pain – then you would for a short time feel the intensity of the pain, but you would walk through it and realize that you are more than the pain. And there is peace, release, surrender, freedom on the other side.

The cause of self-hatred

But as long as you run away, you cannot do that. So what must you do? You must justify running away by again projecting layers of images and illusions onto the Mother. Which then causes you to feel more and more resentful, coming to the point of having hatred of the Mother. Which is truly a hatred of self; but who are you? You are an expression of the Father, but you are in the Mother of God. For all in the world of form is the Mother. And so, you are also the Mother. So when you hate the Mother, you are hating yourself.

But you see, my beloved, what is it you are hating? You are hating something that is an illusion. And what is the grand illusion? Well, it is the illusion caused by the fact, that the lowering of the collective consciousness on a planet like earth has given matter a certain density, where it seems like your actions have physical consequences that you cannot escape and that will follow you for a long time. And thus it seems like the Mother really is punishing you for your mistakes by some physical consequence. Yet, the reality is that the Mother is not punishing you. The Mother is at any moment reflecting back to you the images that you hold in your consciousness. And thus, what you are hating are these images that are not the Mother—that are not you. They are created out of the duality consciousness which is unreal. So what you hate is unreal.

And the only way out of it is to look at it from a realistic perspective and recognize that it is not real, admit that it is not real. Admit that you chose to believe in an illusion, but that neither God the Father nor God the Mother will hold you to that choice, and will say that once you have made that choice you should be bound by it forever. It is only the devil who will seek to make you believe in this lie. The Father and the Mother have given you the free will to change your mind at any time, to undo an imperfect decision by making a right choice—a LIFE decision to replace the death decision. My Beloved, what I endeavor to give you here is a greater understanding of how you hold yourself back.

The difference between memory and Akasha

Now I will speak to you of the difference between memory, human memory, and what you have come to know as the akashic records. For you see my beloved, in the past we have given the image that there is something called the akashic records, which is truly a certain energy frequency that records everything that has ever happened in the material universe. So that you can, so to speak, rewind the tape in the VCR and replay an event that happened 10,000 years ago or 50,000 years ago.

And there is something called the akashic records. But you see, when you hear of the concept of the akashic records, you project the state of your own consciousness upon it. So you think that what is recorded in the akashic records is what you saw in that situation when it happened 10 or 10,000 years ago. You think that if I was to take you to my retreat and show you a big screen on the wall – for I can tell you that I have ultimate flat screen TV – then you think that what you would see on that screen is the same that you saw when you were in that situation many years ago. But it is not so, my beloved.

For you see, what is recorded in the akashic records is what happened the way God saw it. And God looks at this, the ascended masters look at this, the Divine Mother looks at this with no human emotions, as we have stated—none of the human emotions that you have, that might cause you to look at things with a negative overlay.

Think about the fact that you all know; that you might have a traffic accident and you call in 5 witnesses and ask them to describe what they saw, and they saw 5 different versions of what happened. Well my beloved, imagine that you were in a situation many thousands of years ago when the murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria happened. Imagine how all of the people who participated in that event—how they each have an individual vision of the event.

But none of them saw the event the way the ascended masters see it. For each person saw it through the filter of their own consciousness. And because of that filter, each person built a personal image that includes a mental picture but also a set of intense emotions about the event. And the emotions give to each person a personal pain. And the pain is so intense, that the mechanism I just described kicks in, so that they will not look at the pain and thus must project the cause of the event outside themselves. And this very running away from looking at the event is what prevents you from rising above and being free of the event. My Beloved, do you see this?

This is the very key to overcoming the ego. If you truly see and experience what I am describing here. The key is to determine within yourself – to look at what takes away your peace – and realize, that what takes away your peace may be the pain; but behind the pain is an event from the past, where you did something that caused you to accept a completely unrealistic self-image. A self-image based on the lies and illusions of duality.

Be willing to see what really happened

And if you will then determine, that you are willing to walk through the pain, then you can come to the point where you can say, “I am willing to look at the event.” But ask your Christ Self, Jesus, Mother Mary, Master MORE – whichever master is close to your heart – ask that master to show you an inner vision of the event directly out of the akashic records. So that you are not bound to look at the event only through the filter of the duality consciousness, which then will forever prevent you from seeing the illusion, seeing that you are more than the illusion and thus letting the illusion go.

So ask to be given that vision of what really happened, not what your ego tells you happened. For I tell you, that the ego and the false teachers will make you believe in a false image that makes you think, that it is God the Father or God the Mother who is condemning you. And thus, you cannot lock in to the unconditional love that is the key to consuming the event.

And thus, what I wish to give you here is the understanding, that when you created that mental image of the event, you created – in the separate part of your mind – an image that is removed from the reality of what is recorded in the akashic records. it is a graven image, and that image is stored in your personal memory—the memory of the separate self, the mortal self you have built. So you have, so to speak, a personal version of the akashic records. Only, what is recorded there is not what really happened, but what you think happened, seeing through the filter of the ego. And as long as you do not challenge that mental image, that graven image, you will be bound by it, because you will be condemning yourself to staying in the mental box formed by the image.

And you can never escape it; you can only keep running away from it. And in so doing, perhaps building layer upon layer that makes it harder and harder to either face the pain or to get to the bottom of what really happened because your attention is taken off on all these tangents. And thus, you can never come to that center, that point of stillness, where you can ask, “God, show me what really happened. I am willing to know?”

And I tell you; when you see what really happened – and I say this regardless of what mistake you could have possibly have made – when you see what really happened, you will see that it is no more important than a child building a sand castle and deciding it didn’t look the way he wanted it, so he erases it and starts building a new one.

Give yourself the benefit of the doubt

Do you see what we said about the Ma-ter light? It will out-picture any image you project upon it, for it has no judgment. So at any moment, the Ma-ter light sets you free to let go of the old image and project a better one. You do not need to feel guilty about having projected an imperfect image, for God gave you free will. And God wants you to learn. And if you learn, was it really a mistake? What was the big deal, as they say?

Sometimes you just have to give yourself the benefit of the doubt, instead of feeling so absolutely convinced that you are a bad person. Be willing to question that image – projected into your mind – and say, “Maybe, I am just a child of God who built a sand castle that I really don’t like anymore. So I don’t need to be bound by it; I can erase it and build another one. And my Divine Mother and my Divine Father will rejoice when I build a better castle. They will not make me feel guilty or unworthy or afraid or anything.” Can you see, can you sense, can you feel my desire to see you be free of these old patterns? Can you sense that I am a representative of God, both as Father and Mother? For as an ascended being, I have the perfect balance of masculine and feminine. For if I did not, how could I have ascended?

The reality of twin flames

Again, I challenge you to rethink your images of ascended masters. For you see, my beloved, in the past we have given you the images that ascended masters have twin flames. But that is a linear image, and I am challenging you to come up higher, to go beyond the linear image. Why have I never exposed the identity of my twin flame as El Morya? Because, again, I am committed to demonstrating the path of MORE. Who is my twin flame? Well, sometimes it is Mother Mary, sometimes it is Saint Germain, and you might think that a contradiction. But you see, I am a complete being.

In the new book, The Art of Non-war is a very concise and clear explanation that when you leave oneness, the only way to leave oneness is to create a duality. And thus, when a lifestream steps out of the consciousness of oneness, it must be split into two; and thus the concept of the twin flame. Yet the fallacy that has been – if not taught then at least understood in the mass consciousness – is that you need your twin flame, you need to come back into union with your twin flame, in order to ascend. In order to ascend, you need to become a self-contained, self-sufficient being; you are whole because you have the balance of masculine and feminine right within your own being. As you grow, even as an ascended being, well then you come to a point of desiring to bring forth some manifestation on earth. And you see that you could bring forth a better manifestation by working with another ascended master.

When I work with another ascended master, it is not like when you work with another person on earth—I become one with that master. We form a polarity. Each of us complete, but nevertheless, our union, our polarity, makes it MORE. And thus, we in a sense become the twin flames of each other when we work together in perfect harmony. And so, we cannot, therefore, keep having you believe in the image that we in the ascended realm have fixed twin flames. For we are ever self-transcending. And in the ascended realm, nothing is fixed. Nothing is set in stone. Nothing is set in matter.

[Added 7.12.08 by Mater MORE’s instruction:]

To complete the concept, you too can become my twin flame – albeit in a different type of relationship than that between ascended masters – if you are willing to strive for uncompromising oneness with me. Whereby we become one as Above, so below, thus forming a vertical twin flame relationship that spans the octaves. And, of course, you can become the twin flame on any ascended being who is close to your heart and who is out of the same greater Being out of which you have emerged.

My point being, that as an unascended being, you can probably conceive of having such a relationship with only one master. Whereas as an ascended master, I am capable of having such a relationship with many people on earth. Thus, the more “twin flames” that I and other masters have on earth, the more power, wisdom and love can stream into the material world through the open door of this union. And thus, the greater the results that can be achieved in the raising of the consciousness of humankind. So be not afraid to strive for such a close relationship with an ascended being, yet be aware that it can be attained only to the degree you are willing to let the separate self die. For we can, I trust you can see, never compromise our office by entering into union with your ego.

See beyond the illusion that matter is unchanging

It is only in the material realm, that you have the illusion that matter is unchanging, that you can create something unchanging and therefore be bound by it. It is only in the material realm, that you can have the illusion that matter has power over you—the spiritual being. And the only reason you have that illusion is, that you have created a mortal sense of identity, and thus you think matter has power over your mortal identity—which it truly has not.

It does not even have power over your physical body, except if you give it that power through the mind. Because your body is an out-picturing of a certain state of consciousness, and the matter that vibrates within the same spectrum as that state of consciousness, can have power over your physical body. But only because you are allowing your physical body to be limited to that spectrum of frequencies and thus out-picturing the consciousness. And thus, when you are in the sphere of that consciousness, you are affected by it—for like attracts like.

Being Master MORE, I naturally have more to say about this, but I recognize that your cups are full and that I have given you just a little bit more than you can handle—so as to challenge you to always come up higher and follow me in this grand adventure, this beautiful unfoldment of the creative power of God. For truly, creativity is the essence of Christhood. And this is again, where there is this mass consciousness of thinking that the path taught by the ascended masters can be approached in a mechanical way, can be reduced to a mechanical, mathematical equation. So if only you give “X” amount of Violet Flame, you will balance “X” amount of karma, and one day – “poof”– you will ascend.

Well, that is not the way it happens. It happens only through a creative process and the choices you make. For the essence of creativity is to make choices. For creativity itself is unlimited, it has an infinite potential. But what will it take for you to become the open door for the creative force of God to flow through you? It will take that you make a choice as to how to direct that creative force, a choice about the form you want the force to flow into. And this is the essence of free will. And what many of you have done is, that you have become afraid to exercise your free will because of the so-called bad choices you have made in the past.

But I trust, my beloved, you will now gain a different perspective by studying – over and over again if necessary – this release from myself and other releases from other masters, until you truly lock in to the idea, that there is nothing that can bind your Spirit, for your Spirit is real and everything in matter is ultimately unreal. And my beloved, as Jesus explains in the new course, that which is unreal has no power over that which is real. You are real. STOP letting unreality limit and define you! BE the unlimited creative being you are and flow with the River of Life. And come up with me to the grandeur and the freedom of being MORE.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

NOW is the time to embrace the Golden Age consciousness!

TOPICS: Are you loyal to Christ or an earthly institution? – The Golden Age of Saint Germain builds on the teachings of Christ – The insane lie of only one Son of God – It is time to focus on a positive vision for Aquarius – The false image of salvation as a mechanical process – The path of Christhood versus the path of personal growth – The connection between freedom and Christhood – Understanding Saint Germain’s plan for the Golden Age – See the unique opportunity you have been waiting for –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus and Saint Germain, June 28, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

I, Jesus, come to congratulate you for the fact that we have reached an important turning point—we meaning you here below and us, the ascended masters, Above. But we really desire you to see yourselves as part of the ascended masters. No longer seeing us as being above you, but seeing us as being within you, as being one with you. For you come to see, that there truly is no gap—there is no distance, there is no separation. For we are One with God. And when you are One with God, then you become part of the “We” of the ascended masters, of that flow of the Holy Spirit of all those who have ascended before you, those who have walked the path of Christhood before you.

It is my great joy to announce to you, that we as a movement Above and below have reached a turning point, where we can, truly, begin to move into the completion of the cycle of Pisces and open the door to the Aquarian age. But not just the Aquarian age, but the Golden Age of Saint Germain, myself, Mother Mary, Master MORE and all of the ascended masters. For although Saint Germain surely is the hierarch for the Aquarian age, he is, of course, not on an ego trip. But he is working in Oneness with all of us, my beloved. So it is truly all of us that are part of bringing in the Golden Age.

Thus we will now, during this release, Saint Germain and I, demonstrate a greater union, so that the people who are willing to step up higher, can come to see that I, Jesus, was not an ego-maniac either. I did not come to this planet to be seen as the one and only Son of God, as the one and only savior who would forever be the savior for humankind. I came as part of the ascended masters, as part of the River of Life, and I came to demonstrate the possibility that all people can enter into that Oneness of that Flow of Life.

Are you loyal to Christ or an earthly institution?

And thus, I desire those who are loyal to me to go beyond an outer loyalty to an outer religion, an outer belief system, even an outer image of Christ and see that I am part of the ascended masters, part of that River of Life. And thus, I came indeed to be the hierarch for one cycle in the ongoing unfoldment of God’s kingdom on earth. And thus, what I came to bring, my teachings, my example – even the entire 2,000-year cycle of Pisces – is simply one facet in the unfoldment, in the revealing of the shining diamond of God. And thus, Christianity was never meant to be an end in itself, to be the “end-all, be-all.” It was indeed, as we have said before in previous releases at this conference, meant to set the stage for the next step.

And thus, you will see that if people are truly loyal to me as the living, ascended Jesus Christ – and not to a dead, man-made image created by some self-serving institution, by people who are trapped in, actually, the consciousness of anti-christ – well, if you have that true loyalty to me, then you will look beyond these graven images of Christ, and you will realize the true purpose for which I came. Namely to set the foundation for raising humankind to the level of consciousness, that is needed for people to enter the Age of Aquarius, the consciousness of Aquarius. Which has the potential to bring into manifestation a Golden Age beyond what this planet has ever seen.

Even past Golden Ages will pale in comparison if the full potential for the Golden Age of Aquarius is allowed to manifest through those who will make themselves the open doors by walking the path that I demonstrated and outlined. And thus, I shall, temporarily, yield to my beloved brother, my beloved consort in spirit, Saint Germain, that you may see that we are individuals but we are One in our individuality.

Saint Germain: The Golden Age of Saint Germain builds on the teachings of Christ

My Beloved ladies and gentlemen, truly, even though I have been called by the name Saint Germain – and have gained a certain following by people from various New Age or newer movements – I am in no way disloyal to the cause of Christ. I am in fact truly loyal to the Living Christ—in Jesus, in Maitreya and in myself and in all of you here below.

There can be no question whatsoever, that the Golden Age of Saint Germain is not meant to be seen as something disconnected from the Golden Age of Pisces—that could have been a Golden Age if sufficient numbers of people had truly embodied the teachings and the example set so magnificently by Jesus 2,000 years ago. Thus, there would not have been even a need to talk about a Golden Age of Aquarius if Jesus’ example had been heeded by sufficient numbers of people. Instead of the real conditions, where you saw that the Christian church was turned into a tool for controlling the people and keeping them trapped in the consciousness of anti-christ, and the denial of the Christ within themselves—raising up the graven image that the Christ could manifest only in one person, in Jesus as the only Son of God.

I, Saint Germain, am an Ascended Being. And thus, I am not worshiping Christ from a distance—as so many Christians claim to be doing on earth. For I have been willing to come into oneness with Christ, into oneness with Jesus. For truly, how can there be separation for those who walk the path of Oneness, and who have come to this earth to demonstrate that path and thereby help others overcome separation? There is in no way, shape or form, even a thought in my mind that I could manifest a Golden Age of Aquarius without building on the magnificent foundation set by Jesus. Yet, I must tell you – straight on – that I cannot build the Golden Age of Aquarius on the foundation of current Christianity—because it does not live up to the example set by Jesus.

It is necessary that those who call themselves Christians – or see themselves as having a love for Jesus – will indeed look beyond the outer churches, and will realize, that this is not the true inner message of Christ. And this can never lead themselves or humankind beyond the consciousness that they were meant to go beyond in Pisces, so that they can embrace the freedom of the Aquarian age. And thus, I have said my say for now and will return the floor to my beloved Jesus, that you may truly see the oneness. Perhaps even come to see that although we express ourselves slightly differently, with a different vibration, different tone of voice, different words, there really is no difference. It is almost like the slight turn of the dial between one and the other.

Jesus: The insane lie of only one Son of God

So then, let Christ be raised in all, for that is why I came to this earth. Do you see my beloved, it is complete insanity – and I say deliberately “insanity” – to think that there can be only one Son of God, only one Christed Being on earth. This is the lie that must be exposed. It must be exposed for what it is, no matter how painful it might be for those who have made themselves the blind followers of the blind leaders and would prefer to continue in their illusion, that if they stay loyal members of an outer Christian church, declare me as their Lord and savior, then they will automatically be saved—whereas all others will go to hell.

If you understand the reality of why I came to this earth, you will see that I came to give LIFE, the abundant life to ALL people—not to a select, small group. Do you understand, that I descended in the Middle East precisely because there is hardly a place on earth, where you find a greater concentration of the very consciousness that is the antithesis to Christhood, namely that some people belong to a special group, the chosen people, who are fundamentally above and beyond anyone else?

I came to challenge the Jews to overcome that consciousness – that they had built for thousands of years – of being this little tribe that somehow was favored by God. So that God was only concerned about saving the Jews and was willing to condemn all others to hell for eternity. This is the very consciousness of the fallen beings, who in denying God in themselves must therefore deny God in all others. And therefore, when one person is raised up – and demonstrates an extraordinary consciousness – and they cannot kill that person and they cannot kill the movement he started, well then they will kill the example by raising that person up to some unique status so that no one else can follow.

This is the fallacy of current Christianity. It must be exposed, my beloved. And who can expose it but those who are in touch with the Divine Feminine? For you see, it is the feminine aspect of men and women that has the ability to feel oneness with all life here below. And it is only through the feeling of that oneness, that you can overcome the illusion that only some people are meant to be saved, so that you can tune in to the reality, that God wants to raise up and save everyone.

This is the Mother – the Mother Flame, the Mother aspect – who wants to raise up all of her children, not just a few, and who then can come to see all people as children of the Mother. Thus, you realize that the false image of the male judgmental God – the selective God, the monotheistic God up there in the sky – is truly a false image that has nothing to do with the reality of the Father-Mother God. For truly, when the Father aspect of God, the unexpressed God, has expressed Itself as all self-conscious beings, then what sense will it make that God does not want to raise up every aspect, every expression of itself? But would want to condemn certain people to hell, based on some criteria defined by a particular religion, the religion of a small, little tribe on this small, little planet, called earth—which is like a speck of dust in the vastness of the universe.

Do you see, that thinking that you belong to the chosen people is the ultimate expression of ego, is the ultimate spiritual blindness? It is the ultimate insanity of thinking that out of the vastness of the universe, only these few people who belong to this particular tribe – or this particular Christian fundamentalist church – will be saved, whereas all others will be tossed aside as dry grass that you throw into the fire, for it is worth nothing. How could God possibly think that an extension of itself is worth nothing? It is only the ego who can divide people up based on worth, saying that some people have a superior worth and some people have no worth at all. Thus, again, I yield to Saint Germain.

Saint Germain: It is time to focus on a positive vision for Aquarius

So then, once we have the illusions of Christianity taken care of, my beloved, we can then begin to look forward to the Age of Aquarius. For truly – although we must deal with the problems of Pisces and the illusions of humankind – we of the ascended masters have no desire whatsoever to spend an infinite amount of time dealing with the problems on earth, focusing on the negative, focusing on what must be overcome. For we are, of course, God-free beings. And what does it mean that we are God-free beings? It means that we love expressing our God quality, our God flames, our individuality—that is the individuality that God gave us as the ultimate gift. Thus, I have no desire to continue for an indefinite period of time giving dictations on what is wrong with planet earth and what needs to be corrected—although I certainly will again point out certain problems.

Nevertheless, I desire to get on with the work of bringing forth the vision of Aquarius and what can become of that Golden Age. And thus, I too wish to congratulate you for the fact that – collectively – the spiritual people on earth have indeed raised their consciousness to a level, where it is now possible for us to look beyond the limitations of the Piscean consciousness and start bringing forth that vision of Aquarius—which I shall surely do in teachings forthcoming.

For certainly, this cannot be done in just one release, for my vision is vast, complex and it indeed requires a gradual build-up for people to truly lock in to and understand the vision of Aquarius. But what I will give you now is the sense of what freedom actually means. For if you look at the understanding you have of the true inner teachings of Christ, you will see that what Christ is all about is freedom—setting you free from the prison of the ego, the duality consciousness, the consciousness of anti-christ. This is the cross that you are all crucified on by the ego and the ego’s momentums—by that mortal identity.

And thus, the true goal of Christ is to set people free from having all of their energy tied up in the ego games, so that there is no room to be creative. And this is indeed the joy of Christ: to see people rise up and be free to express their God-given creativity. For do you not see, that the Christian churches have been used not only as a way to control the population in an outer sense – by making them conform to certain outer standards of behavior – but they have also been used to control people in an inner sense by causing them to shut off their God-given creativity, not daring to express any of that creativity. And this is indeed the real travesty of the false Christianity—that it has not allowed humankind to be raised up to the level, where people are ready to embrace the freedom of Aquarius and express their creativity in bringing forth the manifestation of the potential for the Aquarian age. And this, of course, is something I will allow Jesus to expound upon.

Jesus: The false image of salvation as a mechanical process

It is a constant burden to my heart, my beloved, to see how the Christian religion – time and time again – has caused wonderful individuals to go into a vibration of fear, guilt or even a sense that they are not allowed to express themselves, thereby voluntarily shutting off the creative flow. It is a great burden to my heart that the Christian religion has portrayed an image of salvation that presents salvation as a mechanical, non-creative process, even as the completely simplistic image, that the key to salvation is the forgiveness of sins, and that the sacrifice of one person being nailed to a cross 2,000 years ago could pay the debt of humankind for all eternity—for all future sins that could be committed by people who are lost in the duality consciousness. This is a mechanical image of salvation, where people are programmed to believe, that living up to outer requirements is enough to open the door to heaven.

Yet, did I not say, in my parable about the wedding feast, that the man who entered without wearing a wedding garment was cast into outer darkness—as a symbol for being stuck in his own ego creation? I will say to you: “Consider the fact that the ego and the false teachers will do anything possible to prevent you from actually rising to the Christ consciousness.” And it will do this by creating the broad way, the false path, that makes you believe that by fulfilling certain outer requirements – such as being baptized, praying, decreeing, meditating, performing yoga or any other exercise, and by believing in a simple belief system – well, then you will mechanically qualify for salvation.

Yet I must tell you, that there is hardly any spiritual movement on this planet that has understood the reality of the path to Christhood, the reality that the path to Christhood is not a mechanical process. It is indeed a creative process, my beloved. Which is why you cannot give a standard definition of how all people should walk that path. It is indeed an individual path, for you have – each one individually – accepted certain illusions that have caused you to shut off your creativity, to shut off the flow of God’s light and love through your being. And therefore, you must individually come to see that these are illusions—and thereby let them go, surrender them, decide to replace them with the truth of Christ.

The path of Christhood versus the path of personal growth

There is an essential difference between the path of Christhood and what I like to call the path of personal growth. There is a time when the two paths are actually parallel, for you do need to grow personally to a certain level, before you have enough awareness to actually embrace the path of Christhood. But there will come a point – an essential turning point – from which you cannot grow further until you look beyond the path of personal growth. Whereby I mean the focus on yourself, even the growth of your own consciousness, and start looking beyond yourself, your separate sense of self and start raising up the All—instead of being only focused on yourself as the separate self, instead of expanding your sense of self to encompass all life.

For that is the Christ consciousness—that you see yourself as all life. You see your greater Self, and therefore you are willing to let God’s creativity flow through you for the purpose of raising up the All instead of raising up the separate self. In a sense, one can say, that it is impossible to give forth a course in Christhood that will be valid for all people. Nevertheless, if I was not prone to take on the seemingly impossible, I would not have volunteered to take embodiment as Jesus and be the hierarch of the Piscean age. And thus, I have indeed endeavored to do the impossible by having this messenger take down teachings that have been put together in a course in Christhood.

But what I desire to give here is the understanding that this course is not, of course, an end in itself, But it is a first step for those who have walked the path of personal growth to the point, where they are beginning to realize that something is missing. And even with all their focus on raising their consciousness or understanding the spiritual side of life, well then, there is still something missing, they are still feeling unfulfilled. And the reason for this is that you are now ready to step away from the focus on the separate self and expand your sense of self and walk that path of not raising up yourself but raising up your greater Self of the All.

For you are ready to take your insights, to take your experience, to take your momentum and redirect it to working to help other people walk the path, instead of being focused on yourself primarily or exclusively. This then is the culmination of the 2,000-year cycle that I have put into this course. And I can tell you, that no matter what expectations you have about what this course is about, they are unrealistic. And prepare to have them shattered, as you follow the course.

The path of Christhood is not what most people envision, even what most of you – who know more about my inner teachings than most people on this planet – envision, for you still have a grand illusion about what it means to walk the path of Christhood. Because your ego has managed to trick you into thinking, that it means that you become raised to some superior status, whereas in reality it means something entirely different that I will not expose here. But I will tell you, “Prepare, as you study this course, to have your illusions shattered.” And now I will let Saint Germain run with this thought and take it further.

Saint Germain: The connection between freedom and Christhood

It is indeed a great joy for all of us that this course has been brought into the physical. Certainly, it is not the end-all and be-all of what could be said about the path to Christhood, for as Jesus has just said, there is no end-all and be-all. For Christhood is an open-ended process that will never end. And how does this tie in with freedom? You see, freedom is also an open-ended process. Freedom cannot be a permanent state—for then it is no longer freedom. As soon as something becomes permanent, it becomes a prison, and it is no longer free. Do you see this, my beloved?

It is essential that you ponder the reality of freedom and how it relates to Christhood. For you have – all – certain illusions about what it means to be a Christed Being. You think that it is possible to set up some standard for how a Christed Being should be—perhaps based on Jesus, perhaps based on your image of ascended masters and what we are like and the teachings we have given. But I tell you, that all of these images you are holding on to are graven images, and they will only keep you trapped in the mental box that is created by the ego and the false teachers. And only when you are willing to step outside of that box – and embrace total, absolute freedom – only then can you hope to begin to manifest Christhood.

For I tell you, as Jesus says in the course, there is no standard whatsoever for what it means to be a Christed Being. For being a Christed Being means being the ultimate creative being. And in creativity there can be no standard. How can there be, when creativity can never be predicted, can never be planned? For if an activity is planned, it is not a creative activity but a mechanical activity.

And thus, do you see that this course is setting the foundation for helping people quickly cross the gap, cross the distance, that they should have crossed over the past 2,000 years by embracing the inner teachings of Christ. But which many have not been able to cross precisely because the true teachings were taken away from them. And thus, those who will embrace this course can then quickly step up to the point, where they can begin to embrace the Aquarian-age consciousness. And if this course had not been brought into the physical, then there would have been no point in me bringing forth the vision of the Aquarian age, for no one would be able to lock in to it.

For again, most of you have an unrealistic expectation of the Golden Age, as I mentioned yesterday. You think that it can be defined in some final, absolute plan and that I, Saint Germain, have a firm and fixed plan up here. You think I am looking for you to fill in the pieces here and there, as if you were robots who just surrendered your free will to me – as the hierarch of Aquarius – so that you could be the worker bees to fit into the puzzle and thereby gradually assemble the puzzle. But you see, my beloved, that is not my vision at all. My vision is an overall vision of what could be the Golden Age, but it is not a fixed vision. There is infinite room for individual creativity in that vision. There is no final plan! It is a living, breathing plan.

Understanding Saint Germain’s plan for the Golden Age

When I say “the Golden Age,” you might envision a society with beautiful buildings, perfect government, abundance for all people, gold in the streets or whatever grand illusions you might have come to believe. And you may think that this is the Golden Age—some outer manifestation of some opulence. But you see, I, Saint Germain, am not disconnected from the cause of the Great White Brotherhood, including the cause of Christ. For what was the true purpose of Christ? Was it to save people, and force them or somehow get them into the Kingdom of God, even though they have not removed the beam in their own eye and overcome the consciousness that got them out of that Kingdom in the first place? Nay! The purpose of Christ was to raise everyone up to Christhood, so that they could express their creativity. And I am completely one with that purpose.

It is not my plan in the Golden Age first and foremost to bring forth some material condition in this world that lives up to some standard of opulence and perfection. My first and foremost goal is to raise up as many people as possible to express their God-given creativity, and thereby, allow God in them to unfold, and through that unfoldment then bring forth some physical manifestation, according to their creativity. This is my goal, my primary goal, my beloved.

I am not concerned whatsoever about creating beautiful cities with golden streets. I am concerned about raising up beautiful individuals with the golden consciousness that shines and cannot be tarnished by anything on earth, for it retains its shine no matter what it goes through. And therefore, it always transcends current conditions, multiplies the talents and takes it up higher. And that, my beloved, is the Golden Age.

It is not that you will come to a point – ten, a hundred or a thousand years from now – where you will say: “Ah, now the matrix for the Golden Age is finally manifest. And now, we will just enjoy it forever.” The Golden Age is not a closed vision, it is a process of the unfoldment of creativity that can go on forever—or at least until the earth is raised up into a higher consciousness, and the entire material universe is raised up and then becomes a permanent sphere in the spiritual realm, so that we can move on to another sphere and keep the creative process going.

This is my vision for the Golden Age, and what I desire you to understand – what we desire you to understand at this point – is that humankind has reached the turning point. There is an unprecedented potential to lock in to this creative flow, started with Jesus, manifesting then the fullness of Christhood that was the goal of Pisces. But then not only manifesting it individually, but starting to allow that creativity to be expressed through you in bringing forth new solutions that will raise up all life into the abundant life.

See the unique opportunity you have been waiting for

Never before has there been such an opportunity to lock in to that vision, that creative flow—that is God, that is the ever self-transcending God. Do you see, my beloved? This is a unique opportunity in the known history of earth. I am not saying this to cause you to feel burdened or frantic. I am saying it to spur you on to look at yourself and say, “What is it in my own psychology that is preventing me from allowing God’s creativity, God’s light, God’s wisdom, God’s vision to flow through me? What is it that keeps me separated from that River of Life?”

And if you will do this, you will find that there has never been a greater opportunity to actually gain clarity—and if you are willing, then you WILL gain that clarity. We will certainly assist you, both by giving outer teachings and outer tools, but first of all by working with you individually, that you may come to see that last hang-up that we have talked about. Where so many of you are ready to immerse yourself in the creative flow that is Christhood, but there is one last thing, one last illusion, that is holding you back and preventing you from letting go and going with the flow.

This is your opportunity, this is your moment, the moment you have been waiting for, some of you for 2,000 years. For you volunteered to come into embodiment with Jesus to be part of the cycle of Pisces. And yet you were led astray, you lost the vision, you became part of orthodox Christianity, embracing it in various ways until you finally started seeing beyond it and thus find yourself willing to consider a very unorthodox vision of Christianity, such as Jesus has given on his website. Do you see, my beloved? Many of you came to assist humankind embrace the opportunity of Pisces, embrace the potential for manifesting Christhood. And then, giving forth that example, where not one person alone is the Christ, but many other people dare to express their Christhood in their individual ways, so that it is no longer possible to deny or to idolize the Christ.

This is the time you have been waiting for. And there has been something that has been holding you back, either because you were not ready individually or because the collective consciousness has not been ready until now for people to go out and express their Christhood. For people would not have been able to even handle that, my beloved. It would have been so alien to them, that they would have had a strong reaction against it, as you saw the reaction against Jesus.

But I tell you, times and cycles have passed, where it is now time, it is now possible to express that Christhood, to be the Living Christ in action—it is time to let your light shine. It is time to internalize the truth we have given you and shout it from the housetops, even the housetops of the internet or any other means of communication that I have sponsored for this very purpose. And you can quickly see, not only an inner awareness, but also an outer awareness spread around the globe and manifest the victory of raising a critical mass of people to the point of recognizing the reality of personal Christhood. And then, seeing how it can be used to bring forth a new vision, a new society, that does not have all these problems that everyone knows – or almost everyone knows – should not be there.

And you will know this in yourself—how you have not been able to understand how this can go on and no one can see it. Well, cycles have not been there, we had not raised the collective consciousness to the critical level. But I tell you, it is now time, where more and more people will begin to understand—are ready to be awakened. But they need examples, they need the truth.

They need those who are willing to stand up and take whatever reaction comes. For you, my beloved, you are not looking for approval from anyone. You are not looking for recognition. You are the sun shining your light, and it is of no consequence to you what people do or do not do with the truth that you bring. That is up to their free will. But you have chosen to use your free will to be the sun and to express that light. Thus I say, in oneness with Christ, let your light so shine before men that they may know, that this is the light of God shining through you, and that that light may be so strong, that they will come to see that that God is also in them. This is the desire of all ascended masters. This is the goal we are working towards. Choose to be a part of that Flow of Life!

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Overcome your grand illusions to find a higher level of service

TOPICS: See the cosmic perspective – Do you need to always have opinions? – You no longer remember what it was like to be blind – Beware of the ego’s subtleties – Knowing the Way of the Cosmic Christ – Understanding the Holy Spirit – How to have discernment – Be not deceived by your own desires – A higher level of service – Warning or encouragement? – Mother Mary’s gift –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, June 27, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, say with me now the mantra given by the Great Divine Director, of his ancient name: “EUTAI” (9X). Now say with me the feminine counterpart of that mantra, which is: “MARAYTAII” (9X).

I Mary, as the representative of the Divine Mother for the earth, come to give you some thoughts about what it means to be the Divine Mother, how it feels to be the Divine Mother. For some of you have raised the question, my beloved, what did it feel like for the Divine Mother to be murdered on Lemuria or to see her representative in embodiment be murdered in Lemuria.

You realize, my beloved, that a spiritual being does not have human emotions—as you are used to experiencing them on earth. The Divine Mother has ultimate and absolute respect for the Divine Father. The expressed God has ultimate respect for the unexpressed God. And it is the design and the will of the unexpressed God, that all self-conscious extensions of itself should have free will.

As the Divine Mother, we accept and respect that free will to the ultimate degree, so that we allow ourselves to be the instrument for the outplaying of that free will, in terms of allowing the Ma-ter Light that we are – the Ma-ter Light that is an extension of our Being – to be used by human beings and other self-aware beings throughout the cosmos in any way they see fit. We vow to allow that light to outpicture absolutely any form that God’s co-creators decide to project upon it through the power of their minds.

We who are one with the Divine Mother – who are the Divine Mother – we have made a decision to allow the outplaying of free will. And thus, once we have made that decision, we do not waver, we do not doubt, we do not argue back and forth, we do not analyze—as you so often do on earth. We are true to the decision because it is made with the totality of our Beings. And thus, we have no feelings, as you conceive of feelings, concerning how free will will outplay itself.

See the cosmic perspective

We who are one with the Divine Mother, we who recognize ourselves as expressions of the unexpressed God – as God in form, as God in mater-realization – we, my beloved, see the cosmic perspective. So we see, that when a person on a small planet called earth represents the Divine Mother, then the purpose of that person being in embodiment is not to be the leader of a particular religion, but to serve the greater cause of raising the awareness of the self-aware co-creators, even those who have forgotten who they are and therefore are not strictly speaking self-aware. But they nevertheless have the potential at any moment to switch back into self-awareness, the awareness of the self as a spiritual being, as an extension of God.

Our purpose is always to facilitate the growth in consciousness, that is the ultimate purpose of the world of form; the growth that we fully realize can only – only – happen through free will. For it cannot be forced, my beloved. Self-awareness, the expansion of self-awareness cannot be forced from outside the self. It must come from within the self. And thus we recognize, that after beings lost their way, then they started outpicturing all kinds of manifestations on earth that were not in alignment with their highest potential—the immaculate concept that we hold. Yet, in our infinite and unconditional love, this did not cause us to go into a negative feeling of anger, frustration, or even wanting to blame or punish. We simply accepted what was. For we always accept what is—as an outplaying of free will.

And thus, our concern is then how we can help a lifestream, that has started descending the spiral staircase, come to the turning point and again start ascending. And as such, we must meet people wherever they have chosen to descend in consciousness. And we do so with no judgment, with no fear, anger, blame—all the negative human emotions. And my beloved, why do we not have such emotions? Because, we do not have any “shoulds” or “should-nots.” The word “should” is not in our vocabulary.

Do you need to always have opinions?

For you see, my beloved, when you truly, fully, unconditionally accept free will, you do not even have an opinion about what people should or should not do with their free will. You set them free to experiment and we, as the representatives of the Divine Mother, allow self-conscious beings to outpicture whatever they want to outpicture, allowing our light to take on the form that they think they need for some reason or another.

Often, my beloved, it is because they are blinded by the ego, which only sees itself and cannot possibly see the cosmic perspective that we see. And thus, the ego is focused on itself—and our focus is on helping the conscious self of that person see, that the ego is trapped in dualistic lies and illusions, and that the conscious self truly does not need the ego. But yet, what does it take for the conscious self to come to that realization? Well, sometimes it takes that a lifestream outpictures certain manifestations, that from a human perspective might seem negative or selfish. But they are nevertheless necessary for the lifestream to realize, that this is not truly what it needs. This is not fulfilling its true needs, its true longing for something more to life, the longing that the ego can never share and cannot understand but can recognize is there.

The ego seeks to compensate for it by forcing the conscious self to believe, that it needs something in this world. And thus, the person then seeks to attain that something, whatever it may be, and only – in many cases – when that something has been attained, will the conscious self awaken and realize, “No, this did not complete me, this is not what I was seeking, there must be something more to life.” And then – often – it happens that the ego manages to convince the conscious self, that although what it previously told it that it needed was not the real thing, then surely this other thing in the matter world will satisfy the conscious self’s longing. And sometimes it takes many lifetimes before the conscious self awakens and says, “Maybe what I am truly longing for is something that I cannot find in this world? Maybe I can never attain a sense of completeness from anything in this world, maybe there is something beyond that world. And maybe I should start looking for it?”

That is when the lifestream comes to the turning point. It has reached the lowest level on the spiral staircase to which it needs to descend. And now it can pause, it can start shifting its gaze from the self-centeredness of the ego to a broader perspective. It can start looking up the spiral staircase and realize, that perhaps it can find what it is seeking by ascending the staircase—since it now is beginning to realize, that it might never find it by descending the staircase.

You no longer remember what it was like to be blind

Many of you who are spiritual people have reached that turning point many, many lifetimes ago, or perhaps some of you did not even have to descend to a low point. So many of you can no longer remember, how it was to be so trapped in the ego’s illusions, that you were always looking for completion or security or belonging in the material world. And thus, it is difficult for you to understand and show patience for those around you, that you see outpicturing conditions that you can clearly see will only limit themselves and can never lead to any kind of fulfillment. And you are of course right, but you are not right when you cross the subtle line of thinking, that because you can see it, others should also be able to see it.

For you must realize, that the reason why you can see something is because you have come to an inner realization. Yet these other people have not yet come to that inner realization, and your inner realization has no effect on someone else. And thus, what unfortunately happens to many sincere lifestreams – even many who descended to earth for the purpose of seeking to raise the consciousness of humankind – is that they get lost in the illusions, they get seduced by the illusions of duality, the illusions of the original fallen angels, who started believing that it would be better if they could override free will and force people to be saved.

You start believing, that other people should start living their lives according to your inner realization. You become caught up in the game that you see in most mainstream religions, of seeking to want to change people’s outer behavior, or outer beliefs, instead of following what has always been the true path of the ascended masters—namely seeking to help people attain the inner realization that is the only key to their progress and growth.

Do you see, my beloved, the fundamental difference between the approach taken by the ascended masters and the approach taken by the fallen beings who are seeking to control? Many of them actually believe they are doing this for a greater cause. They are doing it because it is right, it is in the best interest of all the people. It is even in the best interest of the unfoldment of God’s plan. For God simply cannot understand his own plan and his own creation. For surely, these fallen beings understand it better than the Creator itself.

Beware of the ego’s subtleties

This is the ultimate blindness of the ego. Yet I must tell you, that this consciousness – which is essentially the consciousness that the ends can justify the means – is very subtle, very persuasive. And it is very pervasive in religious and spiritual movements, my beloved. If you study spiritual organizations, you will see a very clear tendency for the members to believe, that they belong to some superior teaching. And therefore, it was only in the best interest of the people, and of God’s plan, and of the plan of the ascended masters, if others were gently forced to see the validity of their teaching, even holding the vision that everyone on earth was converted to their teaching.

Yet they failed to see, that this was simply their egos, playing the ultimate trick of wanting to convert every human being on earth to its own belief system, thereby thinking it could prove that this was the one true, absolute, infallible belief system on earth. A fallacy, of course, which the conscious self can never be fully satisfied with. Nevertheless, the conscious self can be seduced into pursuing this cause for a very long time, before it starts realizing that this is not actually what it is seeking. For it starts realizing, that there must be more to God than what can be captured in any belief system on earth.

Knowing the Way of the Cosmic Christ

We look to you to see, that when Jesus made the statement “I am the way, the truth, and the life. No man cometh unto the Father, but by me,” then this too was a test to see, if those who followed Christ would build that sense of superiority, would allow the ego and the false teachers to turn the movement of Christianity into one more religion based on the concept that this is the only true one. We look for you to acknowledge, that when Jesus made such statements, and others that are not recorded in the Bible, he was speaking as a representative of the Cosmic Christ, the universal Christ mind. And thus, when he said, “I am the way, the truth and the life,” it was the Cosmic Christ speaking through him. And thus the universal Christ mind is the way, the truth, and the life.

You who have been given a teaching, should not fall prey to the trap of thinking that you should turn this teaching into a system, and that system is now the only true way. For what is the true way? Well, it is the consciousness of Christ, the spiritual consciousness, the consciousness of the Divine Mother, of the Divine Father, and of the Holy Spirit, my beloved. You recognize, I trust, that this is the consciousness that is the Way. And it is the potential in every lifestream to shift its sense of identity, to tune in to that universal consciousness, realize that it is an extension of the One Being, of the Creator, and thus overcome separation and duality.

That, my beloved, is the Way. And that way cannot be followed, if you think that you have now found or defined some ultimate belief system on earth, and thus all you need is to follow the prescripts of that belief system until you are somehow magically saved at some future time. The true way is the Path of Oneness. Oneness with your higher being, with your Creator, with your spiritual lineage Above. And oneness here below, between people in embodiment, who no longer see themselves as human beings, but as the spiritual beings that you truly are.

Understanding the Holy Spirit

As another thought, I would comment on the concept of the Holy Spirit. For the reality is that the Holy Spirit was introduced in the West by Jesus, who said that after his ascension he would ask the Father to send another Comforter to earth. The Holy Spirit then can be explained as the collective momentum of all who have walked the true Path of Oneness. In the case of the earth, it is the collective momentum of all those who have actually ascended from the earth, or have at least passed the initiations of the material realm and thus contributed to the creation of an upward spiral.

Every time a Being ascends from earth, that Being adds its own momentum to that collectiveness of the Holy Spirit, that flow of the Holy Spirit. Jesus did so, Krishna did so, the Buddha did so. All beings who have ascended have added their momentum to it, increasing it every time, making it easier for people to tune in to that Holy Spirit. And therefore, they can receive a portion of the Spirit, that allows you to know truth from within and allows you to go out and speak that truth with the power that has the power to awaken people from their blindness, to shake them out of their blindness and thus give them an impetus for that inner realization.

This does not force people to have that inner realization. But it gives them the foundation for having it, if they are open and willing to have it. And thus, the power of the Holy Spirit can cut through the density of the collective consciousness, the density of a person’s own past momentums, so that the person is shaken and therefore is, so to speak, in an interval in time—put on pause. The person’s mind is put on pause, and now the person has a moment to tune in within and ask if there is more to understand about life, more to experience about life, than the person’s ego-based, fear-based dualistic belief system.

What will it take for you to tune in to the Holy Spirit? Well, it will take discernment, so you can discern between the Holy Spirit and the many false spirits that have been created. There is only one Holy Spirit, because the Holy Spirit is created out of the momentum of those who have successfully walked the Path of Oneness. And thus, of course, they can only create one unified Spirit. Yet you must understand also, that those who have walked the path of separation, they have also created a momentum of the false spirits, and there are of necessity many of those, although some have grown strong because of the collective momentum added onto them by many people in embodiment, even beings who are no longer allowed to enter embodiment on earth but need to stay in other realms or have gone to the second death. They still have added to that momentum of the false spirits.

How to have discernment

You need to have discernment, my beloved, so that you know what is the Holy Spirit and a false spirit. And of course, many things can be used to gradually build your discernment, including considering whether a spirit seeks to make you feel superior to others. For then you know, that it cannot be the one Holy Spirit, but only a dualistic spirit. You also need to make a critical assessment of yourself, to look in the mirror, to look for the beam in your own eye. What makes you susceptible to the lower spirits is your attachment to one of your ego’s desires, which then makes you vulnerable to hearing what you and your ego want to hear in order to fulfill that desire.

And thus, many of you have certain false concepts about the spiritual path, about your role on earth, such as I expounded upon earlier, about you thinking it is okay to force people into the one true religion for their own good. If you have such desires, or even a desire to be seen as a savior of the people, perhaps even THE savior of the people, well then you cannot hear the Holy Spirit. For what will the Holy Spirit tell you? It will tell you how to overcome duality and enter into oneness. For the Holy Spirit is an extension of those who have walked that Path of Oneness, and thus it will expose all illusions in your being. Not all at once, but as you can handle it, and as you are willing.

Iif you have those self-centered desires of wanting to raise up yourself or do some ultimate service for God – thinking that God will reward you and make you an important person, either on earth or in heaven – well, then you will not hear the Holy Spirit when it whispers to you as the still small voice within. You will hear the loud voice of a spirit who will tell you, that this is how you can achieve your desire, this is how you can fulfill God’s cause—by doing this or that outer thing, achieving some kind of glory or recognition from the world.

Be not deceived by your own desires

You are deceived by your desires, your attachments, that center around raising up the separate self, rather than letting the separate self die, seeking only to raise the All. But you see, the All is also in you, so there is a certain validity to raising up God in yourself—for how can you help raise up God in all life if you have not first done it in yourself? But you see, that when you raise up the All in yourself, it is fundamentally different than seeking to raise up the separate self. I must tell you, that the key to attaining this discernment is to strive for balance in all things. And this is where some of you could make great progress on your path, by striving for balance, by being willing to acknowledge where you have been out of balance, where you have attained unbalanced desires of seeking to raise up the separate self, for some grand scheme or another.

Perhaps you even think, that you are destined to be a messenger or a representative of the ascended masters. And thus, you listen to the false spirits, who tell you that there is a shortcut to attaining this status, where you do not need to expose the beam in your own eye, even though all other representatives of the ascended masters have had to do so. No, you are special, so you do not need to follow that path of discipline that Jesus demonstrated. For perhaps, maybe you are even more important than Jesus, you are higher than Jesus, you are more spiritually evolved. Or whatever the ego and the false teachers will whisper in your ear, my beloved.

And if you have an unbalanced desire, you might begin to believe this and entertain grand visions of what should happen, what SHOULD happen. So the question is, when do you then come to the point of giving up this idea of what should happen, so that you are willing to step into the River of Life and flow with that river. Which will raise you up but only to the extent that you are working to raise up the All, the All in yourself, the All in all others.

A higher level of service

The image I want you to hold is that you might be close to stepping up to a more direct form of service. But there may still be an imbalance somewhere in your being, that is deceiving you and thus making you susceptible to the lower spirits that whisper in your ear and thus prevent you – with their constant unceasing chatter – from hearing the still small voice of the Holy Spirit who never seeks to force but only seeks to awaken and inspire.

And thus, if you would take an honest assessment, study our teachings on the ego – study the new Course in Christhood that Jesus has so lovingly prepared for you – well, then you might realize that if you are willing to let go of a few illusions – perhaps just one grand illusion – then you can actually step up to that service, where you can be more of an open door and start fulfilling that part of your divine plan.

I ask you to recognize, my beloved, that until you are willing to give up the unbalanced desires, you will not be able to serve as an open door for the ascended masters. You will only become an instrument of the false teachers, who will whisper some grand scheme in your ear, rather than the true reality of oneness—the oneness of all life.

Warning or encouragement?

And thus, these teachings that I have given you can be seen in two ways. One as a warning that some of you are dabbling in the false spirits, allowing them to deceive you because you will not admit that you have deceived yourself with your ego’s desires.

Or my teachings could be seen as a reward for the fact, that some of you have risen to a level of the path, and some of you have used the teachings we have given, to the point, where you are close to breaking through to a higher level of service. Both interpretations are valid, and I leave you with both of them, so that you might honestly consider which one applies to you, or whether both of them apply to you. For is it not always safe to assume, that while you are in embodiment you might be somewhat susceptible to the duality consciousness, and therefore need to be constantly alert for how it might creep into your container of self?

Mother Mary’s gift

In gratitude for your attention, for your physical and spiritual presence, I will give you a gift—that you might attune to my heart, that you might ask me, as you are willing and able, to release to you my unconditional love for you. So that you can sense that unconditional love and thus let it set you free from all consciousness of wanting to force others or force yourself to live up to some image based on the “shoulds” or “should-nots” created by the masters of duality, the masters of deceit. Thus I ask you to play a piece of meditation music while you tune in to my heart and my unconditional love.

I instructed this messenger to hold his hands up, that you might have the image that I radiate my unconditional love through his hands, in case you need a physical focus. Yet I trust you will know that unconditional love is everywhere, and thus does not truly need to be radiated from any particular vessel, but can be radiated right within yourself, right within your own being, right within these cells and atoms of your being. For truly, unconditional love knows no conditions, so how can there be conditions that shut out unconditional love from some place? [Meditation music was played.]

Thus, my beloved, having received the Alpha portion of this gift, I now ask you to realize that unconditional love wants to flow and raise up all life. So I ask you to now visualize that you are the open door, you are the transformers, so to speak, that you received the unconditional love from Above, and you radiate it out to this earth, to the people or conditions or causes that are dear to your heart, seeking to raise it up in accordance with the teachings on free will I have given. Thus I ask you to play another piece of music and thus visualize, that the unconditional love is not only flowing into you but is flowing through you. And thus, your entire being, every cell and atom in your being, vibrates with that unconditional love and radiates it out to the condition that you visualize as being raised up by that unconditional love. [Meditation music was played.]

And thus, my beloved, my gratitude. And I seal you in the Flame of the Divine Mother, the Flame of Unconditional Love.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Intratheism—an entirely new approach to religion

TOPICS: The murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria  – The religion of the Mother – Why they destroyed the religion of the Mother – The birth of monotheism – The remote paradise in the sky – Christ to counteract the imbalance in monotheism – Raising up women in Christianity –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Maraytaii, June 26, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, say with me now the mantra given by the Great Divine Director, of his ancient name: “EUTAI” (9X). Now say with me the feminine counterpart of that mantra, which is: “MARAYTAII” (9X).

This name is in an ancient language, and it is the name of the Mother of God, the Divine Feminine, out of which Being I come. I AM the Being whose foremost representative you know on earth as Mother Mary. She has come out of that greater being, as indeed some of you have, and as many around the earth have. For I, the Divine Feminine, do indeed have many representatives in embodiment at this critical time, when it is an absolute necessity, that the Divine Feminine is awakened in all humankind. And that the Divine Feminine is restored in religion throughout the world.

We have called you to this place on this island chain of Hawaii; we have called you here because in this area was indeed part of the ancient Motherland—or Lemuria, or Mu, as it has been called. My Beloved, this continent was indeed established to raise up the Divine Feminine, to raise up the Divine Mother in all life, but first and foremost to raise it up in religion, and to keep that Mother Flame burning on the altar of the hearts of those who were the priests and priestesses of the order of the Mother – those who had dedicated their entire lives to keeping that perfect balance between the Divine Masculine and the Divine Feminine – so that they could form the nucleus for keeping the balance for the entire planet.

The murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria

I come to give you a deeper understanding about the Motherland than we have released previously. For you have heard, that there came a point, where there was the murder of the Divine Mother on Lemuria, and that this was the event that caused the eventual sinking of that continent. Yet, we desire you to understand that everything – and I mean everything – that happens in the physical octave, has a counterpart in consciousness. Or perhaps we should say, that it is an outpicturing of a condition in consciousness.

We have previously given a linear teaching about this, according to which it was stated, that there was a particular person in embodiment, who was the representative of the Divine Mother, and who was murdered in the Temple on Lemuria. And while this is true, we desire to give you a deeper understanding, so you understand what was really happening at the deeper levels of humankind’s consciousness—at the unseen levels. While there may be one person on earth who may hold a certain flame, a certain spiritual office, or even hold a certain balance, well, that person is only the visible representative of a state of consciousness. This is why we have said, that Jesus represents the birth of the Christ consciousness in all life. Likewise, the high priestess at the Temple on Lemuria was only a representative of the Divine Feminine in all, and the perfect balance and perfect union between the masculine and the feminine in all life.

What really happened was not just the murder of one person, not just the destruction of an outer religion and an outer temple, but it was indeed the murder of the Divine Feminine in all life, in the sense that there was the murder of the consciousness, the awareness, of what God truly IS. Namely, as we have explained at the last conference and in our latest invocations, that there is the infinite, unexpressed God and there is the expressed God. And the expressed God IS the feminine aspect of God, IS God the Mother, IS the Divine Feminine. And thus, everyone and everything in the material world and in the entire world of form is an expression of God the Mother, the Divine Feminine.

The religion of the Mother

The ancient religion on the Motherland was indeed meant to perpetuate this truth. But you must understand, that even though there was at one point a golden age on Lemuria, it was not possible at the time to teach this truth to the multitudes. Thus, it was only a select few, that were taught the inner mysteries of the Temple. Those who were ready to not see God outside themselves, not see God as the remote being in the sky, or in some mountain or some tablet or some figure carved in stone.

There has been a slow progression of humankind’s consciousness. And at the time of Lemuria, humankind was not ready for the understanding that you have been given over these past few months. And this should be easy to understand, when you realize that in fact the AskRealJesus website has indeed been a preparation for the release of this very truth that we have now given you. And which we surely expect you to ponder and internalize, although it may take some time. Nevertheless, the essence is that you realize, that you form the nucleus for the reawakening of that consciousness. We started a spiral in North Carolina that we intend – with your willing cooperation – to accelerate greatly. For now we have both the East and the West, my beloved, by spanning the two major oceans of the planet.

This conference is indeed an opportunity to accelerate that cycle of reawakening humankind to the reality of religion, and then getting to a point, where this teaching of the true identity of the Divine Feminine can be taught to the multitudes. So that at least the top 10 percent, and a certain percentage from the 80 percent of the general population, can come to gradually understand, embrace, accept and internalize this truth. Whereby we once and for all leave behind that ancient worn-out consciousness of seeing God up there in the sky, as the remote being who will either send you to hell or produce some miracle for you—if he feels like it on that given day, when you happen to pray.

Why they destroyed the religion of the Mother

In order to truly understand what happened on Lemuria, you need to have an understanding of the teachings given in Maitreya’s book, about those who rebelled against God’s plan for the universe. What is stated between the lines by Maitreya – a truth that will later be fully explained – is indeed that the purpose of the entire universe is that you, who are the co-creators with God, you who are the self-aware beings, eventually come to see yourself not only as extensions of God, but as gods in the making. Eventually, you rise to that full God consciousness, where you are no longer co-creators but can now conceive of creating your own universes, your own worlds of form. And thus, my beloved, you will see that the purpose of the material universe is that it must serve as a platform for the awakening of self-aware beings to seeing God within themselves.

Those fallen beings, who were cast out of heaven, metaphorically speaking, and who therefore descended to planet earth, well my beloved, can you see that the ancient religion of the Motherland was indeed the ultimate threat to their reign, to their control over humankind, to their desire to turn planet earth into a barren planet—barren spiritually speaking, because no one dare to conceive of the possibility of God being in themselves? And therefore, no one dare to even conceive that they could be God in embodiment, or at least a co-creator with God in embodiment.

And thus, the earth would then not produce sons and daughters of God, and therefore it would be spiritually barren, and therefore the fallen beings could attain and maintain total control over this planet, until their time ran out. And in the meantime, they would have humankind to serve them as slaves, even being able to milk their life energy, so that they could sustain a certain form of life longer than after their allotted time and their allotted energy and light had actually run out.

The birth of monotheism

This is why they formed a secret band, that plotted the destruction of the true religion, of the true identity of God. And thus, they managed to turn some of the very priests that had taken vows to uphold the religion of the Motherland, they managed to deceive them into actually believing, that the religion of the Mother was inferior to the religion of the Father, the so-called monotheistic God, the remote God in the sky. Some of these very priests that had received, not the highest, but certain higher initiations in the religion of the Mother, were actually deceived into believing in the inferiority of the religion of the Mother and the superiority of the religion of the Father, that was actually created by the fallen beings and did not descend from God and was never meant to become an important religion on this earth.

After the physical murder of the last representative of the Divine Mother, after the physical destruction of the Temple, well then they managed to raise up an idol in the holy place – where the Temple had been – the idol of a new God, of a new religion, of the one supposedly superior God, the masculine God that was the only true God. And therefore, the people of the Motherland should ignore the God of the Mother, the Divine Feminine, the Divine Mother. What I am actually telling you here, is the shocking – to some – truth, that the monotheistic religions are NOT a creation of God. They are not worshiping the one supreme God that they claim to be worshiping. For the one supreme God is the infinite God, the one God, the Creator, who is beyond the world of form, and therefore has absolutely no need to be worshiped by any self-aware being.

For that God has created all self-aware beings out of its own being, as extensions of itself. And why would this all-powerful, almighty God need to be worshiped by itself? My Beloved, it makes no sense! When you think about it with the heart, when you feel the heart fire burning, you recognize the absolute truth that God – the Father aspect of God – has no desire to be worshiped by human beings, but desires to see human beings recognize who they are, as extensions of itself. Therefore, they acknowledge the fact, that they are co-creators with their God, that they are here to co-create the kingdom of God on earth—instead of spending all their time and energy and actions on preparing for some heaven, that comes after you are no longer in embodiment on earth.

The remote paradise in the sky

When they created the false religion of the remote God in the sky, they simultaneously had to create the illusion of a remote heaven in the sky, of a remote paradise. They also came up with the myth of the paradise lost, the paradise that could never be regained on earth but could only be attained after you are no longer here. They created the possibility, that even if a few people dared to claim their Christhood, at least to some degree, well even they would long for the remote heaven in the sky. And they would believe, as many people have believed, that the goal of life is to qualify for your ascension and get out of here as quickly as possible. Whereas the goal of life has always been to manifest the Kingdom of God here on earth. Which is why Jesus came with the message that “The kingdom of God is at hand!”

What happened after the destruction of the religion of the Mother was, that the majority of humankind, the majority of the people, were seduced by the monotheistic religions. Even those who had many gods were seduced by the concept of God as the remote being in the sky, that certainly could not manifest within themselves and express itself through themselves. So you have this long history of humankind becoming more and more unbalanced in the masculine aspect of God, in creating a false image of what actually is the false masculine and not the true God.

Christ to counteract the imbalance in monotheism

That imbalance became so extreme, that it was deemed impossible by us that we could teach the ancient religion of the Mother again, without first going through an intermediate period of introducing the concept of God the Son, as the Christ, that is the mediator between heaven and earth. Jesus came to introduce that concept, and the concept – in its pure form that Jesus taught 2,000 years ago – stated that it was possible to reconcile man here in this world with the God above, the Divine Masculine.

And you will see that even Jesus had to play upon the image of the remote being in the sky, yet in his true teachings he gave the concept that the kingdom of God is within you, and that you can attain oneness with your Father and thus say “I and my Father are one” and “My Father worketh hitherto and I work.” Thus, you acknowledge yourself as a co-creator with God, when you truly understand Jesus’ teachings. This is the purpose for Jesus’ coming—to set the stage for a greater awareness of the need to balance the masculine and feminine aspects of God. So that when the 2,000 years of the Age of Pisces came to fruition, we would have a platform for reintroducing the reality of religion as the religion of the Mother, by recognizing that the feminine aspect of God is indeed All and in All.

Everything that Jesus has released up until this point has been a gradual and slow preparation for the reintroduction of this truth of the Divine Feminine, and indeed to restore the Divine Feminine in religion. And thus, it is, of course, Jesus’ hope, that this restoration can begin with the Christian religion. And certainly, if you look at the other two so-called monotheistic religions of Judaism and Islam, you see that they are even more focused on the male aspect of God. They are even more prone to suppressing women, not only in religion, but also in society, than is the Christian religion and the Christian world.

Raising up women in Christianity

So there is indeed a possibility, that this can happen. Not of course that we envision – as was stated at our last conference – that the major Christian churches would suddenly wake up and elect a female pope. But at least there will be women from many Christian churches, who will come apart and form new movements, new initiatives, new churches, that honor the equality of masculine and feminine, men and women, and the value of letting women hold any position in their spiritual movements.

Thus my beloved, I have given you some strong meat, because I desire you to ponder these ideas. I ask you to recite the mantra I have given you to yourself, calmly and quietly as you go to rest, as you go about your activities. Keep a part of your attention on my Presence. Recite my mantra, attune yourself to beloved Surya. Ask to be tutored in how you can better come to understand, accept and embody the ideas we have cast before you.

The culmination of Jesus’ teachings

For you see, my beloved, this is indeed a turning point, a culmination of the teachings that started with Jesus’ release of the concept of Christhood 2,000 years ago. And thus, we are indeed very hopeful that we will see a breakthrough at the etheric level, which then gradually can be lowered through the mental, emotional and eventually into the physical, where you will suddenly see people around the world waking up, tuning in and saying, “What happened to the Divine Feminine in religion? Where did it go? Why did it get lost? Maybe we need to restore it.” And they will find themselves surprised at hearing themselves say this. But yet, they will be impelled to listen and then ponder these questions.

And then, they can find the teachings we have given in the physical and they can say, “Ah, this is what I know in my heart is true. This is what needs to happen. We need to restore the Divine Feminine in religion. We need to rise above the unbalanced approach to religion, represented by the monotheistic religions, and even other religions that worship God as the remote being in the sky. Or even those who worship some form of the Mother God, but see that Mother God as a physical planet, as a mountain, as a statue, or as some other image that still identifies God as being outside yourself, instead of being inside yourself.”

Thus my beloved, I congratulate and thank you for your presence here, for your attention, and thus I leave you with one final thought: We need to transcend mono-theism and create intra-theism—an entirely new approach to religion, that recognizes the God within all life. Thus, I seal you in the flame of the Divine Mother. Be at peace in my light, for my light is All and in All.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Understanding the Buddha and the Mother

TOPICS: Why western people have become interested in Buddhism – The meeting of Buddha and Mother – Shattering the mental box of the male God –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, March 23, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

Who, my beloved, is the Buddha? And what is the Buddha’s relationship to the Divine Mother? The Buddha is a Being, who recognizes the essential nature of all manifestations in the world of form. The Buddha is a Being who is One with what I call the Buddha Nature, but which we can also call the transcendent God.

While you are in embodiment on earth, you cannot actually know the transcendent God directly. But you can know that the transcendent God exists and is beyond any form, any images, any words or doctrines. This you can know through the agency of the Christ consciousness and the Buddha consciousness, which is the state of consciousness that allows you to know, that even though you are trapped in the material world, the world of form, there is something beyond that world. You came from that something, as did the entire world of form. And thus, the reality is, that the Buddha is meant to be a symbol for the transcendent God. The Buddha is meant to represent transcendence.

The essential nature of all form is that all forms are expressions of the transcendent God. This is what the Buddha symbolizes in this world. And thus, you cannot fully understand the Buddha without understanding the Divine Feminine, as so beautifully explained throughout this conference by various masters. For the Buddha does not represent the Father figure of God, as that Father has been portrayed by the male dominated religions.

Why western people have become interested in Buddhism

The Buddha does not fit the traditional role of Father. But the Buddha does represent the transcendent God. And thus, my beloved, the reason why many people in the West have become interested in Buddhism, is because they have grown up in a monotheistic religion, that portrays God as the remote Father figure, the unreachable Father figure, and denies or largely ignores the Divine Feminine.

So people feel lost; they feel that there is something wrong with that image of God. But they have nothing to put in its stead. And thus, they look to this mysterious religion of Buddhism, which offers them a different perspective by not creating a fixed mental image of God, and not creating a culture that says, that unless you accept that image and worship that God, you will burn forever in a fiery hell.

Truly, as I have said before, some have misunderstood the teachings that I gave, and they have thought that Buddhism is a religion that does not recognize God. But the reality is that Buddhism does not operate with a God that fits the traditional male image of God. But certainly, Buddhism is through and through a movement, a philosophy, that recognizes the existence of a transcendent Being that is beyond form.

The meeting of Buddha and Mother

Thus, as we say in the invocations, when the Buddha and the Mother meet, well then, the force of darkness they will defeat. For, you see, my beloved, when the Divine Feminine is understood, as it has been taught to you, then you see the oneness of the Divine Feminine and the transcendent God. And thus, the Buddha and the Mother have met, have become One, have become seen as the One God that is not divided, and thus can have no separation in its Being. Save the separation created in the minds of individual beings, as they exercise their free will.

This, then, is the illusion that I came to shatter, so many years ago. It is the illusion that Jesus came to shatter, that Krishna came to shatter. For truly, we are expressions of the Spirit of Truth, that have taken on various forms in various societies—expressing ourselves in a form, that we thought would potentially appeal to the people who were stuck in a particular world view, in a particular mental box. And thus, we recognize – and we have always recognized – that due to the nature of the material universe, in its current form, it is not possible to give forth an ultimate spiritual teaching or philosophy. And therefore, we are never seeking to bring forth the ultimate, the one absolute truth that will replace all other religions.

No, my beloved, we are always seeking to shatter the mental boxes that people have at the time. And then, as humankind grows in awareness, well, then they raise their consciousness somewhat. But, as long as they are still trapped in duality, even their raised awareness will cause them to create another mental box. As you saw when people in Europe escaped, or at least partially escaped, the mental box created by the Catholic Church during the middle ages. They used science as a means to escape that mental box, but, then immediately started using science to create another mental box. And thus, we are always playing the game of coming into form, to shatter whatever mental box is holding people back at the time.

Shattering the mental box of the male God

Right now, one of the most important mental boxes to shatter is the tendency in the West to ignore or deny the Divine Mother and the importance of the Divine Feminine. Thus, it is my privilege and my joy to seal this conference. And to let you know, again, that you have indeed attained the goal that we set for this conference. You have created an impetus, a major surge of energy, that will shatter part of that mental box. And therefore, it will give people the opportunity to choose a new vision, a new way of looking at the Divine Feminine, in both men and women—recognizing the true nature of the Divine Feminine and how it must be raised up in both men and women. So that both men and women find the balance between the masculine and feminine in their beings, thereby attaining their full potential.

Thus, I, Gautama, congratulate you. I extend our gratitude to you. And I seal you in the great joy of the Buddha’s heart. For my beloved, when you know the essential nature of all things, you know that God is not an angry God in the sky. God is the happy God, the joyful God, who is in a constant state of bliss. And when you realize the essential nature of yourself, you connect to that bliss. And it is indeed my great hope, my great joy, my great vision, that we will eventually bring forth teachings and tools that will empower people to touch the hem of the Buddha’s garment, and thus touch the bliss that is the Buddha. For, as the Buddha for earth, I do indeed represent to earth that flame of eternal bliss.

My Beloved, reach out with your heart and touch the hem of the Buddha’s garment, and allow your being to be filled with the Buddha’s bliss. Thus, I seal you in that bliss, and I ask you to meditate to the music, but to go beyond the music and touch my heart, my blissful heart.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Who IS the Divine Mother

TOPICS: The name of the Divine Mother for earth – The Divine Mother is beyond all graven images – Go beyond monotheistic religions – What is salvation? – Overcome the illusion of separation from God –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, March 23, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, who is the Divine Mother? Who is the Divine Feminine? That is the question I endeavor to answer in this discourse. Yet, I run into the difficulty, that unless you know a few things about yourself, how can you possibly understand who I AM?

I ask you to recognize, that the essence of the spiritual path is that you transcend yourself, that you recognize that any aspect of your situation in this material universe is a reflection of your inner situation—because your consciousness is what creates your material reality. Thus, the essence of spiritual growth is that you come to question your current mental box. You come to recognize, that through your current beliefs – your world view, your understanding or lack of understanding – you have put yourself in a mental box, which then creates the physical box that you might experience as various kinds of limitations and restrictions.

The name of the Divine Mother for earth

Therefore, the beginning of the spiritual path is when a being wakes up and recognizes the reality, that you need to question your current mental box, you need to expand that box. You need to transcend that box, before you will make true progress on the spiritual path, before you will be able to create the kind of life that you want for yourself or even want for others, or even your entire planet.

So, my beloved, I wish you, during this discourse, to pay attention to your own reaction to the words I am giving you, and how they might limit your understanding of the reality of the Divine Mother. Thus, I will give you the name that I have been known under, for a long time on this planet, and that I do wish to use for the future, as well. It is the name “Mother Mary.” And you will know that this is the Being that was embodied as the Mother of Jesus, 2,000 years ago. And this, in itself, will cause a reaction in many people, who will think that I am associated with the Catholic religion because they do revere me as the Mother of Jesus. But you see, the Catholic religion does not honor or recognize me as the Divine Mother.

Yet, I must tell you, that after my embodiment as the Mother of Jesus, I was not simply assumed into heaven as the Catholics say. I did indeed ascend to heaven as Jesus did. Thus, I am today a spiritual Being. I have chosen, out of my love for the lifestreams on this earth – and my love for the planet earth, herself – I have chosen to remain with this planet. And thus, I have ascended to the office of the Divine Mother, which means that I represent the Feminine aspect of God to all people on this planet, regardless of their religion, or even if they have no religion.

The Divine Mother is beyond all graven images

This is another misconception—that as soon as you talk about something Divine, then many people are programmed to believe, that that something must fit in a mental box labeled by one of the religions you see on earth. For, surely, you will know, that the first two commandments given to Moses was: “Thou shalt have no other gods before me” and “Thou shalt not take unto thyself any graven image.”

The true meaning of this is, that if you create a mental image of what God is like, based on what you see in the material world, then you have created a graven image and you are thus worshipping a false god before the real God. For the true God – what we might call the Divine Masculine, the Divine Father – is beyond this world. The Creator is beyond its creation. This is logical, when you think with the heart, instead of the linear, analytical mind. And of course, if you are not willing to think with your heart, you would not see yourself as a spiritual person. For, the linear, analytical mind has limits on what it can reveal beyond the material realm.

The reality is, that God is more than any mental box that could be created on this earth. The Creator is beyond its creation. God, the Father – as we might call it – therefore is beyond any images, any scriptures, any words whatsoever that you find in this world. The God that can be known, is not the ultimate God. For, the real God, the Living God, is beyond what can be captured by the words and images of this world.

And thus, even calling that God the Divine Masculine or the Divine Father is a misnomer. For, again, when you hear the words, “Divine Father,” you project mental images upon that concept, based on your experience with what the Father represents on earth. And this is indeed why some religions have created the image of God as a Father figure, that sits up in heaven on a big throne, looking at your every move and judging you as a strict, disciplinarian Father would do on earth.

Yet, my beloved, the reality is far beyond it. For, the Divine Masculine, the transcendent God, is beyond any such images. You see, there is a Masculine aspect of God, as the Creator, who initiated the process that led to the creation of this world of form, in which you live. Yet, that Creator is the Infinite God and can never be anything but the Infinite God. So, in order to create a world of form, the Infinite God must manifest itself as a polarity to itself, by manifesting itself as a state of Being, that can indeed take on finite form. And thus, this Being, this state of Being, of the expressed God, is indeed the polarity to the unexpressed God. And thus, if we use the traditional term for Father/Mother, the transcendent, unexpressed God is the Divine Father, and the expressed God is the Divine Mother.

Go beyond monotheistic religions

In order to truly understand the Divine Feminine, you need to go beyond the traditional role, the traditional images of most religions on earth—especially the so-called monotheistic religions, that are based on a male image of God as the remote being in the sky, the Father figure sitting on the great white throne, judging all people below. Although there is a transcendent God, who is beyond your reach, as long as you are on earth, God has another aspect, namely the Divine Feminine, who is not beyond your reach. For, you are an extension of – an expression of, an individualization of – the Divine Feminine. So are all the forms you see in this Universe. Everything is an expression of the Divine Feminine. Everything has the Divine Feminine embedded within it.

God is never separated from you. For, indeed, as Jesus said, the Kingdom of God is within you. This means, that if you want to understand the Divine Feminine, you need to challenge the mental boxes created by male-dominated religions, who will give you the impression that God is only a male figure, as you see it on earth. And thus, you cannot reach God on your own, for you need a mediator, in the form of an outer religion. Which then means, that the outer religion has the power to either give you the entry into heaven or to deny you that entry and send you to hell, for all eternity.

What is salvation?

Yet, the reality is, that there is no outer religion that can guarantee or deny your salvation. For, what is salvation? Salvation is the ultimate recognition of who you are, leading to an acceptance of who you are, namely that you are an expression of God—the Feminine aspect of God, the expressed God. Until you come to that realization – outpictured by the Buddha, by Krishna, by Jesus, by many other spiritual teachers sent to this earth – well, then you will be trapped in the most common illusion found on this planet, namely that God is separated from God’s creation, and thus, you – even though you are created by God – are separated from your source. This, of course, makes no sense whatsoever—if you allow yourself to think with the heart, instead of accepting the mental boxes created by male-dominated religions.

The stark reality is, that any religion which promotes an image of God, in whatever form, where God is separated from you, that religion is promoting a false concept of salvation. You even have religions on earth who portray God as a Feminine figure, but still say that that Feminine figure is separated from you. And that too, is false. I am not asking you to start picturing God as a Feminine figure. What I am asking you in this age – those of you who are the spiritual people, those of you who know you are here for a purpose, who know you are here to be the forerunners for a new awareness of God and Spirituality – I am asking you to go beyond both the image of Feminine and Masculine.

I am asking you to transcend and to recognize the transcendent God that is beyond form, and the God that is expressing itself as form—but yet is still the transcendent God, who cannot be trapped in any particular form. And thus, you – who are expressions of God – you too should not see yourself as being trapped in any particular form or mental box. You should recognize and acknowledge, that you are more: more than your physical body, more than the outer mind, more than the mortal sense of identity that you have been programmed to accept, both in this lifetime and beyond, by a society that wants you to follow the norm, that wants you to keep doing what people have always been doing, without questioning it, without asking why, without asking what sense it all makes.

The purpose for creating our websites

This then, is our entire purpose for creating our websites—to raise the awareness of the Divine Feminine, and to give you the practical tools for raising that awareness in yourself, for bringing forth new ideas, that will affect the collective consciousness and bring forth energy, that will raise the collective consciousness. These energies will purify it from the energies you see as the result of warfare and other atrocities, that have led to so much anger and suffering on this planet—that sometimes it is a wonder that the planet is holding together, rather than being blown apart by the intensities of the negative energies produced by humankind.

I trust that as you explore our offering, you will see that I am giving you the keys that you will scarcely find anywhere else on earth. The keys to transcending your view of God and thereby building a relationship with God based on the reality of who God is—as both the transcending and the expressed God. This will allow you to finally come to the realization and acceptance of who you are, as an expression of the Infinite God, with the potential to raise your identity to the level of infinity, where you become one with your source and thus you become ready to act as an extension of that source.

You can then do what the transcendent God has done in making itself the ultimate servant for all of the self-aware extensions of itself, by giving them an opportunity to grow, by exercising their free will, using the energies of God’s own Being to create whatever form they envision. And thus, they see whether they have chosen wisely and thereby expanded their sense of self, or chosen unwisely and thereby limited their sense of self.

Overcome the illusion of separation from God

Thus, I bid you, rethink your mental box of who you are, who God is, and what the world is. For, you see, God is All and in All. God has expressed itself as you. God has expressed itself as the world of form. Thus, God is everywhere. God is never far from you, and do not allow any force on earth to trick you into accepting that illusion of separation—that you could ever be separated from God. This is the greatest fallacy on earth. This is the fallacy that we challenge with our websites.

And indeed, this is the entire purpose for the existence of the Spiritual teachers of humankind—to challenge the lie of separation and all the many dualistic lies that spring from the consciousness of duality, that is the product of the consciousness of separation. For God is One. God is undivided. God is indivisible. And you can separate yourself from God only when you create the illusion of separation in your mind.

For in order to create the illusion, that you are separated from the one, indivisible God, you must create two opposite polarities, the division into the two dualistic extremes. And thus, you become trapped in the endless dualistic game of going from one extreme to the other, or even being caught in the middle, but still being trapped at the level of the dualistic game. Thus, I challenge that game and all of its lies. And I challenge you to recognize, that if you want spiritual freedom, you must transcend the dualistic game. I will give you the tools. I will give you the teachings. We, together, will give you the truth that will make you free—if you are willing to internalize it and become one with that Spirit of Truth.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Attune to my Presence daily!

Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master God Surya, March 23, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

I AM the God Surya, and I come from the God Star Sirius, my beloved. I come with great joy, I come to bring a dispensation of light to this planet. For we have indeed watched the willingness of such as yourselves and many people around the world, who have begun to awaken to the need to restore the Divine Feminine, to the need to raise up women, but first of all to raise up the feminine aspect of God in both men and women, reaching a greater balance.

For do not think that this is a movement that only involves women, for many, many men throughout the world have also been willing to come away from the traditional male roles in which they were brought up, and reach a more balanced manifestation in their own beings. And even striving for greater balance in the areas of business, or the areas of government or all aspects of society.

We have seen this, and thus we come to release an extraordinary portion of light to reinforce this movement of the restoration of the Divine Feminine. Not to bring the Divine Feminine into dominance over the masculine, not to have women take up the dominant roles of men, but we come with an energy that is a balancing energy, a light that will balance, that will bring balance, that will restore balance, my beloved.

And thus, I ask you who are the spiritually aware people to give a few seconds, a few moments, to tune your attention in your busy daily schedule to the God Star Sirius, however you choose to envision it. Envision the God Surya, for I indeed embody the perfect union of the Divine Masculine and the Divine Feminine, and I ask you to just tune in to my heart on a daily basis, even for a few seconds, and feel that influx of the balancing energy, that will balance your own being, and thereby allow you to be a platform for bringing balance to this planet.

By doing this on a daily basis, you can give an immense service. But be prepared that you must be willing to also come into balance in yourselves, for otherwise the energies that we bring will magnify whatever imbalances you have that you have not been willing to deal with. And if you feel that this becomes too much, then you need to use the invocations and rosaries – as they are appropriate to your individual situation – to consume the unbalanced energies, that pull you into these patterns. And then, you need to be willing to recognize where you are holding on to beliefs that keep you in one dualistic extreme or the other.

Thus my beloved, I do not intend to speak long, for my light is so intense, that I do not wish to bring more light than the collective consciousness can handle. Which is why I ask you to be the open doors for that light on a daily basis, so that we can bring it in proportion to what the collective consciousness can deal with at any one time. Thus, I simply come to let you know of this dispensation, and I also come to congratulate you for the breakthrough you have achieved. For it was not a given that this dispensation could be released at this conference. For had you not come together in the oneness of your union of hearts, then it would have to have been postponed to some later conference. Thus, I congratulate you, I give you my gratitude. And I seal you in the God Flame of the God Surya of the God Star Sirius.

 

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

The kingdom of God is at hand—through the union of the Divine Father and the Divine Mother

TOPICS: Christ unifies the Divine Father and the Divine Mother – God sees no difference between spiritual and material – The role of Christ is to unify Spirit and matter – The Divine Mother is always pure – Your oneness with the expressed God – Salvation through the Divine Feminine – Only women can restore Christianity – Hold the vision of a resurrected Christianity –


Listen to a recording of this dictation (subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus, March 23, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

Greetings, my beloved, on this Easter Morning—meant to symbolize my resurrection from the grave, from the tomb. But yet I, Jesus, did not come to this earth to symbolize this for myself, I came to symbolize the potential – for all human beings – to let the human self, the mortal self, die. And thereby be resurrected – not into a new physical life or spiritual life in some higher realm – but to be resurrected into a new sense of identity, where you no longer deny the reality that you are a co-creator with God.

Thus, you acknowledge that the kingdom of God is within you, that you are one with your father, that your father has worked hitherto, and that you are willing to work by being the co-creator that you were sent here to be. So that you can play a part in bringing the kingdom of God to earth. This is the purpose for which I came, this is the purpose for which I went through the physical events of the crucifixion, my death on the cross—in order to symbolize what is possible for all human beings spiritually.

Christ unifies the Divine Father and the Divine Mother

For you see, 2,000 years ago, it was indeed necessary to give people physical, visible, outer manifestations, or they would have not been able to lock in to the potential for overcoming death, the consciousness of death. But of course, in giving those outer manifestations, it was foreseeable and inevitable, that many people would focus on the outer manifestations, failing to see the hidden symbolism behind them, and thereby failing to see the universal aspects of my mission and message, thinking that it only applied to the Jews, thinking that certain things only applied to me, or that certain things only applied to Christians.

The Christ consciousness is universal. The entire idea of the Christ Consciousness is, that it unifies the material and the spiritual. It unifies what you might call the Divine Father, and the Divine Mother, so that there is no separation between the Creator and its creation. For of course, as it is stated in the Gospel of John, without him was not anything made that was made.

And that is precisely why the kingdom of God is within you, because God – God’s being, and God’s Presence – is embedded within everything. And it is only a religion that is based on separation, that could have turned Christianity into a monotheistic religion, thereby raising up the graven image of the external God, the angry, remote being in the sky, looking down upon you, ready to judge you for any transgression and send you to a hell for all eternity.

My Beloved, it is time that the Christian people, those who call themselves Christians today, wake up to the reality of my true message—that I did not come to create another religion that denies their Christ potential, as the Jewish religion did at the time (and still does, for that matter). I came to awaken all people to the potential to find the kingdom of God within you, and thereby become an extension of that kingdom on earth, the co-creator who co-creates that kingdom and brings it into manifestation. Thereby giving the abundant life to all people, both the abundant material life and the abundant spiritual life.

God sees no difference between spiritual and material

In God’s mind, in God’s vision, there is no difference between the material and the spiritual. This is an illusion created from the duality consciousness, the consciousness of separation, that was brought to this planet by the fallen beings from higher spheres, but that has also been espoused by many people on this earth. Only the duality consciousness makes it possible for the ego to exist. And the duality consciousness also gives the ego the potential for creating the illusion, that the ego has attained what it craves the most, namely some kind of superior status, compared to other people on earth.

That is precisely why so many people in so many different areas of the world – and in so many cultures and religions – will not let go of the duality consciousness. This even applies to those who call themselves Christians. They will not let go of the duality consciousness, for if they were to let go of it, they would have to realize and recognize, that the salvation I brought to this earth is not exclusive to themselves, to the members of their own particular little church—that they have defined for themselves, thinking that they can thereby exclude all others from being saved.

What does it then take to overcome that duality consciousness? Well, it takes a recognition, a realization, that God the Father was never separated from God the Mother. What has happened in the duality consciousness is, that you have created these gender roles, and you have created these images – dualistic images – that makes it almost impossible for us to communicate the reality, the spiritual reality. For when we say a word, you immediately start – you meaning the people on earth – to impose your dualistic images upon them. So when I say “God the Father,” immediately people project an image based on the gender roles that have been defined in human society. And when I say “God the Mother,” they project another image based on their image of women. But those images are both dualistic, are both unbalanced, and thus they cannot lead you to the correct understanding of what it actually takes to be saved as the Christians call it. Which truly means that you enter the kingdom of God, which as I said is within you, as the symbol for the fact that the kingdom of God is not a physical state, is not a spiritual state—it is a state of consciousness.

It is not that you have to travel somewhere physically in order to enter the kingdom of heaven. It is not even that you have to shed the body and ascend to some spiritual realm in order to enter the kingdom of heaven. The message I came to bring to earth was embodied in the saying I preached in my early days, where I said, “The Kingdom of God is at hand.” Meaning, you can experience it right now by entering the state of consciousness that is the Kingdom of God.

And what is that state of consciousness? It is the state where you have overcome the illusion of this world, the illusion created by the prince of this world, so that you overcome the illusion that God in the Father aspect, in the Alpha aspect, could ever be separated from God in the Mother, Omega aspect. It is true, that there are two aspects of God. There is the one Creator which is the Infinite, which is in-divided, in-divisible. But yet that infinite Creator has expressed itself in the world of form, but in so doing has expressed itself as form, has embedded its own Being in form, has created everything out of its own Being. And therefore, even though there is still an aspect of God that is the undivided Creator, nevertheless God has also divided itself into the world of form, the Ma-ter light that has taken on form.

The role of Christ is to unify Spirit and matter

God the Father is not separated or distinct from God the Mother in the way you think of it, based on gender roles on earth. God the Mother is another expression of God the Father, and your role as self-aware beings in the matter realm is to awaken to the reality, that you are extensions of God the Creator. And thus, you can be the open doors for God the Creator to bring its kingdom into manifestation on earth. But you can be those open doors only, when you overcome the sense of separation from your source, from your Creator, so that you finally say, “I and my Creator are One.” And you recognize that you were never separated in reality.

If God is infinite, it must mean that the Creator is everywhere, so how could you ever be separated from the Creator, separated from your source? It cannot happen, except as an illusion created in the mind that is based in separation. So you see, how this relates to the topic of restoring the Divine Mother, the Divine Feminine. For in order to walk the path of Christhood, you have to overcome the illusion that the Divine Mother – that the feminine aspect of God, that the matter realm – could ever be separated from the Father, the Creator.

You then become the open door for spreading that truth to others, for giving that life-giving truth to others, that they too might be awakened, and realize that they are extensions of God the Father. But when they attain union with that God the Father, then they become God the Mother, they become the representatives of God in the matter realm. And thus you become the Father-Mother God in embodiment. You become the union of the Father-Mother God right here in this realm.

This is the role of the Christed being. This, my beloved, is the true path to Christhood. There are levels of the path, but as you go towards the higher levels of the path to Christhood, you need to integrate the Father and Mother aspects of your being. You realize that your lower being – the identity you have built in order to express yourself in this world – needs to come into oneness with God the Father, whereby you actually become God the Mother in the pure sense of God the Mother.

The Divine Mother is always pure

Be not confused by appearances; do not judge after appearances. Make the subtle distinction here. Everything you see around you in the material realm is created out of the Ma-ter light that has taken on form. The Ma-ter light is an expression of God the Mother—in a sense we can say, that the Ma-ter light in its pure form IS God the Mother. Yet God the Mother has vowed to allow the self-aware beings, the co-creators, to experiment with their free will and thus take on any form that they impose upon it through the power of their minds. And thus, what you see on planet earth is manifestations of God the Mother, but not in a pure form, not in a form that is in accordance with the vision of God the Father, or the immaculate concept of God the Mother.

So you cannot look at the imperfections on earth and say that this is God the Mother. God the Mother can never be in any impure form, even though God the Mother allows her energies, her light, to take on an impure form in order to give God’s co-creators the opportunity to reap what they have sown. Yet God the Mother forever remains pure, remains undefiled by any imperfect manifestation in this world. God the Mother has always been pure—and will always remain pure. And when you obtain the Christ consciousness and see that there is no separation between God the Father and God the Mother, well, then you become the purity of God the Mother in embodiment. You become an expression of the purity of God the Mother.

Whether you are in a male body or a female body has no impact on this whatsoever. You still – when you attain the Christ consciousness – you become God the Mother in embodiment. For do you see, that the Creator in its pure infinite in-divided form does not express itself in this world? It is the Creator expressing itself as God the Mother, that has created the world of form. And thus, you need to even go beyond the expressions of God the Father and God the Mother, and perhaps find a more universal expression, such as the infinite God and the expressed God, the manifest God.

Your oneness with the expressed God

You, as self-conscious beings, are evolving towards God consciousness. And when you obtain that God consciousness, you can experience the Creator in its pure form. But as long as you are in embodiment in the world of form, you do not experience the Creator in its pure form, you experience the Creator in its expressed form as God the Mother. And that truly is the God that you become one with while you are still in embodiment.

You will know that I said, “I and my Father are One.” The reality behind that statement is, that when you are in embodiment, you hold a female polarity with the beings in the spiritual realm, namely the ascended masters. So when I said “I and my Father are One,” I acknowledged my oneness with my teacher and guru, Lord Maitreya—my oneness with my I AM Presence, my oneness with my spiritual lineage that leads all the way to the Creator. And thus, in acknowledging that oneness, I acknowledged the oneness of Spirit and matter, the spiritual realm and the matter realm. But what I am talking about here is an even deeper awareness of God as the infinite, unexpressed Creator and God as the expressed Creator—that has expressed itself in the finite world. And thus, it forms a different polarity than the polarity between the spiritual realm and the matter realm.

So you see, again, there are layers, there are wheels within wheels, but you need to contemplate here that your goal as Christed beings is to work towards the state of consciousness, where you have unified the two aspects of God—that have traditionally been seen as masculine and feminine, Alpha and Omega, Father and Mother. You no longer see any separation, even any difference, between them, because you realize that they have become one in your being. For that is the Christ consciousness—it unifies the two aspects of God, so that you overcome the illusion – that is possible only in the world of form – that any form could be separated from its source.

Salvation through the Divine Feminine

What I am telling you here is that the path to salvation, that I came to bring to this planet, was indeed the path to personal Christhood, but the path to personal Christhood is not a path that can be walked without the Divine Feminine. What has happened to Christianity is, that instead of becoming the religion it was meant to be, it became an extension of the Jewish religion. Which was a religion focused on the Father aspect of God and the denial of the Divine Feminine, that sprang from the falsified version of the Garden of Eden story, which blames Women and the Feminine for the fall of Man.

And thus, Christianity became another religion that denies the Divine Feminine. This was not my original intent, and that is why it is true – as some people are beginning to realize – that I had an entirely different view of women and women’s role in spirituality and religion, than what has been portrayed by the Catholic and later Christian Churches. They are almost all based on blaming women for the fall, and therefore raising man and the male aspect to some superior status, using it as an excuse for suppressing women physically and spiritually.

When you obtain Christhood, you rise above the gender roles on earth. It no longer matters whether you are in a male or female body, for you rise beyond human sexuality, and you do not see yourself as one or the other. It is simply of no consequence what your body is, or what your sexuality is, as it is so commonly discussed today. For it no longer has importance when you obtain that state of oneness, when you obtain that union of the Father-Mother, the Feminine-Masculine, the Outer and the Inner. And you realize that there was never a separation, for how could God be separated from itself, when God is infinite and thus is everywhere and thus must be in everything—and not the remote being in the sky.

That is why I said, that the Kingdom of God is within you. For as long as you picture God as the remote being in the sky, you will never obtain union with that God. You will only obtain that union, when you find the God that has expressed itself as You – as form – and you acknowledge your union with that God. Then you overcome the sense of separation. Then the masculine and feminine come together in perfect union, in perfect harmony. Then the inner has become the outer, and the outer has become the inner, as is quoted in the book of Thomas—and then you overcome that separation. Now you know who you are, now you know why you are here. And at that moment, you are reborn, as I attempted to explain to Nicodemus—who could not understand it because he could not separate himself from the linear, analytical mind based on duality and separation.

But what did I say, my beloved? “No man can ascend back to heaven save he that descended from heaven.” Only the conscious self can ascend back to heaven. And it can only ascend back to heaven when it realizes that it was never separated from heaven, it was never separated from its source, for it is an extension of the Creator’s own Being. That is when you are reborn into realizing who you always were, who you always have been. But this does not mean that you then disappear, for it now means that you can take the individuality you have created in the world of form and raise it up and resurrect it, so that it becomes one with the divine individuality anchored in your I AM presence. But in order for that to happen, you must let the unreal individuality – the individuality that is based on separation and duality, the mortal human self, the ego – you must let that identity die on the cross by giving up the ghost—the ghost that is some sense that you are separated from God.

And when you finally give up that ghost, then the human self will die. Then you can be reborn into knowing who you are, and then the Divine Mother and the Divine Father will come into perfect union in your being, and you will be as above so below. You will be here below all that you are above.

Today’s Christianity cannot lead people to salvation

What I am saying here is, that the Christianity that you have today has deliberately been perverted in denying the importance of the Divine Feminine, in denying the teachings I have just given you. And which I did give in a veiled form 2,000 years ago, and which some of my disciples did indeed grasp and did indeed teach to others—although, again, few people understood it at the time.

So you see the consequence here: the Christianity you have today, the male-dominated form of Christianity, can never lead people to salvation! Do you understand my beloved? It can never fulfill its promise of leading people to salvation. It is impossible, it is a false promise—and every Christian Church that promises salvation to its members is making a false promise. Christianity can only fulfill its potential, when the role of the Divine Feminine is restored in Christianity.

This does not necessarily mean, that we need to have a role-reversal, where suddenly women take over all positions formerly held by men. But it does mean, that we need to create a new Christianity, where it is of no consequence whether you are in a male or female body, for you can hold any position, fulfill any role in that religion, in that movement.

Only women can restore Christianity

The Christian Churches of today are so stuck in this male-dominated mindset, that the only way they could possibly transcend is that women are acknowledged as being completely equal to men, and are allowed then to hold any position in Christian churches. This has the potential, that they can balance the male element and eventually bring balance to the churches. But it is a rather low probability that the mainstream Christian churches will be willing to make that transition.

Thus, is it far more realistic to expect that new Christian churches need to spring up, new movements need to spring up, so that people come out of the old churches and join new churches, new movements. This does not mean that I envision most mainstream Christians joining a movement that recognizes direct revelation from the ascended masters. For many Christians are not ready for this, but I tell you clearly as also emphasized by Mother Mary and Kuan Yin, that women hold the key to the potential for transforming Christianity.

And thus, I ask you, who are the more spiritually aware people, to envision that women are raised up in all Christian churches, and that they either are allowed to transform the churches, or that women stand up and say, “We must then come apart from these inflexible rigid churches, and start and find a new way to approach the mysteries of Christ, so that we can unify the Divine Feminine and the Divine Masculine.”

This is the vision I desire you to hold on this Easter Sunday and beyond—that the Divine Mother is restored in the Christian religion. Especially that the value of the Divine Mother is finally recognized and understood, recognizing also that it is not only women who can be in contact with or be extensions of the Divine Mother. But that both men and women must become extensions of the Divine Mother, as I have explained it in this discourse. For only when both men and women are balanced in the Divine Feminine and the Divine Masculine, will you reach your full potential individually and as a spiritual movement, that can pull up the collective consciousness. So that you can be the top ten percent who pull up the eighty percent of the people and bring forth the judgement of the lowest 10 percent. So that if they will not change, they will be removed from this planet and have opportunities elsewhere.

Hold the vision of a resurrected Christianity

Thus my beloved, hold that vision. Hold the vision, that Christianity will be resurrected, that there will be an awakening so that as a critical mass of people in all Christian churches, or at least in as many as possible, will be willing to give up the ghost of the old male-dominated unbalanced Christianity. They will be willing to let that identity, that mass identity, die, so that the movement that I came to start can be resurrected, and we can have a truly balanced spiritual movement. Where the Father and Mother, the Masculine and Feminine, work in perfect harmony and union, so that people can overcome separation between matter and spirit, between the Creator and its creation, between the unexpressed God and the expressed God in all of its expressions. So that all of its expressions are indeed aware of themselves as expressions of the One indivisible God.

This is the vision I hold. This is the vision Mother Mary holds. I ask you to also hold that vision, and see that this movement will start, especially with the women in Christian churches who will wake up and say, “The old ways are no longer working! This cannot go on. We must take on a more active role, not in setting up ourselves against the men, but in helping the men see, that they too are trapped in their traditional roles. And they too would experience greater freedom by rising above them, by going beyond them, by simply letting that ghost die, that is holding them nailed to the cross of an unbalanced religion, an unbalanced world view.” This is my call, this is my vision.

And I also wish to extend my great gratitude to all of you who are participating in this conference, so that you are adding to the momentum that has been created. For I can assure you that you have already precipitated a major breakthrough in the collective consciousness. You have achieved the goal that we envisioned for this conference. And thus, I wish you to feel the gratitude that all of us have for your willingness to be the spearhead, so to speak, to break through this old encrusted male-dominated consciousness, and carve a pathway for the resurrection of the Divine Feminine in all areas of spirituality. And even in the area of religion, so that religion can become spiritualized instead of the current condition, where most mainstream religions no longer have any spiritual element, any spiritual fire, any spiritual teaching. And thus, of course, they cannot satisfy the spiritual needs of today’s spiritual people, who will not settle for doctrines and dogmas, but want answers that make sense and take them into an intuitive recognition, and intuitive experience, of what I called the Spirit of Truth.

Thus my beloved, I seal you in my Flame of Infinite Joy, for truly I came to bring Joy to the world, as this is my keynote. Thus, I bid you catch my Joy and bring it to the people. For if you truly understand what I have told you in this discourse – that the Kingdom of God is at hand – then how could you not feel Joy?

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Envisioning the money system of the Golden Age

TOPICS: World peace begins with the individual – Real and perverted individualism – Letting the false identity die – Raising up the Mother in the economy – Understanding the divine economy – The perverted economy – What is real money? – When money is disassociated from real value – The deception of fractional reserve banking – Inflation steals the value of your labor – How the people uphold the system of the elite – Inflation is a hidden form of taxation – Concentrating wealth in the hands of the elite – How today’s “kings” finance their wars – The magical money machine – The modern form of slavery through money – A golden age economy – Poverty is a perversion of the Divine Father and the Divine Mother – Money and the displacement of native peoples – Decide that you want the Golden Age to be manifest –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, March 22, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I come to add my gratitude to that of Mother Mary and Kuan Yin. For you see, my beloved, when an ascended master sponsors a nation, as I have sponsored the United States, I become partly responsible for what happens in that nation and what is done by that nation to other nations. And thus, I have indeed had a karmic burden and a karmic debt as the result of the way the native peoples of this continent were treated during the formative years of the United States and beyond.

And it has, for centuries, been a great burden to my heart, how the wonderful native peoples were treated, and how it was not possible to integrate them in my greater vision for an America, which truly was the vision of people from many different backgrounds coming together, transcending those divisions created by their backgrounds, and locking in to the I AM spirit, the spirit of the I AM people, that transcends all outer divisions and therefore forms a bulwark of freedom, a bastion of freedom, against the forces of anti-freedom that would seek to enslave the people. And in so doing, it must divide the people, and therefore use the divide-and-conquer tactic, the divide-and-conquer consciousness, to divide the people into all these factions based on outer characteristics. And then, it must make the people believe, that they have to be enemies of those who are different from themselves, and that the only way to resolve the conflicts that they see is to go to war and destroy those who are different.

The true vision of Saint Germain and the true vision of the ascended masters is to create unity among the people of this planet. But the perversion of that vision by the fallen beings is, of course, to create a forced unity, where they try to get people to kill all of those who are different from themselves. Until there is uniformity by eliminating all differences which – by the way – would only be possible if in the end there was only one person left on this planet. For truly, even two people trapped in the duality consciousness would soon find a way to create animosity and conflict between them, so that one would have to kill the other.

World peace begins with the individual

There is no way to create peace this way, to create unity among people through violence, through division. There is no way, as we have said before, to solve a problem with the same state of consciousness that created the problem. And thus, you cannot possibly overcome division while you are still trapped in the very consciousness, that created the division in the first place. The only practical – the only possible – solution is to transcend that state of consciousness entirely—to rise to a higher level.

And yet how can people do this, as long as they are identified with the outer divisions on earth? And thus, there is only one solution, and that is that people realize, that they are more than these outer human identities that have been created for them. They are more than these molds that have been created, and in which they are supposed to fit into from the cradle to the grave. Thus, they are truly the I AM people, and when you recognize this, you can transcend these outer divisions. As indeed you are doing in a conclave like this, where you come from different backgrounds, different nationalities, but it is not an issue, for you come together in spirit. And in that true oneness in spirit that you have found individually, well, you transcend the outer differences.

And yet, this can only happen on an individual basis. For you see, indeed – as both Mother Mary and Kuan Yin have said – there is no way to overcome the divisions except through individuality. It cannot be done collectively, my beloved, and that is why, indeed, you will see that the Lord Christ himself came to this planet 2,000 years ago to inaugurate an age in which humankind was meant to grow in individuality and attain a greater individualism, that pulled them out of the tribal consciousness—that is truly the cause of many divisions on this planet.

Real and perverted individualism

And yet, it was, of course, foreseeable and inevitable, that some among humankind – especially those who had already become trapped in the consciousness of duality before they came to this planet – would pervert this concept of the Christ – the individual Christ – and turn it into the perverted concept of individualism, based on the ego that does not consider anyone but itself. This is simply the “cost of doing business,” as they say these days. And it was foreseeable that this would happen and it would create atrocities.

Nevertheless, I ask you to raise your vision and see, that even all of the warfare and strife you have seen over these last 2,000 years was a necessary element of raising humankind, not only out of the tribal consciousness, but also out of the perverted consciousness of individuality. Where people realize that individuality does not mean that you are an island. For as has been said, no man, no woman, is an island. It means that you find your divine individuality as an extension of, as an individualization of, your Creator. And when you recognize your oneness with God and say with Christ, “I and my father are one,” well then you will quickly take the next step and realize, that all of your brothers and sisters also have an I AM Presence, also came out of the God Presence, and therefore they too are part of the Body of God on earth.

While it may seem illogical to some, the reality is that humankind started out in more of a collective consciousness, where very few individuals on this planet had a strong enough individuality to raise themselves above that collective consciousness. And thus, humankind had to go through becoming stronger individually, before they could engage in the path of individual Christhood, that would lead them to the greater oneness in spirit, that will then form the basis for a greater oneness in the material realm. One that is not based on sameness but is based on the reality that differences, divine differences, sprang from the same source and therefore differences are not the source of conflict.

They are, indeed, as we have said before, individual facets of the diamond mind of God, where each of you is a facet on that diamond. And when you come together, you can create a much more beautiful shine, than when you stand apart, or even when you try to oppose each other and thereby hide your light under a bushel. You cannot engage in conflict with other people unless you first hide your own light, unless you deny that light and therefore accept a lower sense of identity, whether you created it yourself or whether you stepped into a role created for you by society or even by the false leaders of humankind. They have used the divide-and-conquer consciousness to create all of these false identities, that can only be in opposition to each other.

They have set up a culture of vain competition, where those who have attained a stronger individuality, instead of moving on to the path of individual Christhood, are trapped on the outer path, the broad way that leads to destruction. But the false path goes through the false individuality, and it then must – according to the Law of Free Will – allow people to pursue the building of this false individuality. Until they finally tire of it, or until they run out of time and thus are no more because they are not willing to see the folly of that false identity. They are not willing to let it die. They are not willing to give up that ghost, even though their false identity has paralyzed them and nailed them to the cross of their own making, as they have misused the four levels of the mind – the etheric, mental, emotional and physical – to create that false identity.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Manifesting Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Freedom is found only by forgiving everything

TOPICS: A lost paradise will always be lost – What Balance Could Have Done for America – Change is the Order of the Day – Looking at the bigger picture – The Omega Perspective – Overcoming the Victim Consciousness – How to move on from anything in the past – By not forgiving, you hurt yourself first – People discriminate against themselves – Why women must change Christianity – Understanding spiritual freedom – Start acting your spiritual age –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Kuan Yin, March 22, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, as the representative for the Divine Mother for the East, I, Kuan Yin, come to you. For you have earned a visit from my Presence, from my Being, from my Flame of Mercy and Forgiveness. What is the one thing, that can help people transcend the old patterns and rise to the new day of a Golden Age? Well that one thing, surely must be forgiveness. For how can you possibly greet the new day, if you are trapped in attachments to the past and always looking back towards the night, and refusing to turn around and face the rising sun of the Presence of God in your own being and in the collective consciousness?

A lost paradise will always be lost

You see outpictured in the native people in America, how they today are stuck in looking to the past. Do you see, how they count before the white man came and after the white man came? And they look at their lost culture as something that was perfect and idyllic and never would have changed—if the white man had not come. And thus, you see an attachment to what was there in the past and which can never be recreated and would not have survived anyway. For truly, the forces of life itself would have caused the Native Americans to transcend that old lifestyle. When you consider a paradise lost; I will tell you that if you think paradise was in the past, then paradise will always be lost for you—until you let go of the past and start facing the future and realize that the seed of the future is the now, the eternal NOW.

Can you see, that for the native peoples to have moved on, a hundred or two hundred years ago, they would have had to have been willing to leave the past behind? They would have had to say, “It is time to change. We do not have to become like the white people. But we do have to change. We do have to transcend our old outlook on life.” And had they been more willing, more able, to do that, they could have found a way to become integrated. So that they could have actually lived up to the name, Native Americans, by maintaining some of their old culture, but adopting the new and accepting themselves as fully part of not just the American nation, but the I AM people, as Mother Mary spoke about. And this would indeed have made it possible for them to find a much more constructive way to integrate in this new experiment of America.

Although the white settlers, many of them, came from Europe – where there was a somewhat rigid culture – they came to a new world, where there was no established culture, no established cities, no established laws or customs. And thus, they had the opportunities to start anew, and much of what was going on in those early colonies was an experimentation. And if the native peoples had been willing to experiment, they would not only have found a way to integrate in white society; they could have found a way to shape this new society of America. But because there was not the ability to let go of the past, the willingness to let go of the past; they could not integrate. Instead, they became, so to speak, overrun by the influx of white immigrants. And that is why there was not the balance, where the devotion to the Mother held by the native peoples could have balanced the unbalanced devotion to the Father of the Christian immigrants.

What Balance Could Have Done for America

Had there been a greater balance on both sides, a greater integration; you would indeed have seen a very different nation, that would have had a greater balance between Father and Mother. And thus, you would not have seen many of the manifestations that have taken place in American society. For example, you would have seen a greater respect for the value of the individual, for the value of all people, and the need to spread abundance among all people. As you indeed saw in many of the native tribes, where they did not have anyone who was particularly rich and above the rest. Nor did they have anyone who was particularly poor and below the average, for they took care of each other. Many of the early settlers did likewise in their small communities, for they needed to stick together to survive.

But as America grew, you saw a moving away from this. And you saw how the power elite started to gradually gain an inroad in the American government, so that they undermined the value and the respect for the individual. They created a mentality, that was so alien to the first American revolutionaries and their desire to create a society with equal rights for all. They created a society, that was much closer to the feudal societies of Europe, where you now have – not a noble class that is noble by birth – but you have a rich power elite, many of whom are born into their positions. But you do have some openness, that someone can move into the power elite by accumulating enough money and thereby becoming a member of the club. Although, perhaps not as valued as those who come from old money, as they say.

And had this development of the power elite and the power elite mentality been averted, then many other calamities could have been averted. For example, the United States would not have entered into the First World War at all. For it was truly the power elite who manipulated the United States into that war, for the sake of monetary gain and increasing their power over American society. Likewise, the Second World War might have been averted or it could have taken a different form with the killing being much, much less than it actually was.

Change is the Order of the Day

The reason why I am bringing up the past is because I am seeking to help you – especially those of you who have a closeness to the native peoples – to see that change is the order of the day on planet earth. Not only change, but growth—transcendence. I wish to give you a glimpse of what would have happened, if our beloved Saint Germain, embodied as Columbus, had not discovered America. What would have happened if Columbus had been thrown off a horse and broken his neck early in life? Well, surely the American continent would eventually have been discovered. That was virtually inevitable, based on the development of better ships and a better understanding of the earth being round and not being the center of the universe.

Yet, let us for the sake of argument assume that the white explorers from Europe had come to the United States, had come to the American continent, and had seen the native peoples living there. Now, sometimes when the native peoples of today look back at that time, it seems as if they almost have a certain expectation that if the white people had been good people; they would have looked at the native culture and said, “These people are living in such a wonderful society, we should go home and leave them alone.” So let us, for the sake of argument, say that would have happened—that the first European explorers would have said: “We will go home and stay home.”

Well, just project what you know about the history of Europe, my beloved. You would have seen – inevitably – that the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia, would have taken place. You would have seen Russia become a communist nation. And you would have seen, that Russia would have developed, as it surely did, a desire to conquer the world and make it a communist planet. And do you not think, that the communists in Russia would have come to the continent of North America? Surely, you can see they would, in the 1930s or 1920s, they would have come to these shores.

And if you think that the white settlers coming from western Europe were rough to the native peoples, it is as nothing compared to what the communist invaders would have perpetrated upon the native peoples of North America. For consider the weapons that the white settlers had when they first came to this continent. Surely, they had guns. But, they had flint lock muskets, that could only fire one shot at a time. But when the communist invaders would have arrived in the 1920s or 30s, they would have had machine guns, airplanes, grenades, artillery.

My Beloved, can you imagine the slaughter that would have taken place? For you must recognize, that if the native peoples of North America had been left alone, they would not have developed sophisticated weaponry. They would not have developed gun powder. They would have had bows and arrows. And what would that have been like—to go up against modern weapons with that? I am in no way trying to make light of what happened to the native peoples. I am in no way trying to defend what the white settlers did that was not right. I am trying to give you an overall perspective, that when you look at the inevitability of history on this planet, you can see that surely, in this year, the Native Americans would not have been better off if the white settlers from western Europe had not come when they did.

On the contrary, when you consider the world perspective, you can see that had the United States not been founded when it did – and had it not grown to become a powerful nation – well, then there would have been no force on this earth that could have stopped the communist hordes from overrunning every continent. And thus you would – today – have had a planet controlled by a communist ideology and by a class of people who have no respect for the value of human life, as you truly saw even in how Stalin and other Russian leaders treated their own people.

Looking at the bigger picture

What I seek to give you here is the Alpha perspective, the Father perspective of the big picture, of what inevitably would have come to pass. And thus you see, instead of feeling that the native peoples were treated unjustly and unfairly – that they were slaughtered – you could look at this from an entirely different perspective. You could look at it that the native peoples of America made a sacrifice for the benefit of all humankind and for the benefit of this planet.

For I must tell you quite clearly, my beloved, that if this planet had been overrun by communism, the days of intelligent life on this planet would be numbered. You would already today have seen natural disasters of far greater magnitude than what you are seeing. Because Mother earth herself would have revolted against the way people were being treated on a world-wide scale. And it would have been a matter of time, before the planet would simply have gone through such a major upheaval, that civilization in any form would have been destroyed, and you would only have had small and scattered bands of survivors here and there around the globe.

Had that indeed come to pass, well, then there would have been no cosmic justification for the continued existence of the earth. And therefore, this planet would have been dissolved. For it would no longer have been a suitable planet for the spiritual growth of significant numbers of lifestreams. And it would have taken too long for it to get back to a state of a reasonable civilization, that actually gives people the freedom, the material freedom, to pursue spiritual growth, instead of being consumed by making a living. So you see, my beloved, this is the greater, Alpha perspective.

The Omega Perspective

But now, I will, as the feminine Presence that I AM, also give you the Omega perspective. And that perspective, my beloved, is that everything that happens on earth happens as an opportunity for growth. If you will study Maitreya’s book, where he gives you the big picture of the world of form and of planet earth, you will see how he explains that at one point in the distant past, there were people on this earth who had become so entrenched in their consciousness, so set in their ways, that they had created a downward spiral, for they were not willing to transcend.

And this is to a large degree the same mentality that you see in native peoples around the world, as Mother Mary explained. And thus, it was decided by cosmic councils that – instead of allowing the downward spiral to eventually destroy intelligent life on this planet – we would allow waves of lifestreams from other systems of worlds to incarnate here, to therefore, so to speak, stir the pot and provide a counterbalance to the people who were not transcending themselves.

And this has, by and large, been a successful process. Although, of course, the differences in people’s consciousness – and especially their attachment, their unwillingness to transcend the old consciousness – has precipitated untold physical suffering. But yet, this is still preferable to seeing a planet destruct in a self-reinforcing downward implosion, or destruct in a warfare that blows it apart.

What is going on on this planet is, that the different people, the different groups of people, as Mother Mary talked about – those who identified themselves based on characteristics in the material realm – they are here to interact with each other. And in that interaction, they make visible what is unbalanced in each other’s consciousness.

It was precisely the imbalance in the native peoples of this continent in the Mother aspect, that attracted to them an influx of people with an imbalance in the Father aspect. So that in those two groups of people coming together, each group had an opportunity to see the imbalance in the other group. But they could then use that to take a look in the mirror, to look for the beam in their own eye and to say, “How are we then imbalanced and how can we come into greater balance?” This is the hallmark of the top 10 percent, the most spiritually aware people—that when they encounter other people who are different, or when they encounter different or difficult material circumstances, they look in the mirror and they say, “What can this teach me about myself? What can this teach me about how I need to change, so that I can come up higher and no longer precipitate this particular circumstance that I recognize is a reaction from the cosmic mirror?”

Overcoming the Victim Consciousness

Yet, when people are not willing to do that, my beloved; they go into the victim consciousness. And now people from one group say, “Oh, we are the victims of this other group. They are the ones who are perpetrating their actions against us. They are the ones who are destroying us. They are the ones who should change.” The Native Americans saying, “We should have been left alone by the white people.” And the white settlers saying, “Oh, these Native Americans should have given us their land and moved west.” Each group, of course, being naïve; but being blinded by their unwillingness to look at themselves. And thus, you see, that each group went into a victim consciousness, where they saw the other group as opposing them.

And thus, there was no possibility – realistically – of them cooperating and bringing each other into balance and therefore, both of them, transcending the old consciousness. Instead, what you saw was the inevitable confrontation – that is not unique to this continent – that you have seen throughout the world and see throughout the world today. What you see then is, that when such a confrontation occurs, there is a crystallization, so to speak. There are those who actually move on. And you will see this even in America today, that some native people have moved on and become part of American society, seeing themselves as Americans first, but Americans from a native background. But still seeing themselves as Americans, as you indeed see with many of the settlers from Europe who no longer see themselves as Europeans, but clearly see themselves as Americans with a European background, but Americans first. And this means, that they have transcended the old consciousness and moved on with life. But you also see those who get stuck in the old consciousness, who hold on to the old and look back to the paradise lost, thinking that if they could only find a way to recreate the paradise that is lost, then they could go back to the good old days—that, quite frankly, were not so good when you were living in them.

How to move on from anything in the past

The perspective I want to give you here is a perspective that applies very much to those who are of a native descent in America, whether they have been mixed with other races or not, but those who can trace their lineage back to the native people. It also applies very much to those who can trace their lineage back to the black people brought over as slaves from Africa, or those who can trace their lineage back to other cultures that may not have integrated as well in America as some. There is only one question that really is relevant for all people of all backgrounds and that is, “Are you willing to do what Jesus said and multiply your talents? Are you willing to become more? Or do you want to bury your talents in the ground of the past and hold on to the past?”

If you are willing to move on, then you need to find a way to let go of your attachment to the past. I am not saying you need to say, “I am no longer a Native American.” You do not need to disavow your past. I am saying you need to not be attached to the past and look at it with negative feelings. You need to find a way to forgive both your ancestors and those who came in and did whatever they did to your ancestors. For you see, my beloved, the Forgiveness Flame, the Mercy Flame that I AM is the only way to freedom. For the past is the past. It is gone. You cannot change the past. Therefore you cannot go back and set right what was done wrong in the past. Do you hear me? It is not possible. Therefore, there is only one thing you can do—and that is to let go of the past by forgiving everything that happened.

By not forgiving, you hurt yourself first

My Beloved, those who are in the victim consciousness will immediately say, “I cannot forgive. Why should I forgive? They are the ones who violated us. Why should I forgive them? They deserve to be punished. And the white people have taken over America. They have not been sufficiently punished.” When you are in that state of consciousness, those others will never be sufficiently punished. For the only way you could feel, that they were sufficiently punished was if you could turn back the clock and set right what was done wrong. But since that cannot be done, your desire to see the others punished can never be fulfilled. It is a never-ending desire, an unquenchable thirst for revenge or punishment.

And what does it do to you, my beloved? Well it traps you in the consciousness of non-forgiveness. And you have to realize the profound truth given by Jesus—do unto others what you want them to do to you. But the hidden meaning, that even most Christians do not understand today, is that before you can do something to others, you must already have done that something to yourself. So, before you judge other people as being bad or evil, you must have judged yourself. Before you can have a desire for revenge over others, you must already have become angry with yourself and exacted revenge on yourself by placing yourself in a very small mental box. And what is the signal you send into the cosmic mirror from that mental box?

If you will look honestly at many of the native people in America today, those who are the black people in America today, who have not let go, what are they saying subconsciously? What they are saying to the cosmic mirror is, “The atrocities committed against our people in the past was not enough. We have not let go of them. We want to experience more atrocities, more discrimination.” This is the message that you are sending into the cosmic mirror, when you have that state of consciousness of non-forgiveness! Given that the Law of Free Will is the reality on this earth, what can the cosmic mirror do but comply and give you that suffering? Yet, since it is no longer possible to experience that suffering in the United States – for there is no longer the persecution of native people or blacks – then those souls who would not let go must incarnate elsewhere, where they can then experience the physical atrocities.

Instead, imagine that all of the people – and I am not again talking just native people or people of a black background, I am talking about all people in the world, for surely, look at the world history and see that there is not a group of people who have not at some point in their history been violated by some other group – what if all those people, my beloved, could forgive? Well if you forgive, if you let go of the past, you set yourself free from the consciousness that is holding on to the past. And thereby, you say to the cosmic mirror, “We no longer wish to experience the kind of atrocities we experienced in the past. We want to experience a positive life circumstance.” And then the cosmic mirror will say, “Oh, my beloved, I have been waiting for thousands of years to give you the abundant life, for it is my good pleasure to give it to you. And now that you want it, surely it will be yours.”

People discriminate against themselves

The deeper understanding here is that you need to ask yourself, “Who is discriminating against native peoples in America today? Who is discriminating against blacks? Who is discriminating against Hispanics, or those from certain national or ethnic origins?” Well my beloved, they are discriminating against themselves by maintaining their attachment to the past, their non-forgiveness, thereby maintaining, or even reinforcing, the very consciousness that caused the discrimination in the first place. This is not to say, that those who are discriminating against others for any reason are not at fault, have no responsibility. But I am telling you, that until the people who are being discriminated against are willing to let go of the consciousness; they themselves cannot be free of the discrimination.

Neither can the people who are discriminating against them. For you see, my beloved, it is again the outplaying of the basic dynamic on this planet, that whatever imbalance you have in your consciousness attracts someone who has the opposite imbalance—in order to set up the inevitable clash that then gives you the opportunity to transcend.

I know that this is not the soft and gentle perspective of the Mother. It is the stern Mother, the realistic Mother. But you see, when the Mother is in synchronicity with the Divine Father, then the Mother is the practical realist. The Mother is the one who says, “This is what we need to do in order to move on from the situation we find ourselves in.” And the Mother is the one who knows how this can be accomplished. And the Mother is the one who is no-nonsense about it, about telling people what needs to change in order for us to move on. The Mother is the one who knows how things should be done and how they can be done in a material realm.

She is the one. She is the expression of God that has the mastery of the material realm. The Father is the one who has the overall vision, and therefore can see what needs to be done. But the Mother is the one who knows how and when it needs to be done. The Mother, in balance, is the master of time and cycles, and of the practicality of how to accomplish a task. As they say, my beloved, necessity is the mother of invention. And it is true, in the sense that when there is a necessity for change – and when is there not a necessity for change? – then the Mother, the Mother element, the Mother aspect, the Divine Feminine in all people, regardless of their physical sex, is the one that knows how things should be done in the practical, nitty-gritty, day-to-day details.

Why women must change Christianity

This is one reason why, in today’s culture, women need to be given greater influence in society, and especially in religion, especially in the Christian churches. As Mother Mary spoke about, what is going on right now in the Christian movement in America is that many, many women in Christian churches are feeling disenfranchised, are feeling like they are exiled by their own religion. Because they know that they have a greater place, they have a greater role to play in their religion. But they are not allowed to do so by tradition, by the leaders—who again have become stuck and rigid and, therefore, will not change.

The reality of Christianity today is that it is a religion, that can no longer meet the spiritual needs of today’s people. And the reason for this is that Christianity has become stuck in the unbalanced application of the Father element. And therefore, it has lost the practicality of the Mother, of the Divine Feminine. And the only way out of this for the Christian religion is to open up for women to hold any position in any church. And this is a prophecy I will give you, only the Christian churches who will open up for women to hold any position will survive the next few decades. Others will shrink to insignificance.

For it is only the women, the female influence, who will have the practical knowledge of knowing how to meet the spiritual needs of today’s people, so that they can transcend the Christian movement into a movement that is relevant to today’s spiritual people. Because it actually meets their needs and allows them to apply spirituality to their everyday lives, so that they can move out of the rut of the perversion of the Father—portraying God as the remote being in the sky.

This has led to the situation of the division between church life and daily life, so that you go to church for a few hours on Sunday, and then when you leave the church, you basically say to God, “OK God, leave me alone for the next six days and then I’ll come back.” And this is not the kind of spirituality that will do anything for the people in the Aquarian Age. For spirituality needs to become something you live in every aspect of your daily life. Otherwise, it will simply die, for it will no longer give you what you need in this age, for this is an age of spiritual freedom.

Understanding spiritual freedom

Spiritual freedom is not something that exists by you traveling to the Himalayas and sitting in a cave and having no worldly obligations—and thinking you have spiritual freedom. Spiritual freedom is something you attain, when you spiritualize every aspect of your life, so that everything you do is an expression of your spirituality. And therefore, you have freedom in all aspects of your daily life. This is spiritual freedom, my beloved. And it cannot be attained as long as there is the division – not between church and state, although that division also needs to be broken down – but, as long as there is the division between church life and daily life, or as some would say, real life.

But you see, real life is when you recognize that everything is an expression of Spirit; everything is an expression of the Infinite, as we say in The Art of Non-War. For let me assure you that The Art of Non-War is an expression of the totality of the ascended masters, and the essence of the most universal message that we wish to bring forth at this particular time.

There is no more universal expression available in the physical realm of the consciousness that is needed to bring humankind out of the past and into the Golden Age of Saint Germain. It is only when they decide to not declare war against war, but to challenge the consciousness of war through the consciousness of non-war – by accepting their own infinite origin, their own infinite source, their own infinite being – accepting that they are the open doors for the Infinite to stream into this finite world—and only that stream into the finite world will manifest the Golden Age.

Start acting your spiritual age

I leave you with this fire of the Mother’s heart, which surely you can sense springs from love, the love of all the Mother’s children, who will not let them sink into a downward spiral without taking them by the ear and pulling them up and giving them a stern talking to and saying, “It is time for you to start acting your age.” For, my beloved, it is time for millions of lifestreams on this earth to start acting their age by realizing that they are ancient lifestreams, who have been here for a very long time. And you have had plenty of time to indulge in the pleasures of the physical realm. But now it is time to recognize where you came from and why you came to this planet, which surely was not to indulge in all of the things that are available in modern society. It was to find your greater purpose and to bring forth the truly abundant life on earth, which is not a materially abundant life, but a spiritually abundant life, where you have the integration of spirit and matter, of Infinite and finite, of Father and Mother.

Thus, my beloved, I also thank you for you presence, for your willingness to bring forth your heart flames, to let the light flow through you, and to give these invocations that you have given. For indeed, in giving the two invocations today, you have opened up for a clearing of the heart for many people around the world, that will give them the opportunity – the reprieve from the intense feelings of non-forgiveness – so that they can wake up and say, “Ahhh, maybe we should just let it all go and forgive the past and walk into the bright shining sun of the new day of love, light and peace.”

I, Kuan Yin, seal you in the great Forgiveness Flame. And I give you the opportunity – as we play the music after I stop speaking – to pour into my Forgiveness Flame any non-forgiveness that you have personally, or any non-forgiveness that you sense is present in the mass consciousness, in the collective consciousness of the people among which you grew up, where they have not forgiven for whatever reason. I seal you in my Forgiveness Flame, and I assure you, that that flame can consume any non-forgiveness that you care to send into it. So prove me herewith, sayeth the Lord, and I shall pour you out a blessing that there shall not be room enough in your hearts to receive it. So that your hearts will be the cup that runneth over with forgiveness, so that you can go from this place and give it to others, as well. Thus, I seal you in my heart.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

Balancing the masculine and feminine aspects of God

TOPICS: What is a spiritual American – Understanding the mindset of native people and white settlers – Understanding the limitations of native cultures – Individual awareness and group awareness – Why native cultures did not progress – How white settlers were unbalanced in the father aspect – Creating a sustainable civilization – The perversion of the father in selfishness – How Christianity feeds the unbalanced father element –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, March 22, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, I Mary come to greet you at the beginning of this conference, and I come to match the fire that you have put forth in this invocation. For surely, we of the ascended masters are willing to multiply your talents—when you decide to put those talents to good use. And you have indeed done this this morning. And therefore, I congratulate you for your fire, for your presence, for your willingness to be here.

The discourse I wish to give you at the beginning of this conference is to give you an idea of what we hope to accomplish by having the conference in this particular place. You have heard and seen yesterday, that the Cherokee Indians were indeed somewhat willing to adapt themselves to the presence of the white settlers here. Yet in the end, there were certain aspects of white life that they could not adjust to. And obviously, there were also grave problems on the other side as well.

But the reason we have chosen to have the conference here is that you indeed see Indians here, Native Americans as they say—although that is somewhat of a misnomer. For before there was a nation of America, can you really say there were Americans on this continent? And thus, you see how even a word, even a name, can be used and misused by those who are very subtle in using the mind to project certain images into the collective consciousness—and thereby actually perpetuate the division between people rather than seeking to help them overcome that division.

What is a spiritual American

The reality is – when you look at this historically – that there was a continent in this place. And there were people living on this continent. But those people were not Americans. For what does it mean to be an American? Well, the true spiritual meaning of being an American is that America is meant to be the nation of the I AM Race. That however is also a somewhat dangerous term, given how the word “race” has been used in the world. Therefore, it would be better to talk about those who identify themselves as the “I AM people,” as those who have a spiritual self, an I AM Presence, that is an extension of the presence of God, the God that called himself I AM or I AM THAT I AM. So those who identify themselves as individualizations of that God, I AM THAT I AM, those are the beings, those are the people, who belong to the true America and who form the true spiritual America.

When you realize the reality of what I am saying, then you realize, that the true Americans do not identify themselves based on any characteristics on earth. They identify themselves exclusively based on their individuality—that for each person is anchored in that person’s I AM Presence. America truly is not a nation as you conceive of it today. It is a state of being, my beloved. Living in the nation of the United States does not automatically make you an American in the spiritual sense. Living outside the United States does not exclude you from being an American in the spiritual sense. There are true spiritual Americans throughout the globe. In every corner, in every nook and cranny, there are those who dare to identify themselves as spiritual people—rather than basing their identity on some characteristic in this world, be it race, religion, skin color, nationality, ethnicity or their tribe.

What needs to happen for America to reach her full potential and take her rightful and intended place among the family of nations is that people, especially the top 10 percent of the most spiritually aware people, begin to overcome the tendency to identify themselves based on all these outer characteristics. And this is indeed what you see outpictured in what we might call a clash of civilizations between the native peoples of this continent and the white settlers, who came with their European culture and their religion based on Christianity.

Understanding the mindset of native people and white settlers

My Beloved, I have spoken before about the two basic forces of the Universe—the expanding and contracting force, the expanding force, that we often associate with the Father element, and the contracting, which we often associate with the Mother. Yet again, you need to think beyond Father and Mother, because those terms have also become associated with particular gender roles on earth, and obviously I trust you can see, that you cannot take an earthly gender role and transfer that to the Father-Mother God.

I hold the office of the Divine Mother for earth. But if you think that the Divine Mother is like the typical American housewife, who keeps house and has dinner ready when the Divine Father comes home from working in the fields, well, then you need to update your imagery a little bit. Not simply to the modern world, but way beyond both the modern and the ancient world. When you look at the clash between the native peoples in America and the white settlers, you see so many things outplayed here, that are typical for what you have seen in other civilizations throughout history. For what do you see in the native peoples? You see, indeed, a culture that is very devoted to the Mother aspect, the feminine aspect of life. You see this in the fact that the women owned the land, that the women were the center of the family, and thus you see that they had a better understanding and devotion to the feminine aspect of God than did the white settlers.

However, I must tell you also, that what the native people had was not a balanced relationship with God. It was unbalanced, where they had become unbalanced towards the feminine aspect, putting too much emphasis on the feminine. And this, my beloved, is something that you truly need to understand. For there are many people in today’s spiritual world, those who are the top 10 percent of the most spiritually aware people, who have realized very clearly, that the traditional patriarchal religions of the West – the monotheistic religions of Judaism, Islam and Christianity – are way too unbalanced in the Father aspect of life. And thus many spiritual people have started to swing more towards the feminine.

And in so doing, many spiritual people have indeed looked to where they could find cultures, that have a greater emphasis on the feminine. And many have indeed looked at native peoples around the world, sometimes glorifying their lifestyle, making it seem like it was almost a paradise before the white settlers came in contact with those cultures. And as you sometimes see – both among the native peoples in America today and among the spiritual people in America today – that they glorify the state of wilderness in which the native people supposedly lived in an almost paradise. And then the problems on this continent did not start until Columbus, our beloved Saint Germain, first set foot here, followed by the white settlers. This, of course, is a somewhat naïve glorification that simply is due to the fact, that so much of history has been lost, or that most people are not aware of the history of this continent. Partly, of course, because the native peoples did not have as much of a recording of their history as did the people in Europe.

Understanding the limitations of native cultures

What you need to understand as the spiritual people is, that you are more than any identification, any identity, that can be created on earth. You have a spiritual self that resides in the spiritual realm, a realm of higher vibrations that cannot be touched by anything on earth. This is who you are. This is what you need to find, to connect to, in order to have true spirituality, my beloved. And it is perfectly true, that in order to connect to your spiritual being, to your I AM Presence, you need to go beyond the roles established by the traditional monotheistic religions. Because they are not allowing people to find their spiritual identity, wanting you instead to follow an outer leader or an outer institution.

It is right for you to look beyond the traditional religions. But on the other hand, you need to recognize, that most native cultures around the world have not found that right balance, where people have identified themselves as the individual spiritual beings they are. What you see in most native cultures is a tribal consciousness. And it will be very difficult for you – who have grown up in a modern western society – to fully understand that consciousness. But what you need to consider is, that the people did not identify themselves first and foremost as individual human beings, or rather as individual spiritual beings. They identified themselves very much based on the tribe, their tribal culture, their tribal identity.

This may offend some sensitivities, but I will give you the honest truth about this. In his book Lord Maitreya describes the different evolutions on the earth. And he describes that there are two parallel evolutions, one that happened because the force that is built into nature was allowed to take its course and bring forth various animal species, eventually leading to humans without any direct intervention from above. And another evolution that did have direct divine intervention, and therefore brought forth intelligent life on this planet much earlier than is currently recognized by science.

What you see in the native people around the world is that they represent the consciousness that came out of the first evolutionary force—that took its time, that went its, so to speak, “natural course.” And this is a consciousness that has gone through various stages. But if you will honestly look at the animal kingdom, you will see that what you find in animal species is more of a group consciousness, a group soul. As most of you are aware, animals do not have individual souls, they have a group soul. They can take on more of an individual existence, especially when they interact with humans, which is why some people have pets that they feel have a greater individuality. But it is an individuality that they, so to speak, have on loan from their owners, until they eventually can garner more of an individuality for themselves.

Individual awareness and group awareness

This is what you see in many native peoples—that they have more of a group soul, a group consciousness, that is only beginning to break through into individuality. I am here, my beloved, talking about a general consciousness. For you will indeed find among many native people more advanced, more mature, souls who have incarnated there. And you will see this also in the Native Americans, both in the Cherokee tribe and in others, where certain individuals were more mature and therefore could adapt better than others to the changes represented by the white settlers.

But what you see in other native peoples, both around the world and in the United States, was that many of them were not able to adapt to changes as quickly as the white settlers assumed. And this is again because they did not yet have a strong enough individualized consciousness, a strong enough individualized soul. And therefore, they could not reach up and build an identity that was more spiritual. Which means that they were naturally more dependent upon their group identity, and it was therefore difficult for them to adapt to changes as individuals. They could only follow the flow in the group consciousness.

As you will see from any culture, including the white Europeans, the group consciousness adapts very slowly to changes. Whenever a change occurs in society, you will always see that there is first a very few individuals that embrace that change in consciousness. And then more and more follow, until eventually a critical mass is reached and now the collective consciousness shifts. What you see in the native peoples in America was that you did indeed have individuals who could adapt to the changes, but the majority could not yet make that individual adjustment. It was too big of a leap for them, and thus they got stuck in a certain state of consciousness. Or should we say, that they were already stuck in that consciousness, and that is indeed why there had not been greater progression on this continent.

Why native cultures did not progress

When you step back and look at the big picture, you need to consider, why you have a continent like North America that clearly had a lower level of sophistication and civilization than you see in many other parts of the world. Where you see that they in North America did not have large and sophisticated buildings, they had not domesticated animals, they had not developed sophisticated agriculture, they had not developed modes of transportation such as ships. So you see, my beloved, you need to ask yourself why this was so.

And part of the answer is that they had become so unbalanced in the feminine aspect, that they simply wanted to live the good life that they had always known, without going through the self-transcendence that is necessary for a civilization to rise to a higher level. That is why you saw the more primitive culture here, and that is why there was such an incredible gap between most of the native people on this continent and the white settlers who came in with a more developed culture, organized armies, sophisticated weapons, with gun powder and cannons, sophisticated agricultural methods and so on and so forth.

This is where you need to recognize, that this is what happens when a people become unbalanced in the feminine aspect. They tend to be close to nature, but in being close to nature, they also tend to believe, that they need to adapt to nature, rather than fulfilling the rightful role of all people on this planet, namely to be co-creators with God and to have dominion over nature. Thereby, creating a society that has the knowledge and technology to make use of the land in a more efficient way.

You see many native peoples on this continent who when the white settlers arrived still lived as hunter-gatherer cultures. And you will know, when you look at this, that a given area can sustain only a very limited number of hunter-gatherers. And in order for more people to live on the same area of land, they need to develop agriculture. But yet, even what the native peoples in America had was such a primitive form of agriculture, that it could only sustain a much smaller number of people, than the more sophisticated agricultural methods and the industrial revolution that you saw in Europe could sustain.

Truly, you might say that the native peoples were more in touch with the land. But actually they were only in touch with the land based on an unbalanced application of the feminine aspect, where the feminine aspect – when it becomes unbalanced – gets disconnected from the masculine aspect. And what happens then is, that the feminine becomes an end in itself, nature becomes an end in itself, Mother earth becomes an end in itself, so that these people want to live a comfortable life based on their tradition. And that is why you will see in many parts of the world, that there are people who live the same way today that they lived hundreds or even thousands of years ago—their cultures have not evolved beyond a certain point.

Yet, my beloved, when the Mother, the earth Mother, when the feminine is in its right relationship with the masculine, then the earth is not an end in itself. It is a means to an end, namely that the spiritual beings descend here for the purpose of growing in self-awareness by taking dominion over the earth and co-creating the Kingdom of God on this planet, rather than the natural kingdom. And you see, this is the essence of the problem with the consciousness that is unbalanced in the feminine aspect.

How white settlers were unbalanced in the father aspect

Obviously, you also see very clearly in the white settlers, how they were unbalanced in the masculine aspect. And when the two clashed, you saw the unfortunate outcome that the native peoples were treated very unjustly, very unfairly by the white settlers. Who, even though they had a constitution as sensitive to individual rights as the American constitution, clearly failed to apply that constitution to the native people. They simply failed to give them the same inalienable rights, that they claimed for themselves when they were suppressed by the British throne.

This is an aspect of the masculine becoming unbalanced. And when the masculine becomes unbalanced, then you cut off the connection to God’s reality. You see, in order to understand how the masculine became unbalanced and perverted, you need to understand again what Maitreya explains, that there were beings who fell in higher realms by rebelling against God and God’s plan and everything that God stands for. They wanted to create their own sphere of life that was disconnected from God’s creation, set aside from the River of Life, because they wanted to prove God wrong, they wanted to prove that they were right, that they could do better than God. So they wanted to have a place, where they could pretend that they were separated from God, that God had no place in their world, except the place that they defined, based on how they defined God.

And this, of course, is what you see in the monotheistic religions, which are based on an entirely false concept of God the Father as the remote being in the sky, the angry being in the sky. When you enter into this consciousness, you believe that you are a god on earth—and that instead of being a co-creator – who has dominion by manifesting God’s kingdom on earth – you are now a god who, instead of having dominion, has control. You can suppress everything, including other people, including nature. And that is why you see, that when the European civilization gained the technology, they used it in an unbalanced way to suppress nature. Thereby destroying it in the process, destroying it for short term gain instead of creating a sustainable civilization.

Creating a sustainable civilization

It is naïve to believe, that the native peoples had a sustainable civilization, whereas you could never create a sustainable civilization based on modern technology. This simply is not true. The native peoples did not have a sustainable civilization, for they had become disconnected from the Father, and thereby they had become subject to what Saint Germain has explained as the second law of thermodynamics, which breaks down any civilization that does not transcend itself.

It is indeed possible to create a civilization, that uses modern technology in a responsible manner, so that it does not destroy the environment but enhances it, so that it can sustain a greater number of people who all live in abundance. But you see, for this to become the reality in modern society, you need to overcome the perverted Father consciousness, which creates a power elite, that want to suppress and control the population. And therefore, they have no cares whatsoever for what happens to nature in the long term, for they only want their short-term profit, their short-term power and privileges, their control.

This, brings us to the point, that you need to learn from this discourse, namely that you need to transcend both the unbalanced Mother culture and the unbalanced Father culture and find the Middle Way. Where you have a balance between the Divine Masculine and the Divine Feminine, so that they can work together in harmony, so that you have a balanced culture. This does not mean, that you create some kind of compromise between, for example, native culture on this continent and the modern culture. You do not create a compromise, you cannot take the best from one culture and mix it with the best from another. You actually need to transcend both cultures.

You need to go beyond all traditional mental boxes and rethink culture, rethink all aspects of society. And many people have already started this process. You have done it in a spiritual sense—that you have been willing to go beyond the traditional aspects of religion that have dominated western society. But many people throughout society have done it in other aspects, where they have started rethinking every aspect of culture and society, so that they have come up with new solutions, new ways of looking at things.

And the reason why these new solutions have not yet been adopted and accepted by the mainstream is, as I have explained, that there is always a creative elite that are the forerunners for new ideas. And then it takes time for the collective consciousness to reach critical mass, where a shift occurs. And this is where you come in. Not only with your vision and your knowledge of spirituality, but also your willingness to invoke the light from above. And thereby, so to speak, take in the mass consciousness and transform it in your own beings, so that you raise it up and thereby make it easier for others to make that shift and realize, that a new wind is blowing and that it is time to change the way we look at every aspect of our civilization. It is time to ask ourselves, “Why are we doing this? Why are we living the way we are living? What is the purpose of becoming richer and richer, if we do not put those riches to use in raising up all people to a more abundant life?”

The perversion of the father in selfishness

This is a perversion of the unbalanced aspect of the Father consciousness, where you think that, as an individual, you can do whatever you want here on earth—disconnected from your own higher being, your I AM Presence. And this leads to the “anything goes” culture, and to the “end can justify the means” attitude, which leads to all the abuses you see in modern culture—the insensitivity to life. Even the fact that you have the richest country in the world in the United States, and many other rich countries in Europe, where people are completely content to pursue the goal for an ever more comfortable materialistic lifestyle with more and more technological gadgets, bigger and faster cars, bigger and fancier houses. While at the same time you have almost two thirds of the population of the world who live in poverty, with an estimated 2.8 billion people, my beloved, who live on less than $2 a day.

Imagine what you can do with $2 in your society. And then imagine that there are people who have to survive on this. Surely, prices are different, but surely you can see that these people are having a lifestyle, that is so much below yours that it is almost incomprehensible. And what is truly incomprehensible is that the population in the rich countries can accept such an inequality on a global scale. This is only possible because the population is so blinded by that perverted consciousness of the unbalanced Father element, that says, “We are the only ones that matter, we don’t need to worry about other people.”

This is what you saw in the feudal societies of the middle ages, where you had a very small noble class who had the population in virtual slavery and did not care what happened to the people. Well, you have an almost similar situation, where the rich nations in the world are like the feudal lords and the poor nations are like the slaves in the feudal societies. And this simply would not be acceptable to people, if they had a greater balance between the masculine and feminine aspect.

These are some of the things you need to keep in your mind, for you have the opportunity to break through this consciousness and to process it in your own beings. Process that consciousness, see that it is not part of the real you, it is something you have taken on from the mass consciousness and you need to separate yourself from it. Yet still process it and call for the transmutation of it by the spiritual light you invoke. Call for other people to be cut free from it.

How Christianity feeds the unbalanced father element

Even in traditional Christian churches, there is a growing awareness that the old ways are no longer working and that we need to look for a new approach. And of course, my beloved, that new approach is what Jesus came to give humankind 2,000 years ago. And had his message been fully understood and applied, you would indeed have had a greater balance today. And thus, you would not have seen the deplorable situation, where Christianity actually became an excuse for the aggression of the white settlers against the native peoples. So that Christianity had been turned into a religion, that reinforced the unbalanced approach of the unbalanced Father element, rather than do what it was intended to do—balance that, balance the masculine and the feminine, so that people through Christ discernment, through Christ awareness, could attain that balance.

I have spoken long, and thus I will conclude my remarks. But I have given you your assignments. And if you will be focused, you can indeed create a major breakthrough. So I ask you to be mindful of the Mother element in which you move. Be mindful of time, my beloved, be mindful of keeping your energies high by not engaging in conversations, that might be fine in your daily lives but are not truly suitable to helping you tune into your higher being during a spiritual retreat.

I understand that you all want to have fun and that you don’t want to be too serious, as so many religious people are. But I am asking you to be mindful of the way you have fun, so that you raise your level to the highest level you can conceive of. And then, when you have gone as high as you conceive of, then you ask me to give you the immaculate concept of how you can go even higher. And I will, my beloved, I will, if you ask me with an open heart.

I will show you, each one individually, how you can come to a higher level in your life, in your personal life, where you can come closer to realizing and manifesting your goals in life and having the vision of what is your divine plan, what is your purpose for being on earth, and how you can best fulfill that purpose. And even make the adjustments that some of you will have to make in your daily lives, in order to fulfill that purpose. Thus, my beloved, I thank you again for your attention, for your presence and for your fiery hearts.

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

The Divine Mother is back—and she is here to stay!

TOPICS: Understanding cycles leading to 2012 – Let the Divine Feminine be restored in religion – The need for change in China – Awaken to the need to transform the economic system – Let the truth be exposed in the American government  – Moderate Muslims must awaken and take a stand against extremism – A new role for the Divine Mother –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, January 1, 2008 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts I, Mary, come to give you the sealing dictation of this conference. And I come with the flowing joy that is brought about by the fact, that you have been willing to come together physically in one place, but more importantly to come to a greater degree of oneness. For as you come together in one place, you have the opportunity to achieve a greater degree of physical union and oneness, than you have when you are separated throughout the world. Certainly, there is a union of minds of the people around the world who study the websites and give the invocations. But there is immense value in coming together in a physical place to achieve a more physical union.

And when you do come together, and you give invocations, and you have discussions, and you participate, and you talk during breaks, then you achieve – if you are willing – that union. And this conference is a wonderful example of that higher degree, what we might call a more perfect union. And I commend you for your willingness to come into that oneness. For this is the oneness, that allows us to use that oneness – that you provide in the physical – as an open door, as a platform, for releasing more or less light during a conference. So the more people come together and the greater degree of union they achieve, the more light we of the ascended masters can release to the planet for that particular conference. And this conference has provided us a wonderful opportunity to release a very large, an almost infinite, amount of light as you, heard reflected between the lines of the Buddha’s dictation yesterday, which truly was a more powerful release than we can release in many instances.

Understanding cycles before 2012

I come to give you some thoughts, that might be pertinent for your decree work, for your prayer work, for your rosary work, and for your visualization, for your holding the immaculate concept. We often talk about cycles and we have said that 2012 represents an important growth opportunity for humankind. And I have said before, that there is a need that humankind be awakened before the year 2012 to how consciousness, their consciousness, affects everything. We might say, that there are cycles within cycles. And there was a cycle started in 1996 of four four-year cycles leading up to the year 2012. The first being the identity realm, the first four years, and then from 2000-2004 the mental, then from 2004 to 2008 the emotional realm. And now 2008-2012 is where things need to come into the physical.

Which means that it is absolutely necessary, that humankind acknowledges – at the conscious, physical level – the lessons they need to learn. For if we do not have a critical mass of people, who consciously raise their awareness and acknowledge the deeper reality that can bring forth a shift in consciousness – in the collective consciousness – well, then the lesson must be learned by physical appearances, physical happenings in anything from earth changes to climatic changes, to wars or other forms of dramatic events, that hopefully then will awaken humankind.

This is not to be interpreted as if I am giving a dire prophecy, my beloved. For I am truly the optimist, seeing how many people have embraced the invocations and how they have made progress. For if you will look upon yourselves and those you know who are giving the invocations, you will see that if you compare to a year or two ago, you have made progress. You might look at your outer situation and see that there has not been many changes. But if you look at yourself, you will see that many of you have attained a greater degree of peace, inner peace, a peace that passes understanding. For you have attained that peace as an independent peace,that does not depend on world conditions. And thus, even though the world might not be an ideal place, you can still feel at peace, and feel that peace and optimism about the future that Saint Germain spoke about and that we truly desire all of our students to accept and embrace for themselves, leaving behind the doubt and fear.

And if you still have some doubt and fear, then make a habit that whenever you feel that doubt and fear, you instantly tune in to my Immaculate Heart. And you simply pour or throw that fear and doubt into my heart and accept that I will consume it for you. And then you accept that it is gone, and you can now feel centered and at peace again.

Let the Divine Feminine be restored in religion

I will describe for you some of the main issues, that we of the ascended masters would like to see break through into the physical awareness, the conscious awareness, of humankind. Let me begin with the overall issue of religion. It is an absolute necessity that humankind begins to reckon with the fact that a religion that acknowledges God the Father, but denies or ignores the feminine, Mother aspect of God is not a balanced religion. And thus when you look at the history of humankind, you will see that these so-called monotheistic religions have often been, if not the cause, then certainly the outer trigger, that provided the spark that lit the fire of warfare and conflict among the members of the three main monotheistic religions.

Before the year 2012, it is necessary that humankind comes to a recognition of the Divine Mother and the importance of unifying the Divine Mother and the Divine Father. And this must begin in the year 2008 with a serious recognition that the big monotheistic religions have become completely unbalanced by ignoring the Divine Mother, by putting women down, and even making women responsible for the fall. Which is, as we have explained before, not a reality but really – to be quite honest with you – an extreme outcome of the male ego’s refusal of responsibility, thus projecting guilt and responsibility for the fall upon women, instead of acknowledging that it is part of the nature of every human being – male or female – that is responsible for the fall into duality.

You see the deplorable situation, that those who are trapped in the mindset of the monotheistic religions, especially the male members of those religions, are not willing or able to look at the beam in their own eyes and cast out that beam. And precisely because they will not look at that beam, they go into a state of male pride, my beloved, where they feel that the only way out of a particular situation is to attack and destroy those that they now project as being enemies. Instead of recognizing that the enemy is, as the popular saying goes: “We have seen the enemy, and it is us.” For it is the ego that is the real enemy, not other human beings.

We look forward to a growing awareness, that there is a serious flaw in the monotheistic religions. And that it must be corrected in this age by a new awareness of the feminine aspect of God, as a counter-balance to the misuse of power in the name of control, that you have seen outplayed in all three of the major monotheistic religions—that has resulted in so many wars, such as the crusades and many other atrocities, including modern-day terrorism.

Hold the matrix, that there will be an awakening, a growing awareness, of the Divine Feminine and the importance of incorporating the Divine Feminine into all aspects of one’s religious and spiritual life. Which of course includes giving men and women completely equal status in any true religion, so that women can hold any position and perform any task in that religion and its hierarchy. For men cannot by themselves get out of the trap of a male-dominated religion. They need women to help as a balance, to literally save them from themselves and their focus on the masculine aspect of God, which inevitably leads to an abuse of power even in the name of God or in the name of some greater good.

This is, of course, the lie that has been the justification for so many atrocities. And you will see – if you take an honest look at history – that men are more prone to falling prey to this lie that the ends can justify the means. Whereas women are more sensitive to life, and therefore often will not accept that it is acceptable to kill human beings in order to bring about some supposedly greater good. For they see that the killing is always wrong and thus cannot be justified by any cause, no matter how just it might appear to the male ego.

The need for change in China

Another issue that we look forward to seeing being exposed in the year 2008 is an issue that revolves around China. You see, my beloved, in this coming year you will have the Olympics in China, which will focus the world’s attention on China. China and the Chinese leaders believe that this will become a cause of great national pride, where they will demonstrate their accomplishments to the world, even the superiority of their system—which is a strange mixture of communist philosophy and materialism and capitalism.

What we of the ascended masters look to see happen is that the Olympics in China will instead become like a mirror – a mirror that is held up in front of both China and the world – and makes everyone realize that there needs to be serious and dramatic changes in China before that nation can fulfill its full potential. There also needs to be an awareness in the world, that the world needs to take a much more nuanced and mature approach to China than has been taken so far.

As just one example of this – for, truly, many profound changes need to occur – but as just one example, let me take the recent awareness in the West, that many toys produced in China contain concentrations of lead that can be dangerous to children. My Beloved, the awareness that ideally should come out of this is, that so far nations and consumers in the West have had a completely immature and irresponsible approach to China. Where consumers and businesses have approached China as simply a source of inexpensive goods, that could allow the businesses in the West to make an inordinate profit while allowing the consumers to have cheap goods that, as Saint Germain expounded upon in Colombia, allows them to feel that they can maintain a certain standard of living, and thus being able to overlook or ignore that the value of their labor has actually been degraded over the last several decades.

One of the positives outcomes of such a situation could be a greater awareness among western consumers, where they begin to ask themselves, “Are we willing to always buy the cheapest goods in the store without considering where and how they were made?” And my beloved, certainly most people can see the self-interest that if a particular item – made in China or some other country – contains toxic chemicals that can be dangerous to themselves or their children, well then they need to be aware of this. But beyond this we look to an even greater awareness. The reality of the matter is, in fact, that in the West you have a great deal of laws. You have a great deal of consumer awareness, you have various consumer organizations, government watchdog organizations, you have labor unions and you have an entire system set in place, that is meant to at least give the consumer some degree of protection against merchandise that is made without considering the true interest of the consumer, but only considering how to generate the greatest amount of profit.

The toys that were produced and imported from China—had those toys been produced in the western world, they never could have made it to the store shelves with those concentrations of lead in them, because there would have been protective measures in place. What has happened is that the West has now suspended its normal consumer protection, in order to allow companies to import cheap goods from China, and make the profit that they could not make if those goods had to be produced in the West. Where, as another consequence of western society’s level of civilization, they would have had to pay the workers more and give the workers good working conditions and various benefits.

What we desire to see happen is a growing consumer awareness, that when you go into a store, you cannot simply look for the lowest price. You need to be responsible and say, “Who produced that item, and what kind of conditions did those workers have?” How were they treated by the employers? And if I find that those workers were treated in a way that I would consider absolutely abhorrent if those workers lived in my own country, well then I cannot in good conscience buy that merchandise. For by doing so, I enable the companies who are exploiting the workers in distant countries to continue doing so.

And this is not responsible behavior on the part of western consumers, my beloved. What actually – ideally – should happen is, that the western labor unions—who are somewhat struggling to redefine themselves, because they have done a good job of getting the western workers good working conditions and benefits, almost to the point where in some nations they have partially made themselves obsolete. And so they are struggling to redefine a role for themselves. Well, a positive role for labor unions would be to say, “We cannot in good conscience allow workers in other countries to be treated in a way that we would not allow workers in our own country to be treated. And if we do not see that labor unions or nations will enact protective measures for the laborers in other countries, then we must, as responsible labor unions, encourage our members and consumers in our countries to boycott those goods and to refuse to buy them. And instead buy more expensive goods that are produced in countries with more labor and consumer protection.”

This will then force countries, such as China, to go through a revolution where they say, “We cannot allow the profit interests to run amok and thereby exploit our own people. We must step up and enact protection for our own people, and also enact laws that spread the wealth among our entire population. Instead of continuing to allow a situation, that will lead to a very small elite being incredibly rich and having control over the means of production, whereas the majority of the population, such as the peasants in China, still live under the same almost starvation conditions that they had a generation or two ago.”

Awaken to the need to transform the economic system

What would also happen as a result of this awareness is, that the consumers in the West would wake up and realize, that if they were to buy goods that were manufactured under reasonable and responsible conditions, well, suddenly their paycheck would not go as far. And this would then lead them to recognize the fact, that the value of their labor has been systematically stolen. And therefore, there is a need for a reawakening among western consumers – who have been lulled to sleep, especially the middle class, by the good, comfortable material lifestyle – to the fact that there needs to be some serious and dramatic changes in the economy. Where western nations also need to step up, and not allow a small economic elite to run away with the economy to the point of killing the goose that lays the golden egg.

As we have mentioned before, the rise in real estate prices is a systematic way by the big banks and mortgage companies to steal the value of people’s labor. For certainly, my beloved, when the price doubles on a house, well the amount of interest that the buyer has to pay during the paying back of a 30-year mortgage does not simply double—it goes up exponentially. And this means that the consumer needs to spend an inordinate amount of his or her income in order to pay back that mortgage—out of which the vast majority of it is interest paid to the banks and mortgage companies. The mortgage companies and the banks have a selfish interest in allowing property prices to go up indefinitely, or at least until you start seeing a collapse, where the consumers can no longer pay the interest. And thus, the whole system begins to collapse under its own weight.

Those who are profiting from such an imbalance in the economy are not the ones who will wake up and do something to change it. And that is why what we need to see, is a greater awareness among western consumers, that they cannot simply let things slide, that they need to be aware, they need to take responsibility for all aspects of their society. And they need to speak out against what they clearly see as unjust and imbalanced conditions.

One of the major lessons, that humankind needed to learn in the Piscean age, is precisely that there is not one savior, there is not one person, or one government, or one organization that will come and save humanity. For it is the people themselves – especially the top ten percent, but also the majority, the top fifty percent of the population – that must be responsible, that must awaken themselves and take responsibility for their society and their nation. For otherwise, the lowest ten percent will drag their nation and their civilization into a downward spiral, that will self-destruct according to the second law of thermodynamics, as we have explained so many times. But we keep explaining it, my beloved, because there are so many people in the world who have not understood this very elemental truth.

Let the truth be exposed in the American government

The next item on the agenda for the year 2008 is specifically related to America and the American people. It is very important that, before the end of the Bush presidency, the American people learn the highest possible lesson they can learn from these eight years under the Bush administration. And this will necessitate the exposure of many things, that the American people rather would not see about their own government, about their president, about the administration and about themselves. Thus, I desire both you who are the spiritual people in America and those around the world to make calls in your invocations and to hold the image, that that which is hidden shall be revealed, and that that which God wants to have exposed about the American nation and the Bush administration will indeed be exposed in this coming year.

There are those in the Bush administration who think, that they can keep coasting and glossing over the many problems until they are out of office and then it will be forgotten. But we of the ascended masters – out of our love for the American people – want these things exposed, so that the American people can have the best possible opportunity to learn the lessons of what happens, when you allow your own government to run amok under the guise of providing national security in the fight against the external enemy of terrorism.

I am not denying that there is an external enemy in the form of militant Islam, who have every intention of creating as much chaos around the planet as they can. But what I am saying is, that the American people need to see how that external enemy was blown out of proportion and used as an excuse for several problems. One of which, as we have mentioned, was to drag the American nation and the American military into being a puppet for the schemes of the international power elite.

But beyond that, I desire you to see also how this situation has been used as an excuse for testing the limits of how far the American people are willing to go, in terms of giving up their civil liberties in the name of national security. And so far I must say, that the American people have been willing to go much further than they should have gone without protesting against what are obvious erosions of their civil liberties—that are not necessary in order to ensure national security.

You cannot allow your own government to start a systematic misuse of human rights – and at the same time allow the government to systematically cover up that abuse and get away with covering it up – and then at the same time think, that you can avoid having an erosion of your own human rights. For as I have said now several times, those who are trapped in a certain mindset, are not the ones who will stop their unbalanced behavior. For they cannot see beyond the mindset. It is very simple. If the people in your own government were not blinded by the philosophy that the ends can justify the means, they would not be violating the human rights of prisoners in Guantanamo Bay or elsewhere. And precisely because they are blinded by that philosophy, you cannot expect them to stop on their own. You must – as the people – stand up for your rights and say, “Enough is enough! We cannot allow this to go on.”

Another thing that needs to be exposed is how this administration has allowed systematic corruption in and around the fight against terrorism and especially the war in Iraq. Where private companies in the United States have been allowed to make inordinate profits under the guise of secrecy—for there was no oversight put in place. And therefore, my beloved, you have a situation that is very tantamount to the old saying that “All power corrupts and absolute power corrupts absolutely.”

When you give private companies the ability to charge the government for their services, without having any oversight of what services are provided and what reasonable costs for those services should be, well, then these companies will inevitably think they have entered the promised land and that they have access to an infinite source of wealth. For the government will just keep printing money or raking up national debt that future generations will have to pay back. How can you expect a company to put on the brakes for their own ability to generate profit? Thus, again, there must be transparency and oversight. And if you allow the need for national security to create an atmosphere, where private companies and the government think they can sweep everything under the rug in the name of secrecy, well then you will have a systematic abuse on all levels of the government and the private sector who are involved in this situation.

And again, once they are sucked into this downward spiral, they cannot extricate themselves, and thus the public and the media must take up their role as watchdogs. And you who are the spiritual people need to make the calls for this. And you who are the American spiritual people need to realize, that you need to let go of a misguided loyalty to your own nation, where you are not so concerned about the nation not being embarrassed. For it is far better that your nation is embarrassed and learns its lesson, than you sweep things under the rug, so that your freedoms are systematically taken away. But it happens so gradually under the guise of secrecy, that no one realizes what has happened—until it has reached a critical mass where it now is much more difficult to take back your freedoms.

Moderate Muslims must awaken and take a stand against extremism

Finally, my beloved, an issue that needs to be brought out in 2008 is, of course, the entire situation around the Middle East and the broader area of the Islamic world. It needs to be seen – by people in the Islamic world especially – that unless the moderate people in Islam finally rise up and take a stand against extremism—well, then it will be impossible to stop an escalating conflict that will literally tear the Islamic world apart. And you might think that this will lead to a war against the West, but I tell you, it will not be a war against the West. For once the cat is out of the bag, so to speak, there will be so much infighting amongst Islamic nations, that they will have very little energy, weapons and attention left over for fighting against the West, being so concerned about first killing their own brothers.

If there is not a dramatic shift in the collective consciousness in the Islamic world in the year 2008, well, then it will be almost impossible to prevent that kind of a conflict that you saw outpictured in the movie about Al-Andalus, where you saw the Islamic factions fighting against each other, and thereby fracturing the kingdom they had established in Spain. And I can assure, you that there will be a great fracturing of the Islamic world, where entire nations could potentially disappear and dissolve into smaller areas, each ruled by their certain chieftain or warlord who is against all others. Such an upheaval is the potential in the Islamic world, that it will literally be like the scorched earth, where entire cities can be destroyed, entire cultures can be almost wiped away. My Beloved, you who are the spiritual people and who are outside the Islamic world, need to hold the vision that there will be an exposure of the flaws in the entire approach to spirituality in the Islamic world, including how they have lost or destroyed the Divine Feminine.

You need to hold the matrix, that women in the Islamic world will finally wake up and begin to make their voices heard. For again, the changes that need to happen in the Islamic world are so dramatic, that they will not come from the men who are blinded by the male ego—of thinking that their monotheistic religion is the only true religion, and that their approach to that religion is the only true approach. So it is only the women – and a small percentage of the men who have attained balance – who have the potential to speak out and bring about balance, a more balanced approach.

This is of course an issue that will require major prayer support from those outside the Islamic world. For what was it precisely you saw in the recent assassination in Pakistan? It was not so much an assassination of a particular politician, but an attempt to assassinate the influence of women in politics and religion in the Islamic world. It was an attempt to stop the moderating, balancing influence of the female element in the Islamic world, and to continue the several thousand year old cycle of systematically suppressing not just women in a physical sense, but actually suppressing the Divine Feminine. And thereby creating imbalance after imbalance, conflict after conflict, where there seems to be no purpose, there seems to be no end in sight—but it is simply the male ego having become a closed system, and therefore creating one self-destructive situation after another, not being able to stop it.

You need to hold the matrix, the vision, and make the calls that the Islamic world is finally awakened. And whatever it takes to awaken that Islamic world – even if it causes some major embarrassment – you need to hold the vision, that sometimes it is necessary – because people are so trapped – it is necessary to allow some major calamity to occur, that finally awakens people to the need to do something different.

A new role for the Divine Mother

Certainly, these are not the only issues that need to be brought to humankind’s attention in the year 2008. But they are the major ones, that I want to give to you at this point. And in order to not overwhelm you, I will then give more as the year progresses and as we see the constructive need for bringing forth more teachings on this issue. But the overall message I give to you is that I, Mary, will take on a new role beginning in this year 2008, of being more active, more direct, more outspoken, more like the tigress who defends her cubs, more like the image of Kali that you see in the East—of the Divine Feminine defending her offspring against those who seek to devour them. For I will indeed speak out more clearly than I have done so far. Even to the point of transforming my website into a different and a more direct exposure of the Divine Feminine, and the need to bring the Divine Feminine into the spiritual life of this planet in order to provide a balance to the male-dominated approach to religion—that truly can produce nothing but conflict, and would only produce greater and greater conflict, if it is not balanced by the feminine in all human beings.

Thus, my beloved, with gratitude for your willingness to provide a platform, that allowed me to bring forth this address, I seal you in the heart of the Divine Mother, in the fierceness of my heart. For the Mother will indeed defend her own against all those who seek to devour them. And I can assure you, that whereas you might – in the male-dominated religions – think of God the Father as all-powerful, I can assure you that God the Mother is all-powerful in the matter realm. For God the Mother is not separated from God the Father. God the Mother IS God the Father expressing itself in the material realm.

Thus, God IS Father, God IS Mother—never one without the other. And this truth is what needs to be acknowledged by humankind in these coming years. And I, Mary – as the representative of the Divine Mother for earth – will certainly do my part to get that message across. Thus, be sealed in the love of my heart and receive the fire of the Divine Mother as an impetus for yourself, for your own growth, but for your own willingness to start fulfilling your divine plans and speaking out in this coming year, and the coming years. So that we together can be as above so below, and bring forth the message that the Divine Mother is back—and she is here to stay!

 

Copyright © 2008 by Kim Michaels

 

The dark emperor has nothing on

TOPICS: Diversity does not cause conflict – Why Golden Age societies deteriorate – Religion as an excuse for conflict – Resist not evil—transcend it – Understanding the false hierarchy – Facing your fear of the false hierarchy – A journey into the illusions of darkness – Stop giving power to what is not real – Overcoming the illusion that darkness has power – Hold the vision of an awakening from the illusion of darkness – A vision of awakening – The Buddha has feelings –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, December 31, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

The Buddha I AM, and I come to this earth to bring peace, but not a peace that is brought about by making everyone the same or forcing everyone to become members of a particular religion or to live in a certain way. For my beloved, such a peace cannot be peace, for the simple reason that when you seek to force all people into a particular system of thought – be it a religion or political ideology – you create a closed system, that will inevitably break down under its own internal conflicts and contradicting forces.

History has seen a few societies, that in periods had a great deal of harmony between different religions, so that the members of those religions could live in peace and tolerance, thus allowing their society – their shared community – to flourish. And although the people did not truly understand the cause, the cause was precisely, that when diversity exists in a harmonious setting, then the creative tension between different lifestyles and beliefs will lead to growth and prosperity, both materially and spiritually.

Yet you have also seen how – when one force becomes dominant and seeks to destroy diversity and create uniformity – well, then a society enters a downward spiral, that will eventually lead either to its own destruction or to a revolution of some kind, that brings that society to a new and higher level. The lesson to learn from a society such as Al-Andalus in Spain is that – contrary to the beliefs held by many people – uniformity will not bring peace. And my beloved, it is important for you to understand why this is so.

Diversity does not cause conflict

You can understand this by looking at a very simple fact. God – before anything was created – was One. This is uniformity. But God did not desire to remain the One. God desired to create, and in order to create anything, God had to become more than the One, the undivided whole. So God expressed itself as the first polarity of the expanding and contracting force—the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the ending, the Father and Mother, or whatever you desire to call it.

And then, out of that first polarity, sprang all of the diversity that you see in the material universe. But I can assure you that in the spiritual world, there is even more diversity than what you find in the material realm. So thus, you see that the driving force in creation is the drive to be MORE through diversification. And thus, you can see that the human desire to force everyone to fit into a particular system or society is against the basic force of life.

And thus, the human desire to stop diversity, can never bring peace. It is an illusion. For you see, it is actually so that if human beings do attain a state where they have forced uniformity, well, then the conflicts that will inevitably arise are actually brought about by the River of Life, by the force of life. Because the River of Life will create tension, that will eventually manifest as a diversification in society. And when there is a force that seeks to stop diversification, then conflict is the inevitable result, and you then see a society that divides into separate factions.

If there is no tolerance for diversification, well, then those separate factions must inevitably be at war with one another, possibly even leading to a state where the society is fragmented or destroyed. It is not that the River of Life actually brings conflict. It is not that diversification and differences actually bring conflict. It is when human beings adopt the mindset, that they need to stop diversification and create an artificial state of uniformity—well then, my beloved, conflict is the inevitable result.

If human beings are focused on becoming more and are focused on bringing their societies into a state of being or becoming more, well, then there is no time or attention or energy left over for conflict. For if you know that you can manifest more by applying yourself, by expressing your creativity, then why would you have to have conflicts with your neighbors? Why would you have to control others, to take from others, when you see that all are growing and becoming more? The very foundation for a Golden Age is that human beings enter into a state of consciousness, where they are focused on becoming more, rather than focused on seeking to control others—which is the consciousness of becoming less.

Why Golden Age societies deteriorate

Why is it then, that there have been several past golden ages that had attained a state, where there was growth and abundance, yet they could not maintain that state and stay in that growth pattern? The hidden explanation for this fact is, that there has not in any past Golden Age been a sufficient awareness that there are lifestreams on this earth who are so trapped in the duality consciousness, that they simply cannot see any value in diversification and growth.

They do not want a society that grows, for in such a society all are becoming more, and thus there will be less of a difference between the low and the high. In fact, in a truly Golden Age society there will be no people who are seen as better or higher or more valuable than others. For all will be seen as being of equal value, being appreciated not for their standing or their rank in some hierarchy on earth, but for their willingness to allow their built-in, God-given creativity to express itself through them, so that the most creative people are – not the most valuable – but the most appreciated.

This is precisely what those who are trapped in the consciousness of duality do not want to see in a society, for in such a society they have no possibility whatsoever of attaining high positions. For the very fact that they are blinded by the duality consciousness means, that they are cut off from the flow of the River of Life and thus cannot express their built-in creativity. They will not let that creativity flow, and thus in a society that rewards creativity, they cannot attain high positions and thus cannot attain positions, that give them the illusion that they are better than other people.

And since they are bent on attaining such positions, you see that such people – who are driven by power – must stop creativity, for they see it as a threat. And thus, how do these lifestreams – which we might call the blind leaders of the blind as Jesus calls it, or we might call it the fallen lifestreams – how do they manage to destroy the Golden Age society and take it into a downward spiral? Well, they do it, of course, by perverting the very driving force behind that society, which is creativity that expresses itself through diverse manifestations.

They take the diversity and they process it through their own dualistic consciousness. And therefore, they come up with a thought system, a philosophy, or even a popular culture, that suddenly portrays diversification as a threat, as a source of conflict. They manage to get one distinctly separate group of people to see themselves as separated from the rest of society, and see that those who belong to a different group are a threat to themselves, or a threat to society, or a threat to progress, or a threat to God or whatever appeals to the people in that society and culture.

Because there was not a sufficient awareness of the duality consciousness and how it affects the people who are blinded by it, many past Golden Age societies eventually went into a downward spiral. Where the people – instead of seeing diversification and creativity as the very cause of their abundance – now entered into the consciousness of seeing it as a threat to the stability of their society.

They came to believe, that maintaining a Golden Age society, maintaining the kind of society and culture they had, necessitated the clamping down on the creative flow. Because the creative flow was seen as the threat, that could bring forth something that would upset status quo and therefore threaten society. When, in reality, the fact is, that diversification and creativity is the only thing that can secure the long-term survival of a Golden Age society. For that is the only way a society can flow with the River of Life, instead of becoming a closed system, that deteriorates through the forces described in the second law of thermodynamics.

Religion as an excuse for conflict

What you have seen in Al-Andalus was an example of how religion can so often be used as the outer excuse for creating tension between different groups of people. And this society of Al-Andalus is not the only example, where a booming, creative, civilization and culture was destroyed through religious division and strife. In fact, when I embodied on earth, I embodied in a culture where the Hindu religion itself had become the source of strife, the source of contention, the source of conflict.

And this was precisely because in the Hindu religion, so many diverse groupings had sprung up, each claiming to have the ultimate cosmology of the universe and how the universe was created. There are some modern people, especially in the West, who look at Buddhism as a religion without God or even a religion that denies God, but this, of course, is not the case. Buddhism, however, was a very pragmatic approach to spirituality, which said that in the current state of consciousness of the people – where they had become more or less blinded by duality – it was not possible for them to reach beyond the dualistic mind and attain some divine revelation of the ultimate cosmology. And thus, it was meaningless to discuss cosmology through the filter of the dualistic mind.

Far better, my beloved, to do what Christ later said: to look at the beam in your own eye, rather than focusing on the mote in the eye of your brother, claiming that his religion was of the devil or was a threat to the stability of society. So, I attempted to create a new spiritual movement, that would cause people to take their attention away from this ultimate question of how the universe came into being, thus causing them to focus on their own minds. Seeking to attain some mastery over their own minds, instead of fighting with those who had a different view of the cosmos.

This was a very practical, pragmatic view that did have a certain positive effect of creating a more stable force in society. And by the fact that so many people embraced Buddhism, and were willing to work on their own minds, well, the growth in their consciousness created a stabilizing spiritual force, that actually prevented a great war, an armed conflict in society. And thus, it provided a stabilizing force, where the Buddhists who dedicated themselves to the mastery of their own minds became able to hold, so to speak, a great spiritual balance for their society.

I give you this image because you who are the spiritual people – and many other spiritual people on the earth today who might never hear this message and do not necessarily have to – well, you who are the spiritual people, you have the potential today to become a spiritual force, that can hold the spiritual counterbalance to the forces of duality. The forces that you know are rampant in the world today and are seeking to take the world into a downward spiral of armed conflict, driven by religious strife that will actually destroy the potential for the manifestation of Saint Germain’s Golden Age.

The only thing that can stop this downward spiral of religious violence is precisely that there are those spiritual people on the earth who say “I will not war against my brother. I will look deeply into my own being and see that there will not be peace in the world by destroying those who are different from myself. There will be peace in the world only when I free myself from the dualistic forces that are the real cause of strife.”

Resist not evil—transcend it

It is not true – as some scientists say today – that religion is the cause of war on this planet. No, the real cause of war on this planet is the duality consciousness that leads to intolerance of diversity. And thus, religion simply becomes the outer excuse for taking that intolerance of the duality consciousness out in the form of armed conflict—and the attempt to violently destroy another group of people, that have been labeled as the enemies but are truly the scapegoats, the excuse for not looking at the beam in your own eye.

The image I desire you to hold is not simply an image but the actual reality, that it is truly possible that a relatively small number of people can hold the spiritual balance for an entire planet and prevent that planet from going into a downward spiral, instead allowing the River of Life to raise it into a positive spiral and manifest a Golden Age society—where there is abundance both spiritually and materially because there is diversity. There are new inventions and creativity, that constantly brings new solutions to problems that seem to have no solution, when they were looked at through the filter of the old consciousness. This consciousness is now replaced by a new freedom, a new willingness to think beyond the old systems, beyond the old mental boxes, and thus a willingness to look at problems in a new light, whereby the solution becomes obvious.

Hold that vision—that it truly is a reality that if you are willing to look at anything in your own psychology, anything that takes you away from peace, if you are willing to look at it, to deal with it until you understand – until you see it for the unreality that it is, until you see that it actually harms yourself – and then you can spontaneously manifest the willingness to let it go, to surrender it, to not continue to reinforce that pattern, because you do not actually resist the pattern. You see it for the unreality that it is. And when you see it as unreal, you see that it is completely unnecessary, completely fruitless to resist it. For when something is unreal, there is no point in resisting it. For in resisting it, you direct your energies at it, whereby you reinforce the impression, the illusion, of reality. You reinforce the illusion that what is unreal seems to be real and have some kind of substance that gives it an existence and a continued existence.

Understanding the false hierarchy

We have sometimes talked about the fact, that there is a certain percentage of lifestreams who have been allowed to embody on this planet, and that they form – together with lifestreams in the mental and emotional realms – a hierarchy which we have called the false hierarchy. Now my beloved, this is the force that I earlier said has destroyed many previous Golden Age civilizations.

You who are spiritual people have gone through a phase, many of you, where you saw the necessity to make calls or decrees or call forth the judgment of the false hierarchy. And this was a necessary step, not only in the planetary unfoldment but also in your own personal growth. But many of you have reached a point, where you are ready to truly free yourself from the last very subtle remnants of the duality consciousness. And thus, I, as the Lord of the World – who truly holds the spiritual balance for all lifestreams who embody on earth – I have determined to give you a teaching that is beyond what we have released earlier.

Let me take you through a little bit of a thought experiment, an exercise of your imagination. You might start out with the image that was given in the books and movies that were popular in the recent time about the little hobbit Frodo who received the ring and had to bring it back to its creation point [Lord of the Rings]. And in so doing, he had to fight against this dark force that seemed to be permeating the universe and seemed to be emanating from a central point, where supposedly there was an evil emperor or sorcerer who was directing not only the force, but who was directing millions upon millions of orcs or other beings who were doing his bidding and were under his control.

I desire to give you a twist on this story. Now imagine, that you look at the world and see that there are certain people who are seemingly committed to destroying peace and prosperity in the world. And you see deeper and realize, that they are committed to this because they are in a certain state of consciousness. And you see, that they are in this state of consciousness primarily because they are afraid. They are afraid that if they do not pursue a certain course of action, well, some calamity will befall them, such as burning forever in the hell that is the worst thing they can imagine.

So out of that fear of going to hell, they are afraid of going against those who command them to kill others in the name of God. And thus, you see that on earth there is a certain hierarchy, as you have seen for example in past ages, where the leaders of a particular religion – even the supreme leader, such as the pope of the Christian religion – would command those below him to make war with the members of another religion. Thus getting people to kill other human beings in the name of their god, which they at the same time claimed was a god of love who had given the commandment, “Thou shall not kill.” And who had sent his only begotten son into the earth, who gave the commandment to turn the other cheek and to love your neighbor as yourself.

Yet somehow, the logic was that if you killed in the name of this god, you would avoid a fiery hell that would otherwise come upon the earth—if those of the other religion were allowed to spread their religion unhindered. So, you have an earthly hierarchy but when you are a spiritual person and see deeper, you see that there is a non-material hierarchy that is actually pulling the strings, so to speak, of the marionettes that dance around on the earth. But even those who seem to have great power, such as popes and emperors, are truly robots, who are doing the bidding of some greater force behind them.

Facing your fear of the false hierarchy

You might open your awareness to the fact, that there is a force beyond the material. And in the beginning, you might feel some fear about this force. And you might think, that as there is a hierarchy of darkness on earth, well there is an even greater and more powerful hierarchy in the higher realms – in the nonmaterial world – so that that false hierarchy has unlimited power, or almost unlimited power, over those who have been pulled into their sphere of influence.

And this, of course, has given many people on earth – from various religions including ascended master students – a great fear of being influenced by this false hierarchy. In that fear of being influenced by the false hierarchy, you become so concerned about keeping your consciousness pure, that you actually – without realizing it – shut off the flow of the River of Life through your own being, shut off your own creativity by thinking, that you need to be afraid of experimenting with your own creative ability for fear of opening yourself to the false hierarchy.

Many spiritual people who have gone beyond the “ignorance is bliss” of “seeing no evil, hearing no evil” have come to believe, that there are these dark forces. And indeed, there are dark forces—I am not in any way denying that. The image I want to give you here is that there truly is a false or dark hierarchy, a dark force that is organized into a hierarchy. You can look upon earth, and you can see that there are individual people who are driven by this evil force, who are blinded by it and some of them, for example, become serial killers.

But there is also a more organized form, where at certain points an entire society can come under the spell of the false hierarchy, so that they now unite their forces in seeking to kill the members of another society. And of course, if you want an obvious example of this, you can see the Nazi force in Germany as one modern example. But if you dare to look a little more closely, you can see that many societies have elements of this. Even modern-day America has certain people who are in high positions of power, who have come under the spell of this false hierarchy and thus become instruments for precipitating war and conflict on a planetary scale.

And yet, when you look beyond these people on earth – who have been blinded or taken over by the false hierarchy – you see that beyond them is a non-material hierarchy. And you might think of it in terms of evil spirits, demons, discarnates, entities, whatever you want to call them. But the main image here is, that there are beings who are completely blinded by the consciousness of duality and thus are completely focused on and committed to expressing some form of darkness—even though they often believe it is for some greater good.

If you conceive of this false or dark hierarchy as a pyramid, where the physical manifestations you see are the lowest level of the pyramid and beyond it is another level, and beyond that is another level—and all of it leads up toward the top of the pyramid. And you know, of course that the pyramid ends in one single point. And thus, you have the popular image that at the top of the pyramid of the dark hierarchy is the devil or Satan or Lucifer or whatever that being has been called in various cultures and religions.

A journey into the illusions of darkness

Now imagine, that we put on the full armor of Archangel Michael, so that we are invulnerable to the dark forces, and we set out on a journey like Frodo who traveled to the depths of Mordor, the depths of darkness. We are traveling now through the different layers of the false hierarchy, the forces of darkness. We are traveling higher and higher towards the apex, the very top point of the pyramid.

And as we come closer and closer, we encounter various manifestations of darkness, as Frodo encountered on his journey towards Mordor. And we expect, of course, that as we come to the very top, we will find the ultimate temple of darkness, the ultimate building that houses the dark lord himself, who is at the very top of this dark hierarchy. And indeed, my beloved, as we penetrate through the deeper levels of darkness, we do see such a temple, a structure constructed with all kinds of evil or ugly manifestations of figures, of dragons, of gargoyles of whatever you can imagine on earth.

As we get to this very temple itself, we see something peculiar. We see that surrounding the temple are beings who worship the temple, but those beings are so afraid to enter the temple, that they never, ever enter the temple. They always reside outside. But we see that these beings form, so to speak, the top level of the dark hierarchy, that we can see from our position outside the dark temple. And we see that they are very hypnotized, very focused on promoting or perpetuating a particular idea, that they believe has been given to them by the dark lord himself. But we realize, that none of these beings have ever seen the dark lord, have never actually received that philosophy or matrix from the dark lord.

They believe it was given in the distant past to their forefathers, and they are simply continuing to carry out the instructions that they were given in the past. And they pass those instructions on to the next level of the pyramid, to those below them. And those below them blindly carry out the instructions of their overlords, which they believe came directly from the dark lord himself, and so on down through the levels of the pyramid. And now, we look at these that are – so to speak – the most advanced dark beings we have encountered on our journey, and we see that although they have great power over those below them, we see that they are actually driven by fear themselves—rather than being the powerful beings that their followers see them to be.

We see through them and see, that they are hollow shells because they are driven by fear. And in their fear, they are actually mechanically carrying out what they believe to be the instructions of their dark lord. And although they believe that the dark lord is the counterpoint to God – and thus as powerful as God – they really have no proof of this, for they have never seen the dark lord himself. When we realize this fear – and again, of course, being protected by the full armor of Archangel Michael – we say, “Well, perhaps we should do what they are afraid to do? Perhaps we should walk into that temple and take a look at this dark lord, who is supposedly as powerful as God himself?”

And now my beloved, we gather our courage, and we walk through the temple gates and we encounter a great hall, and at the end of that hall is a great throne. But to our surprise we discover, that there is no one sitting on the throne, save a little mouse, who has snuck into the dark temple looking for food, but has found none and thus quickly runs away as it hears us coming. And thus, we stand there in front of that dark throne—and suddenly it dawns upon us, my beloved, that there is no dark lord!

Stop giving power to what is not real

There never was a dark lord! There never was an evil being who was the counterpoint of God and who was thus as powerful as God. You see, my beloved, what we realize in an instant is that all of the different levels of the hierarchy of darkness are worshipping a complete illusion. They are worshipping something that is not there, something that has no reality. And thus, we see something very profound. The beings at the lower levels of the pyramid are afraid to disobey those above them, because they believe those above them have power over them. And to some degree this is true, for when you are at the lower levels, well, those above you have certain powers of black magic that they can use against you.

But we also see that the entire hierarchy leads towards the very highest level of the beings who are outside the temple, and we see that those beings are worshipping the dark lord that they think resides in the temple. But they do so because they believe that the dark lord is there and that he has real, actual powers over them, and thus will destroy them if they do not do his bidding. But we see that those beings – even though they have power over all of the beings below them in hierarchy – they are actually the most to be pitied—because they think that the dark lord above them has power over them. But since the dark lord is not there and the temple is empty, there is no power over them, and thus there is no one who can destroy them if they do not do the bidding of the dark lord that is nonexistent.

And thus we suddenly see, that this false hierarchy – which might appear to have power on earth, or in the mental or emotional realms – actually has no real power. It is all an illusion, and that which is unreal cannot have power over that which is real—unless that which is real has fallen into the illusion of believing that the darkness is real, thereby – by affirming the reality of the darkness – giving the darkness power. We suddenly realize, that those on the lower levels of the hierarchy of darkness are using their own energies to feed the illusion. And in so doing, they are sending their energies into a false matrix, and thereby they give their own energies to create a force, which those at the next highest level of the pyramid can then use to control them.

In other words, those who are being controlled are themselves giving their own energies to those who control them. And thus, if those who are being controlled would stop feeding the energy to their overloads, well, then they would take away the power that the overlords have over them. And when you see that this is repeated at each level of the pyramid, you see that it is not actually true – as you see portrayed in many myths around the world – that those who are immediately below the dark lord are receiving power from the dark lord himself.

For you see, that there is no dark lord, so how could those who are at the top level of the pyramid receive power when there is nothing above them but emptiness? And so you see now, that the entire superstructure of the false hierarchy are not fed by the dark lord. They are fed by those below them, going all the way back to the human beings in embodiment who are not completely empty of light but still have some reality, some light in them. But who have been tricked into misqualifying this light through illusions and thereby feeding the entire superstructure of dark beings and the false hierarchy. We suddenly realize, that evil is not real and its appearance has no actual power over human beings—except what human beings give to darkness by misqualifying their own light with the illusions created by darkness. The illusions that people believe are real.

Overcoming the illusion that darkness has power

Now my beloved, you who are the spiritual people, many of you are right at that point, where you are ready to fully integrate this truth that I have given you. You are ready to take that step, which finally and fully brings you out of the reach of the forces of duality. Which brings you to the point, where the prince of this world will come but have nothing in you, whereby he can force you to go in to a negative reaction that feeds your light to the darkness.

You are right at the point where one more step will set you free, so that you can sit as the Buddha under the tree and be confronted with the demons of Mara, the forces of this world. But no matter how they attempt to attack or tempt you, there is no attachment in you, whereby they can cause you to give power to their illusions. For you see through the illusions, and thus you are unmoved through your own perpetual surrender of all that is unreal.

Many of you are at the point, where a slight turn of the dial of consciousness will suddenly open up your vision to see the complete unreality of all that is dark and evil. This my beloved, would not instantly remove that darkness from the earth, for the Law of Free Will allows that there are still many people who believe in the illusions of darkness. But there are two important aspects of you overcoming that illusion.

First of all, that you, of course, are free of the pull of duality, free of the fear of the false hierarchy. You are anchored in the infinite peace of the Buddha, the infinite peace of Christ, the infinite peace of the Divine Mother, the infinite peace of the Divine Father, the infinite peace of the Holy Spirit. And by being anchored in that peace, well, then you can step up to an entirely new level of holding the balance for the earth, so that you can serve as a counterbalance to the people who are still blinded by duality and still think they have to do the bidding of the evil lord and those above them in the dark hierarchy. Which they often do not see as a dark hierarchy, but see as the hierarchy of their own religion or the hierarchy of their political party, or whatever illusion you have on earth, that is designed to trick people into giving their obedience and energies to the dark forces while thinking they are working for God or some ultimate cause.

And this, truly, is how you hold the counterbalance against the forces of darkness—when you realize that there is no dark lord. There is no reality to the forces of darkness, but you also realize that too many of your brothers and sisters are still blinded by the illusion that darkness is real and that is has actual power over them. So you recognize, that there are many people who are not yet ready to let go of that illusion.

And why are they not ready my beloved? Because they are not ready to take a look at darkness. They are not ready to acknowledge, that if they are engaged in the dualistic struggle – even though they believe they are fighting for a good cause – they are actually working for the hierarchy of darkness. They are afraid to acknowledge that—because they would feel such remorse and self-condemnation that it would take them lifetimes to heal from that wound. And even those who are willing to acknowledge that fighting can never come from the hierarchy of light, they still are afraid to take a close look at the hierarchy of darkness, following it all the way to the top and then finally seeing that there is nothing at the top and therefore it can have no power.

It is necessary, that there is a certain percentage of people who will hold the balance, that gives the rest of humanity more time to build up the maturity and the courage, where they are then able to look at the darkness, to see it for what it is and thus use their free will to abandon it. And you see that it is necessary that some will hold the balance, so that the people who are blinded by the darkness will not plunge this earth into a negative spiral of violence, that will prevent the manifestation of the Golden Age.

Hold the vision of an awakening from the illusion of darkness

You need to hold the vision, that humankind will be pulled out of violence and will be raised gradually into the Golden Age consciousness. And the vision you need to hold is that this happens by more and more people being awakened to the value of tolerance, the value of diversity, the value of creativity—and that it is through creativity that humankind will solve its problems, not through control. It is through finding creative solutions, rather than repeating the mechanization consciousness of thinking that it is by enforcing one particular solution, one particular belief system, that supposedly has the solution to all problems but in realty does not have the solution to any problems but will only reinforce the dualistic struggle.

I desire you to hold the vision, that this awakening will spread like rings in the water. Visualize that people fully awaken to the reality of light and darkness – seeing the unreality and darkness, and seeing the reality of God and the reality of the statement of Christ that with God all things are possible – and therefore, truly, the golden age can manifest and emerge as the phoenix bird that rises from the fires of the conflicts you see in the present world.

I desire you to hold the vision for that awakening of humankind to the value of creativity, the value of their own built-in creativity—that they can all play a part in bringing forth creative solutions or supporting creative solutions to the problems that for thousands of years have caused conflict. Including, my beloved, creative solutions in the field of religion and spirituality, so that religion will no longer be the trigger for violent conflict that will set the world ablaze. And thereby create a spiral that people cannot free themselves from, where they mindlessly and mechanically kill those who belong to a different religion, becoming like robots that are completely taken over by the dark forces who want to kill and destroy.

A vision of awakening

To assist you in holding this vision, I will give you the thought-form. I tell you, my beloved, the Buddha is not complicated. The Buddha mind is not complicated. It is, in fact, a false hierarchy who attempts to complicate everything, for the more complicated they can make it, the more difficult it becomes for the people to see through the illusion. So they have built layers of complexity upon complexity as a way to divert people’s attention, so that they do not see the very simple reality that darkness is not real.

I come to give you a very simple thought-form. It is a thought-form of a very dense snowfall, where the snowflakes are descending upon all areas of the earth. The snowflakes are golden in appearance when seen from a distance, but when you look closer, you see that each snowflake is unique as you know that physical snowflakes are unique. But these particular snowflakes are not like physical snowflakes. They actually – each snowflake – forms a mirror, and each snowflake will descend in front of one person on earth. And there are enough snowflakes that each person will have his or her personal snowflake that forms a mirror that reflects back to that person what it is that makes that person trapped in limitation, trapped in darkness. And thus, it gives each person on earth an opportunity to see themselves in a new light.

This does not mean that each person will be awakened to Christhood or Buddhahood. But it does mean that each person will have a far greater opportunity than they have experienced previously – in this life and for many lifetimes – to see what it is in their own psychology that limits them, that prevents them from being who they are, that prevents them from moving forward, taking a decisive step forward on the spiritual path.

Truly, many people are not at the point, where they can step up to Christhood or even step up to the point of recognizing the path to Christhood, the universal path behind all religions. But each person has the potential to take some step forward, and if all people on earth make use of that opportunity, well naturally the entire planet will be lifted tremendously. But of course, given free will, not every person on earth will make use of the opportunity. But that is of no concern for you. What you hold the vision for is that the mirror that each person has in front of them, will keep reflecting back to that person precisely what that person needs to overcome in order to take the next step towards freedom. So that the person will repeatedly be confronted with what they need to overcome, thus receiving many opportunities to finally acknowledge it, to take a look at it and say, “I can no longer continue to mindlessly repeat these old patterns. I need to reach for something new, something More.”

That is the vision I give you. And if you will hold steadfast to that vision – of course, also working on yourself, working on coming to that point of total surrender of the illusion of darkness, the illusion that darkness has any power over you – well then you can make tremendous personal progress, but you can also hold the vision and the balance that will allow the planet and humankind as a whole to make tremendous progress. It can literally take – as they say – a quantum leap.

The Buddha has feelings

Oh my beloved, I can assure you that even though the Buddha is completely non-attached to the manifestations on earth, this does not mean that the Buddha has no feelings. I do have positive feelings. I have very strong feelings for the people on this earth, or I would not still be in the position of being the Lord of the World, holding the balance for them. And thus, I naturally have a strong sense of joy, when I see people who are willing to make and extraordinary effort to rise above the duality consciousness and move closer to Buddhahood.

And thus, I commend you, and I want to give you the joy of my heart, a joy that is beyond duality and thus cannot and should not cause you human pride. It should cause you to go beyond pride and have the sense of realism, that allows you to recognize, that you have made progress, that you have come closer to peace, and that you are indeed the forerunners for the Golden Age of Saint Germain.

Thus, see yourselves as the open doors through which the light of the hierarchy of light, the true hierarchy, can shine into this world. See that you are part of that great flow of the River of Life, the flow of the IS, that is the collective force of the hierarchy of light, seeking an open door to express itself in this world. But of course, being loyal to free will, and thus being able to express itself only through those who are willing to rise above duality, to rise above the mechanization consciousness, that shuts off the flow of life and thereby open themselves up to becoming one with, becoming that flow of life. They are giving up the ego’s dream for control, and they are being willing to let the winds of the Holy Spirit blow where they listeth, and take you where the Holy Spirit wants you to go, where you can be of most assistance to the hierarchy of light.

Many of you have been willing to move physically, but you have especially been willing to move in consciousness. And this is the true joy of the Buddha’s heart, a joy that I desire to share with you this night, as we move beyond the old cycle, leaving that cycle behind as an empty shell, having no regrets, no longings. What was portrayed in the movie about Al-Andalus was a certain melancholic longing for this golden society of the past. And you see how many people on earth look back to the “good old days” while thinking that the present is below it and the future can only get worse.

But you – who are the students of the hierarchy of light – will naturally let go of all longing for the Golden Age of the past, focusing instead on the reality of the Golden Age, not only of the future, but the Golden Age of the now, the eternal NOW that is one with the Buddha consciousness. Which does not recognize time as real but sees even time as an illusion, so that there is no separation in the Buddha mind between the present moment and the Golden Age. But the present moment can only be in the eternal NOW, where also the Golden Age is manifest. So accept the vision that each of you is the center of your own personal universe, and use what was given earlier on the teachings on determination, to determine right now that in your personal universe, the Golden Age is a manifest reality!

And then hold that determination, so that you do not let any world events – no matter what they might appear to be – detract you from that full determination and acceptance—that in your personal universe Saint Germain’s Golden Age is a manifest reality in the eternal NOW that IS each now you experience. Thus my beloved, the flame of the Buddha’s determination is the foundation for the Buddha’s peace. For the Buddha is infinitely determined to reject the forces of anti-peace, and that is how the Buddha stays in peace. So in that flame of the Buddha’s infinite determination, I seal you, and I send you forth as emissaries of myself.

Thus I say to you, “Go out into all the world and make all people into disciples of the Buddha by helping them see their own Buddha nature!” And you do this, my beloved, in only one way. Not by preaching the teachings of the Buddha but by BEING the Buddha where you are. Thus be sealed! Be sealed in my gratitude, in my joy, of seeing your growth, your growth towards the infinite awareness that is the Buddha nature, the Buddha mind.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Integrating the teachings on the Eight Ray

TOPICS: Real students and false students – A movement in which no person is more important than another – Why some fail the test of pride – See the inner mastery beyond outer mastery – Beyond a linear view of the rays – The false path of outer mastery – Integrating the seven rays – Grasping the initiations of the eight ray – Rethink your view of ascended masters – What does it mean to master a certain ray? – Beginning the initiation on the eight ray – Non-attachment is the absolute requirement –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 30, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I come to discourse with you on what it means to gain mastery on the seven rays—and thereby qualify to move on to the eighth ray. My Beloved, we have given the concept of the secret rays. And we have spoken about them in vague terms. You might wonder, if these rays are secret and cannot be spoken about, why mention them at all, why not simply leave it unspoken?

Well, there is a test built into this. For we of the ascended masters are skilled teachers, and we have observed humankind for a very long time—thus knowing what it takes to give people the tests that are appropriate at different levels of the path. By talking about something that is secret, something that is reserved only for special initiates – as we have done in a number of different religions and organizations – well then we give people the test of pride—whether they will seek that which is secret with an inordinate desire to elevate themselves in comparison to others. Because they now have some knowledge that most people do not have, and thus these initiates can feel special, my beloved.

Real students and false students

The purpose behind doing this is the simple fact, that there are two types of people who come to the spiritual path and who come to spiritual teachers. There are those who are the genuine students, who are seeking to grow, who are seeking to overcome the ego by internalizing the lessons of the teacher. But then there are those students, who do not have a serious intention of letting go of the ego or the separate self. In fact, they come to the teacher – be it a true or a false teacher – in order to elevate that separate self, in order to reinforce the belief that the separate self can be saved, can somehow be perfected or justified, so that it can gain entry into heaven.

You might have had a somewhat one-sided or naive view of the spiritual path or of the ascended masters and how we teach. You might have thought that all people who come to the spiritual path must be genuine students. But we of the ascended masters can see through all of the smokescreens that people’s egos have built over many lifetimes. And thus, we see the inner condition, the condition of the heart—of whether that person has actually genuinely locked in to what the spiritual path is all about. Or whether that person has not yet understood the essence of the path, namely that it is to rise above the separate self—rather than somehow perfecting that separate self.

We of the ascended masters do not judge people according to human judgments. We welcome virtually anyone who has a potential to change. And thus, we often allow students to come into our organizations, even though we see that they have not yet truly committed to the true path of overcoming the ego. And we see very well that they are using our outer teachings and the outer organization in order to seek to create for themselves a position, that makes the ego feel important, feel special, feel elevated above others. Because they have been in the teachings for so long, they have studied so much, they have decreed so much or they have this or that outer position.

A movement in which no person is more important than another

One of the initiations of the Piscean age is precisely that you need to overcome the illusion, as I have already mentioned—that one person can be more important than another. This is why you see, that in an Aquarian age organization, we do not set up a hierarchy that allows some people to climb to a position, where they can feel they are important for outer reasons. We look for those who have the potential to go beyond the Piscean initiation – and the Piscean focus on the outer hierarchy – and establish a new movement that sets a pattern, where no one is more important than others and where the ego does not have room to hide behind outer rituals and outer positions.

For it is a movement, that recognizes the subtle games of the ego, and where people are not afraid to speak out and expose those games. Rather than the pattern we have seen throughout the Piscean age, of those who are of lower rank always bending the knee and refusing to speak out against those who are of higher rank, thereby creating a situation where – once ego-centered people have attained leadership positions in an organization – it is virtually impossible to remove them from those positions. And therefore, the organization starts going into a downward spiral, that either leads to it being split into multiple factions, or to it gradually dying out by losing its members.

We allow people of all kinds to come into our teachings and movements, for we give people an opportunity. And people deserve an opportunity for many reasons, that often go back many lifetimes. And thus, you might look at a person’s outer personality and say that this person has some rough edges, but nevertheless when you see behind the outer personality, you see that that person still deserves an opportunity to be in contact with an ascended master teaching. So, do not judge based on human judgment. But on the other hand, do not be passive and let someone abuse you. Find that middle way, where you do not judge, but you are – on the other hand – non-attached to other people’s reactions, and therefore have no compunctions about speaking out and bringing to someone’s attention that they are playing an ego game.

Why some fail the test of pride

My purpose for bringing this to your attention is to show you, that throughout history, there has been a certain percentage of the students who came into contact with any spiritual organization and who failed the test of pride. The test of overcoming pride by seeing it as pride, and thereby surrendering themselves into the humility that really is the oneness with God, the oneness with all life. When you surrender your separate self into the oneness with your infinite self, well, then you see that it is meaningless to create value judgments based on the beliefs of the separate self. And thus, it is meaningless to talk about one person being better or more important than another. For truly, all are of equal value in the eyes of God.

What I desire you to understand from this is precisely, that until you have overcome the subtle test of pride, you cannot even begin to grasp the concept of the secret rays, the concept of the rays that are beyond the seven rays, that have been known to humankind for a long time. It is actually possible to walk the path of mastery of the seven rays while still having some ego left, having some pride left, even using some of the things you learn on each of the seven rays to build up the ego and the sense of superiority. It is even possible to attain some mastery on the seven rays, and thereby attain a certain mastery over the matter realm – over the Ma-ter Light – being able to manifest certain outer, visible phenomena, such as psychic phenomena, psychic abilities, the opening of the third eye, or even an ability to, in certain ways, manipulate matter.

There is a certain, small percentage of students throughout the world who have attained some mastery in this respect. And thus, they can produce a phenomenon, that might impress the uninitiated, the unawakened, for they look only for the outer phenomenon, but do not look beyond to the quality of the heart. And thus, they do not see the selfishness, the self-centeredness of the person who is seeking to build him- or herself up by claiming or demonstrating some ability beyond the normal.

See the inner mastery beyond outer mastery

What I desire you to see is, that as you walk the path of attaining mastery over the seven rays, it is essential for you to realize, that walking the path of mastery does not simply mean that you attain an outer mastery of the seven rays. It means that you also attain an inner mastery, whereby you actually come to see, that the seven rays are not separate—that you actually cannot even view the seven rays as a linear phenomenon. I know, my beloved, that when we gave the concept of the seven rays, it was unavoidable that the analytical mind would look at this as a linear phenomenon. There is the first ray, the second ray, the third ray and so on. But you see, the spiritual world is not linear—it is spherical, it is One.

It cannot be separated into neat little categories, that the analytical mind can then label and categorize and organize into a system. What we are attempting to help you realize in this latest invocation and in the forthcoming invocations is precisely the need to go beyond a mechanized view of the seven rays and lock in to the fact, that the seven rays are creative qualities, not mechanical qualities.

Beyond a linear view of the rays

The reality here is, that when you start the path of initiation on the seven rays, you might start out on the first ray of will. But when you have passed that initiation of will, you do not simply leave the first ray behind and then move on to the second ray as a completely separate initiation. I know – again – that the linear mind creates certain images, and so many of you have come to believe, that when you are studying on the first ray, well then you are studying under the Master MORE, or El Morya as he used to be named. And thus, you go to the retreat of Master MORE. And then, when you move on to the second ray, you study under that master, and go to that master’s retreat, and so on through the seven rays.

But these are images that we have given you because humankind was still so trapped in the linear mind. And thus, we need you to step up and realize, that although there are seven rays that have certain qualities, the rays are not separate. They are not isolated from one another, they are all intertwined. So you see – again because of the limitations of words – let us just say that a student begins studying on the first ray. But on the first ray, you find embodied all of the other six rays. So you are not simply studying will or willpower, you are studying willpower with the shade of will, willpower with the shade of wisdom, willpower with the shade of love, purity, vision, service and freedom. So in order to pass the initiations on the first ray, you have to have some concept of and mastery over the other rays as well.

And then, my beloved, when you do pass these initiations that are focused on the first ray and move on to the second ray, it does not mean that you leave the first ray behind. It means that you take with you what you have learned on the first ray and incorporate those lessons on the second ray, where you now begin studying wisdom with the shade of will, wisdom with the shade of wisdom, wisdom with the shade of love, and so on.

The false path of outer mastery

Those students who have not locked in to the reality of the spiritual path as the path of oneness, the path of leaving behind the separate self, well, they cannot understand what I have just told you. And thus, they will walk the path of the seven rays through the filter of the linear mind and the separate self. Therefore, what they see as they go through the initiations is not the holistic picture, the spherical picture. It is a separate picture, because they look at the ray and its qualities through the filter of the separate self. They see it as a process, whereby the separate self attains mastery on a particular ray. And this is why it is possible, that such students can attain a certain mastery on the first ray of God’s Power. But when they express that mastery, it is expressed in an unbalanced manner, for it is not balanced by wisdom, love, purity, and so forth.

When you look at ascended master students, you might look at certain students that seem to have a very powerful aura and demeanor about them, who are always very determined and who are always very good at commanding other people to get things done. But if you look deeper, you see that they are often lacking in love or wisdom or other qualities. And this is precisely because they have not integrated the lessons of one ray with the lessons of the other rays. And that is why it is possible to be unbalanced in the expression of one ray. For I trust you now see, that the purpose for the true path – where you integrate all qualities of the seven rays on each ray – is precisely to help you walk the path in a balanced manner. So that you do not fall into the trap of expressing this or that quality in an unbalanced manner.

You can now look at the world and gain a different perspective, where you realize, that there are people in the world who have a certain mastery on the first ray of God Power, but it is unbalanced and therefore they abuse power. You have an entire class of people in the educational system and in science, who have a mastery on the ray of God’s Wisdom, but it is again unbalanced and that is why they are intellectuals who look at everything through the intellect but are unable to see the limitations of the intellect. Then you have a group of people who are very spiritual, very kind, very loving, for they have mastery on the third ray of Love, but they do not have the balanced mastery. They have love without power, and thus they tend to be passive.

Again, on each of the other rays you see that people are unbalanced. On the fourth ray of purity, you see many people in religious movements who are so focused on keeping the teachings pure, that they will not allow any creative interpretation of the Bible, or even the ascended master teachings. And thus, they become like the scribes and Pharisees who condemned the living Christ, who went beyond their linear literal interpretations of the scriptures. And this is not to say that it is bad to keep a teaching pure, but the desire for purity must be balanced by wisdom, love, and the other qualities, or it will be expressed in an inharmonious way that is ultimately not constructive and will actually lead to the opposite goal.

And of course you have people on the fifth ray who are often serving in the healing arts, or who are visionaries reaching for new ideas. But often they are unbalanced and do not look at the big picture. So they can come up with idea after idea without ever carrying them out, without ever having them come into physical manifestation so they benefit humankind. Or they seek healing of diseases without going beyond and looking at why these diseases manifest, what is the greater cause. So there are many people in the healing field, that are truly dedicated to helping others, but they are seeking to heal symptoms and not the deeper cause.

Likewise, you have many people who are dedicated to service on the sixth ray and who have a great dedication. But as I spoke about in South America, well they think that a certain level of service is enough. They do not go beyond and realize, that you only give service when you accelerate people beyond the state of consciousness that has precipitated the particular material problems they are facing. And then, of course, you have those who are unbalanced on the seventh ray of freedom. And you have many, many people in the state of California, who have a certain mastery on the seventh ray of freedom, but because it is not balanced by the other rays, especially by the first, they do not recognize that you cannot be free by doing whatever you want. You can be free only by – as is expressed in this invocation – tuning in to your own higher will, the higher will of your infinite Being. For the separate self, the will of the separate self, cannot be free and can never give you freedom, my beloved.

Integrating the seven rays

What I desire you to understand here is, that most ascended master students have so far had a somewhat limited view of what it means to walk the path of initiation on the seven rays. For it is not, as I said, a path of going from one ray to the other, having them all compartmentalized. To truly walk the path, to walk the true path of the ascended masters, you must see beyond the separate mind, the analytical mind. You must integrate all seven rays – on all seven rays – so that you do not have an unbalanced mastery of one, or perhaps more than one ray, but cannot integrate that and express it with love, wisdom and power and the other qualities.

The conclusion here is, that if you have walked the path of the seven rays and seen it through the filter of the separate mind, well then you cannot – you will never – grasp the reality of the eighth ray and the initiations on the eighth ray. You will grasp it only when you have integrated the first seven rays, so that you have mastery on all seven rays. But you have mastery on the seven qualities of each of the seven rays, and you see them all as part of a whole, where they are not separate, not apart, but they work together to precipitate what you see in the material realm.

In the past, we have given a linear view that first the Elohim of the first ray precipitated a certain level of manifestation. And then the Elohim of the second ray precipitated upon that foundation a more organized structure, and so on and so forth. But the seven Elohim are in complete oneness. And thus it is not actually a linear process of one quality and then another and then another. It is a spherical, unified process, where all of the seven rays are brought into action from the very beginning—although there are certain phases where the quality of the particular ray is dominant. But it is still balanced by the other six rays, so that there is a harmonious, unified manifestation, my beloved.

I encourage all of you to contemplate these concepts and to take an honest look at yourselves, and to see whether you have mastery on a certain ray, but whether that mastery is actually balanced by the qualities of the other six. For I tell you this, because many of you have actually reached a point, where you have attained a very high degree of integration of the seven rays. Which is why you have deserved a release of these teachings. For you can, by looking at yourself – and seeing if you have any imbalances left – you can very quickly come into that state of having integrated the seven rays. And that is precisely the point, where you have qualified to begin the initiations of the eighth ray which precisely is the path of integration.

Grasping the initiations of the eight ray

You will not be able to even grasp what the eighth ray is about through the linear, analytical mind. For the linear analytical mind cannot grasp integration. The analytical mind is a faculty, that is designed to deal with the material realm, where you have forms that appear separate and in some cases need to be dealt with separately in order to achieve some level of organization in society. So I am not saying, that you need to shun your intellect, for it is a valuable faculty—but only when you recognize its limitations and its purpose.

When you elevate the intellect to a god that can know everything – and you begin to believe that what cannot be grasped by the intellect does not exist or has no importance – well, then you have become a slave of a tool. As if you have become a slave of your car, rather than being the owner and master of the car.

And if suddenly the car started driving on its own, taking you to a different destination than you had planned – because the car would rather go to the beach than go to work – this, of course, you would immediately see as unacceptable. But when your intellect does the same, many, many people in the world follow along and allow themselves to become slaves of the intellect and refuse to consider a deeper teaching than what the intellect can grasp.

Rethink your view of ascended masters

The eighth-ray initiation requires a complete rethinking of the spiritual path. Which is why the last time we were in California I repeatedly said, “Question everything!” Question your concept of the spiritual path, your view of the spiritual path, your view of the ascended masters, my beloved. For do you really think, that Master MORE and I are completely separate beings who go our separate ways except when we come together in meetings? Well, I can assure you that Master MORE and I have a constant communion, as do Mother Mary and I, Jesus and I, the Buddha and I. We are in a constant state of communion.

Even though we can – in certain situations – manifest a more concentrated aspect of our total beings, we are not linear, separate beings as you conceive of yourselves on earth. For we are ascended because we have passed the eighth-ray initiations of integration, of overcoming the sense of separation, the sense that everything can be compartmentalized into qualities that are distinctly different from each other.

As I have been giving this discourse, you may – according to your old view of the ascended masters – have thought that this is one master, Saint Germain, who is giving this discourse. But when I need to speak about the first ray, I do not simply speak about the first ray from a separate perspective, as being a master that is separated from it. When I mention the first ray, I immediately am in attunement with Master MORE so that I, Saint Germain, speak about the first ray through the awareness of the first ray that Master MORE is. There is no separation, my beloved. I have no desire to speak about the first ray without the presence of Master MORE. For I am not in competition with him on anything. I am in oneness with him. And so why would I even conceive that I, Saint Germain, could know something about the first ray without being in attunement with the master of that ray?

What does it mean to master a certain ray?

Likewise you, my beloved, you might sit here and think, that you have been in the ascended masters’ teachings for many years. You might have practiced the decrees on the first ray of the Will of God, and you might think you have some awareness of the first ray and its qualities. And you might indeed have that awareness. But what I am saying is, that if you have that awareness as an intellectual awareness – where you think that I am here, and I am observing the first ray which is somewhere separate from me – well then, you have not even begun to understand the first ray. For how do you truly come to understand the first ray?

Well, you can do so only by overcoming the sense of separation and coming into oneness with the master of the first ray. So if you have an intellectual concept of El Morya as the master of the first ray, well then you truly have not gone beyond that—and you have not started the path of integration of the first ray, of coming into oneness with the living, creative Being of the first ray. You might with the linear mind conceive of a particular ray in a certain mechanical way—that it has certain qualities that it can be broken down and put in a table with a list of words. But even though that can be a step towards getting to know the first ray, if it becomes an end in itself, then it is actually standing in the way of your integration with the first ray.

The first ray of God’s Will is not something that can be defined in mechanical terms. It can be defined only in creative terms. For you might think, that God’s Will is set in stone, that God’s Will is unchanging, that God’s Will follows the laws of God. And this is to some degree true. But what is the most important law of God, my beloved? It is the law of self-transcendence, the law of becoming MORE. And thus, what you see on the first ray of God’s Will is that the first ray is not a mechanical quality—it is a living being who has not a mechanical will, but a CREATIVE will.

Master MORE has the right to change his mind and bring forth a new teaching—for he sees that some students are now ready for a higher understanding. And thus, he is not bound by the old days and the old dispensations. He moves on, he becomes MORE, my beloved. And if you want to be in attunement with that first ray, then you must become MORE on that first ray of God’s Will, as you must become MORE on the other six rays. Mastering the seven rays is not something you can do while you see yourself as a separate individual. It is something that can happen only, as you gradually give up the sense of separation—and as you surrender into oneness with the living Being on each of the seven rays.

Beginning the initiation on the eighth ray

When you have done that on the seven rays, you can begin the initiation of the eighth ray—which forms the nexus between the seven rays and the spiritual realm, and the higher rays of that realm. Which is why it is called the Ray of Integration. This is partly because, in order to even get to the eighth ray, you need to have integrated the seven rays. But also because the initiation of the eighth ray is to integrate your mastery of the seven rays in the material world with the higher realms, the spiritual realms, your own higher being—so that what is here below becomes a reflection of what is Above. Because you are not seeing yourself as a separate being down here in the material realm, carrying out the will of some remote being in the sky. You have integrated your higher and lower beings, so that you know that you are being your Self, your Higher Self in this world.

As we have said before many times, any concept we give you that is expressed in words, can be used by the linear mind, by the separate self, to reinforce the sense that you are separate from God, separate from your source. And some concepts about twin flames are very linear and might make you believe, that there is some other person in embodiment who is the ideal match for you. And if you only found that person, you would live happily ever after. But of course, the true concept of twin flames is that you come to see yourself, your lower being, as the twin flame of your higher being. So that you strive for oneness with your higher being and thereby overcome the sense of separation. The concept of twin flames can be used to build and reinforce the separate self, or it can be used correctly to overcome that separate self—as can the concept of mastering the initiations of the seventh ray and as I have just explained?

The value of this teaching is, that you need to contemplate the concept of integration, of looking beyond the separate self, the images of the separate self, questioning those images, even questioning your view of the spiritual path, of the ascended masters, of the seven rays. And in order to help you go through that process, my beloved, I will give you the image that the Buddha you need to contemplate as the master on the eighth ray is precisely the image of Gautama Buddha. Who is the Lord of the World, and who therefore is the one who sits at the nexus between the beings in the material realm and the beings in the spiritual realm. He is holding that position of literally holding the spiritual balance for all who are in embodiment, until they attain that integration with their higher beings, so they can hold it for themselves.

Non-attachment is the absolute requirement

Contemplate the need to go through Gautama Buddha in order to attain that oneness. And then contemplate what is the most important element that the Buddha taught, which is precisely non-attachment. For in order to actually move on from the seven rays to the eighth ray, you need to attain non-attachment to the seven rays and the mastery you might have attained on one or more rays. For again, you see the students who are blinded by the separate self, who are using one particular ray to elevate the separate self and give them a sense of superiority. Can those students overcome their attachment to that particular ray? No they cannot! And that is why they cannot move on to integration. And so it will help you tremendously to tune in to the heart of the Buddha, to Gautama, and ask him to help you see your attachments to any of the seven rays, even your attachments to having a certain mastery over the seven rays or the material realm.

Before you can truly integrate on the eighth ray, you must overcome all attachment to mastery as a separate being. You must come to that point of surrendering the sense of having mastery as a separate being, where you surrender into oneness and recognize, number one, that the mastery you can have as a being on earth is not truly YOUR mastery, for you of your own self can do nothing. It is the Father, your I AM Presence within you, who is doing the works. And then, second, that your mastery is not to be expressed in order to elevate the separate self in comparison to other people. It is to be expressed in raising up the All.

That is also integration, where you overcome the illusion of the separate self and integrate with all other people, realizing that you all came from the same source. And you are here to raise up the All, thereby giving true service to life by seeking to set life free. I have said my peace for this discourse. I thank you again for your attention, for your presence, that has made it possible to give these beginning teachings, that might open up for you a new appreciation and understanding for what is beyond the seven rays. And even a new understanding for what it means to walk the path of the seven rays and to attain mastery on those rays. Thus, I thank you for your attention, and I seal you in the flame of the Eighth Ray of Integration.

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Freedom means surrender into oneness

TOPICS: Understanding the power of “One” – The critical mass – New ideas are released by the ascended masters – The Golden Age is an age of community – Speaking from the heart – Closing the figure-eight flow – Saint Germain moves on – Receive a higher teaching on freedom – The separate self can never be free – Understanding infinite freedom – Why ignorance is not really bliss – Save the world by saving yourself – The peace that passes understanding – It is time to contemplate the River of Life – What does it really mean to be free? – Tell the story of your awakening to the spiritual path – Contemplate surrender into oneness –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 29, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, you have heard various variations of the joke, “How many electricians does it take to change a light bulb? How many politicians does it take to change a light bulb?” But I, Saint Germain, want to present you with a new thought. How many ascended master students does it take to change a planet? [Pause] I am waiting for your answer, my beloved. Audience: “One!” Right the first time! It takes one. For there is immense value in one person making up his or her mind, that this or that manifestation of imperfection is no longer allowed on my planet.

From the cradle to the grave, human beings are bombarded with energies and ideas that are designed for one purpose only—and that is to prevent you from exercising your co-creative powers in making this planet a more godly place to live. You are being programmed to be passive, to live like all other people, to think that one person cannot make a difference, that you do not have the power to change your society – even on the small level – and certainly not the power on a planetary level. But I tell you, we have explained, over and over again, that everything on this planet is determined by the free will of human beings in embodiment.

And thus, one person CAN make a difference by making up his or her mind with absolute total unwavering determination. Which is something that is not actually an act of will, as you normally conceive will. For it is an act of Being, of Being who you ARE, being in contact with a higher part of your being, so that the light from your higher being shines through the lower mind. And that way you can come to a determination, that is not the outer will – that can easily be shifted by this or that impulse from without – but is an inner determination—an inner knowing that this is the new reality on your planet, because you are being that change. And you are willing to BE the change in the world by holding the spiritual balance for that change. So that you hold the vision – unwavering – that this or that manifestation will not come to be on this planet.

Understanding the power of “One”

Many years ago, this messenger was very concerned – at a young age – about nuclear war. He went deep into meditation one night and cried out to God – feeling a greater degree of oneness with God on the issue of nuclear war – he cried out to stop this. And he felt a return current, a reassurance that there would not be a nuclear war, at least a large-scale nuclear war on this planet. But that was because – unbeknownst to his outer mind – he had vowed to play a part in holding the balance so that there would not be such a war.

Yet, one person cannot necessarily hold a balance if millions of people pull in the other direction. Because, again, the Law of Free Will must outplay itself in giving people the lessons they need in order to change their consciousness. While there is value in one person shifting his or her consciousness, there is in most issues a certain critical mass that must be reached, so that there is a counter-balance between those who are willing to raise their consciousness and those who are not, including those who are simply indifferent without knowing better.

So when I say that it only takes one ascended master student to change a planet, this is true, in the sense that one person making up his or her mind will shift the collective consciousness. But it takes a certain critical mass of individuals to prevent certain outer manifestations. For if one person, or just a very few, could remove some ungodly condition from this planet, well how would the majority learn the lesson and come to the point, where they have decided that they too have had enough of this or that manifestation?

The power of one must be understood at different levels of consciousness. There is value in YOU making up your mind, but that it is also necessary that you realize, that you are not a separate individual living in a world with six billion other separate individuals. It is necessary that you contact the oneness in your own Being, which gives you the sense of oneness with your own I AM Presence, but also takes you to the next step of realizing your oneness with all other people.

And thus you realize, my beloved, that it is not always enough for you to come to an inner determination based on oneness with your own higher being. It is also necessary for you to fulfill the Omega requirement and go out and seek to awaken others, so that they can come into oneness with their own higher beings. And so that, eventually, a critical mass of people can come together in oneness on a particular issue, and therefore shift the collective consciousness

The critical mass

So, my beloved, what is the percentage? What is the critical mass? Well, as with the abolishment of slavery, there came a shift in the collective consciousness of humankind, where it became obvious to many people, that it was not acceptable any longer that people could be owned as property. And that shift occurred, when the top ten percent had come to that realization. So the magical number, in terms of truly shifting the collective consciousness, is ten percent.

If the lower ten percent are in agreement that a certain manifestation is acceptable to them – and this is what they want out of their own self-interest – well, then if there is not a counter-balance of the top ten percent saying, “No, we will not allow this on our planet,” then according to the Law of Free Will, the lower ten percent will pull the population down. But when the top ten percent come into alignment, come into agreement, well, then they will pull the population up, and a positive shift would occur. And then – suddenly – many among the population can now see what they could not see before, because they were blinded by the duality consciousness, by the mass consciousness.

Even many of those who had experienced slavery themselves did not have enough awareness to speak out and say, “This is not right, this is not acceptable.” So, right up until the shift had occurred, the majority of the population simply could not see what seems obvious to most people today—that human beings are not things that can be bought and sold in the marketplace. But when the top ten percent had shifted, all of a sudden many among the population – without being consciously aware of the shift – realized, “Oh yes, this is obvious!” And now they supported the outer change.

Thus, again, everything begins with one person. But there is great strength in numbers. If two people in two different parts of the world – with no outer connection between them – reach the same determination, then it will count. But if those two people establish some sense of oneness between them with their outer minds, then it will count exponentially more. And thus, the whole is more than the sum of the parts.

New ideas are released by the ascended masters

So you see, my beloved, every positive change that has happened on this planet, started with an idea released from the realm of the ascended masters, which then descended through the four levels of the material universe—the identity, mental, emotional and physical realms. We are constantly releasing such ideas, but they will not have an effect in the physical, until one or more people grasp that ascended master idea with their outer awareness. And they either start expressing it as an idea of what needs to change, or they start expressing it as a practical innovation, as a practical invention, that suddenly brings forth a technology, that revolutionizes some aspect of society.

So what we are looking for is, of course, that more and more people will be able to tune in to the ideas we are releasing. For as Jesus said 2,000 years ago, “Fear not little flock, for it is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.” The Father’s good pleasure is executed by the ascended masters who are working with humankind on earth. And I can assure you, that we of the ascended masters have solutions to every problem you find on planet earth. The catch is, my beloved, that those solutions cannot be given unless people are willing to change their consciousness. For as we have said before, you cannot solve a problem with the same state of consciousness that created or precipitated the problem. This is simply not possible. And that is why it is essential that the consciousness shifts, so that people can reach beyond the old way of looking at a particular problem and thus be open to receiving the solution.

What you have seen in the past, is that typically one person was able to raise his or her consciousness, tune in to the ascended masters and receive an idea—whether it be a political or spiritual idea, or a practical idea about a particular invention. But you have also seen in a few instances, where two people independently of each other made the same discovery or came forth with the same invention. And what we are looking for is a situation, where so many people are open and attuned to the ascended masters, that many people at the same time – all across the planet – will tune in to a particular idea. And this, of course, is especially important, when it comes to ideas about political changes or spiritual changes, where it is not enough that one person brings forth a technical invention, but where many people need to catch on to an idea before it will begin to have an impact on society.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

True service means acceleration into unity

TOPICS: Stepping up to a higher vision of service – Understanding the Alpha and the Omega of service – We want earth to rise above conflicts and disasters – Service is the foundation for the Golden Age – Service and the removal of poverty – The Golden Age requires acceleration – The essential requirement for true service –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 25, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I come to discourse with you on the poverty consciousness and how it relates to the sixth ray. And I come with fire and determination, for my beloved, in my previous discourses I have attempted to give you understanding, but it is necessary to give you more than understanding. It is necessary to give you a quickening, an acceleration that goes beyond the intellectual understanding. For if the intellect itself could raise the world into the kingdom of God, then surely this would already have happened—considering the amount of intellectual people that have walked this earth and taken up positions in society.

You who are the spiritual people on earth have been told that the sixth ray is the ray of ministration—of ministering to life, of giving service to life. And while this is true, I come to give you a higher understanding. For I must tell you, that there is not one amongst you who have understood the fullness and the reality of the sixth ray, and what it means to give service to life. You have all adopted – through subtle means coming from the culture – a view of the sixth ray that is distinctly anti-service—that is even anti-Christ. And that – precisely – springs from the mechanization consciousness that I spoke about yesterday.

Stepping up to a higher vision of service

My Beloved, what does it mean to give service to life? You have all come to believe, that when you are serving someone, you are being somewhat passive, you are helping them according to their need, the need that you see as a physical manifestation. But the true need of people is not to have some human, or bodily or worldly need fulfilled. The true need of people is to have an acceleration, so that they are awakened to their lack of vision, and so that they can see beyond the separate self—the separate self that has these worldly needs.

Thus, you need to step up to the realization, that there is service and there is SERVICE. There is worldly service, mechanical service, and there is spiritual service, creative service. You will not serve life in an ultimate capacity by fulfilling people’s outer needs through mechanical means. You will give ultimate service to life only – ONLY – if you step up your vision of service, to where you realize that you need to accelerate people beyond their current needs—instead of simply seeking to fulfill those needs.

When you seek to fulfill people’s needs, even the needs of the poor, the infirm or the sick, you are enabling them to stay in the consciousness that has precipitated their outer physical condition. This is an essential realization, and I, Saint Germain, have come this day to literally draw a line in the sand and say: “Those who are not willing to accelerate their vision of service, should no longer count themselves students of the ascended masters!”

So from this day forward, I want all of you – who call yourself students of the ascended masters – to step up to a higher vision of service, a higher love, a higher power, where you realize, that in order to give true service, you must have that balance of love and power, so you simply do not go out and serve with a passivity of love, human love. But you go out with the power of God and say, “What is the situation here, what is the spiritual, psychological cause of it, and what needs to be done to accelerate these people out of their current limitations, out of their current state of consciousness. So that they can begin to co-create a better situation through the mind of Christ, instead of the current situation that they have co-created through the mind of anti-Christ, through the mind of duality, through the mechanization consciousness.”

Understanding the Alpha and the Omega of service

My Beloved, if you will take a look at the world, you will see that there are many organizations in this world who are centered around giving service to those who have some kind of lack. Take for example the Red Cross, which goes out to disasters or wars and administers medical aid to those in need. Now, I am not saying that there is anything wrong with doing this, for when there is a need, someone must fulfill that need, and this is indeed the Omega expression of service. But what I want to draw to your attention here is that if service is centered only on the Omega – only on the love that becomes passive, always adapting to situations in the world – then that service is not ultimate service. For it will not change conditions in the world.

Surely, it is a worthy goal to give humanitarian aid when there is a war, but if you do nothing to change the collective consciousness to avoid future wars, then you have only given a half service. And I can tell you exactly what will happen as a result of this kind of service. The Red Cross might be a world-wide organization that has great resources, but I can assure you, that if humankind does not make a serious effort in the coming decade to overcome the consciousness of war, then you will see so many conflicts and so many wars that no organization – including the Red Cross, including all the rich nations in the world – can administer humanitarian aid to the different crises that will spring up around the world.

For you see, my beloved, service that is focused on the Omega aspect – and passively adapts to the conditions in the world – has become a closed system, and it will become subject to the second law of thermodynamics that will cause that system to break down. Thus precipitating so many of the situations that the service is meant to administer unto, that there is not enough resources to do the work. And why is this so? It is so precisely because those people who are involved with humanitarian aid, such as the Red Cross, have lulled themselves to sleep—into a thinking that by doing this humanitarian service, they are doing enough, they are doing their share for humankind and thus they do not need to do any more. But I come to tell you, that all people on this planet who are involved in any kind of charitable work—I come to bring them the light of the Great Central sun, to challenge you to step up to a higher view of service, where you realize that giving this kind of service simply is not enough.

We want earth to rise above conflicts and disasters

For my beloved, we of the ascended masters do not desire to see this planet continue on its current track, where you have more and more conflicts, more and more natural disasters. We desire to see this planet accelerate beyond those disasters and those conflicts. But this can only happen, when there is an acceleration in consciousness, and as we have said over and over again, that acceleration in consciousness must start with the top 10 percent of the most spiritually aware people.

The top 10 percent are often the people who are involved in some kind of humanitarian service, because they have the higher awareness, they have accelerated their vision, as I spoke about in my last discourse, to look beyond the separate self, to see the need to do something for others, to see the need do something for the world. But they have not stepped up to the ultimate view of service, and therefore they think it is enough to simply administer unto the needs and the problems you see in the world—without doing something to change those problems by changing the consciousness that precipitates the same problems over and over again.

If these people are not willing to listen to divine direction – coming from spiritual teachings or from their own higher selves – then they must simply enter the school of hard knocks. They must see, that the problems they are trying to administer unto will accelerate to the point, where they do not have the resources—and therefore will finally break down and say: “There must be a different way, we must do something more, we must change our approach.” This is again the school of hard knocks, as opposed to the school of divine direction. And I wish that all those who are in the top 10 percent – all those people out there who are very loving, who are very kind, who have a good understanding of the need to serve others – would simply accelerate, would simply step up and realize that MORE is needed.

It is essential – absolutely essential – for the bringing in of the Golden Age, that the top 10 percent begin to realize, that giving service to life does not mean that you give service according to the current need. For if you do this, you can spend your life energy for the rest of this lifetime – and for an indefinite number of future lifetimes, however many you have left before the clock runs up – giving service without changing anything and without actually bringing the Golden Age closer to manifestation.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Without vision the people perish, but with pure vision they manifest a Golden Age

TOPICS: Why pure intentions are so important – Impure vision leads to divisions in the psyche – A divided mind cannot have God power – The origin of inequality in society – A subtle secret about fallen beings – The mechanization consciousness – Discernment about technology – Turning a spiritual teaching into a mechanical doctrine – Growing up in a mechanistic society – Raising your vision above mechanization – Understanding true healing – The problem with alternative healing – The laws of nature are not mechanical – It is time to accept your creative power –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 24, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

So, my beloved, as I have discoursed with you previously, when a lifestream goes through the first three rays – the initiations on those rays – it has sort of a divine grace period, in which it has great freedom to experiment with its creative powers in order to hopefully find some sense of balance between power, wisdom and love on its own—and with as much guidance from the spiritual teacher as it desires. As I explained, on the fourth ray the lifestream must face the initiation of purifying its creative efforts, but more than that: purifying its intentions, its entire sense of purpose. “Why do I co-create? Is it to gain some advantage for the separate self, or to raise up the All and fulfill the greater purpose for which I descended into these dense matter spheres?”

Now, in the natural, ideal scenario, a lifestream will pass the initiation on the fourth ray. It will purify its motives, and therefore it can move on to the fifth ray of God Vision with a pure motive, a pure intention—to co-create that which is best for the All, for the overall purposes of God. This will empower the lifestream to develop a pure vision, so that – as it begins to express that vision in the material realm – it will be based on a pure understanding of how creation works.

Why pure intentions are so important

The fifth ray is the first ray in the upper half, so to speak, of the seven rays, the one that comes after the nexus point of the fourth ray. And although – in a linear fashion – the rays naturally ascend in order, in order to fully understand the mystery of creation we need, so to speak, to turn the scale upside down. We need to realize, that what truly happens is that a lifestream starts its co-creative efforts in a higher sphere of God’s Will. Then, when it has passed those initiations, it descends to the next lower sphere, and so on until it reaches the fourth. Which is precisely the place – as you have been told – where Lucifer and many other angels fell—out of their pride of thinking they knew better than God. Thus, condemning God for his creation and his intention for that creation.

After the fall happened in the fourth sphere – which is a representation, a symbol if you will, of the fourth ray – then lifestreams descended into the fifth ray. And thus, you will see that when you consider a figure-eight, the fourth ray, the fourth sphere is the nexus. The first three rays, love, wisdom and power are in the upper half of the figure-eight, which is the realm that we might call the realm of spirit. And then fifth, sixth and seventh rays are in the lower half of the figure-eight, which we – for the purposes of this discussion – will call the realm of Ma-ter, the realm of Mother.

In the ideal scenario, a lifestream would face the opportunity to truly start using the Ma-ter light in its co-creative efforts. And when used with pure intention, the lifestream would formulate a pure vision of what it wanted to co-create, and then impose that vision upon the Ma-ter light. Yet, when a lifestream separates itself from the flow of the River of Life, from the flow of the Great IS, and begins to think it is a separate being, then of course it cannot formulate a pure vision. So instead of having the vision and the intention to co-create that which raises up the All, the lifestream is now blinded by the spiritual pride it developed as a result of failing the initiations on the fourth ray. Thus, the lifestream cannot see beyond the separate self. And therefore, it cannot see that it is truly one with the All, and one with God.

It sees itself as separate from all other beings in the sphere where it abides, and thus it inevitably sees a sort of competition or conflict between itself and others. And precisely because of the pride, it now attempts to use its co-creative efforts – to use the momentum it developed on the first four rays – in order to impose images and visions upon the Ma-ter light, that creates the impression that it is more important than other beings, and thus elevated above them in some sense.

Impure vision leads to divisions in the psyche

Such a lifestream, inevitably, is not seeking to raise up the All. And therefore its vision – its eye – is not single—it is divided, it is dualistic. When thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light and only light. But when thine eye be divided into the dualities of the mind of anti-christ, well thy whole body will not be full of light, for there will be a duality in your body, which of course is not the physical body but your being. And there will be room for both light and darkness.

Even when a being falls, it is not instantly stripped of the momentums and attainment it has gathered before the fall. It is allowed to keep that momentum of light, but along with it comes the darkness. Listen carefully: when a being is of one mind, it has the intention to raise up the All, because it has the clear vision to see that it is one with the All. And thus, the only way to truly raise up yourself is to work on raising up the All. The more you raise up others, the more you will be raised, for this is what we have spoken about many times—the principle of multiplying the talents so that God can give you more.

And when you have clear vision, pure vision, you see this principle as the most fundamental principle of life in the Ma-ter realm. For you see, that the purpose is to raise up a particular sphere in the Ma-ter realm to express the full perfection of the Kingdom of God, so that the sphere is so filled with light, that it ascends and becomes part of the spiritual realm. And thus, you are willing to be that open door for the light of your higher being, the light of God, to stream through you. You become – as Jesus said – the open door, the Way, the Truth and the Life. And you know then, that the more you actually give to raise up other parts of life, the more you receive from the true source of life, which is God itself, through your higher being.

But when your vision is divided, you obviously cannot see this truth. And thus, you are not unified in your creative efforts. When your vision is unified, your co-creative efforts are unified. You have no conflict in your being, you have no evaluation of, “Should I really give to this other person, because will that raise up the other person to be more important than myself or to have more than myself?” You know that the more you give, the more you receive from God. And thus, there is no point in even evaluating who has more and who has less, for you are simply focused on being all you can Be and expressing that in the Ma-ter realm.

But when your vision has become divided, then you see a duality, and suddenly begin to think in an entirely different way. You begin to pass value judgments and say that something is better than something else—some people, some beings, are better or more important than someone else. And the more you are trapped in pride, the more you want to belong to those who are more important or who have more or who can do more. And thus, you now seek to express your light, the momentum you gathered on the first four rays, in a way that not only seeks to raise up life but has a duality, because you are seeking to raise up yourself while putting others down, by limiting them so they will not grow.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Poverty is hatred of the Mother

TOPICS: Understanding the fourth ray – Understanding the fall on the fourth ray – Impure motives – Taking full responsibility on the fourth ray – How hatred of the Mother begins – How Lucifer fell – How poverty relates to God Purity – Breaking the spiral of poverty – Understanding that the power elite are the most poor people – Breaking the downward spiral – Use the invocations to overcome hatred of the Mother – There are no material means for overcoming poverty – No freedom without purity –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 20, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I come in the great flame of Freedom. This is the flame of the Great IS, the IS of all life, the River of Life that flows from Spirit to matter and back to Spirit, thus raising up all creation as it flows. The seventh ray is the integration of the first six rays. But before you can integrate the six rays and graduate to the initiations of the seventh ray, you must integrate the first three and win your freedom on the fourth ray of God Purity.

In my first three discourses on this topic, I have spoken about winning your freedom on the first ray of God Power, the second ray of God Wisdom and the third ray of God Love. I have talked about the need to overcome poverty on those rays, and poverty, of course, is that which keeps you trapped at a certain level, and thus prevents you from winning the freedom that allows you – that empowers you – to rise beyond that level.

Understanding the fourth ray

We now come to the fourth ray of purity, and it is represented by the white light. And you know what happens when you send a ray of white light into a glass prism: you split it into all the colors of the rainbow. The fourth ray is in the middle, with three rays before it and three rays after it. And thus, what happens to a new lifestream, that descends into the matter sphere, is that it must first be tested on the first ray and learn to express God Power. When it has some proficiency in God Power, it will begin to be tested on the second ray and express Wisdom. And then it moves on to Love. But the first three rays are, so to speak, the beginning of the path of initiation. And we know well that as a lifestream begins those first three rays, it has not yet attained Christhood, or even a certain degree of mastery. Therefore, there is – in an ideal situation – a great deal of guidance that is offered to such a lifestream.

If the lifestream takes advantage of this guidance, then it will integrate the lessons of the first three rays and be well prepared for the initiations of the fourth ray, where it must begin to stand on its own. And thus, on the fourth ray of Purity, a lifestream cannot be tutored in every little detail, for it must of necessity show that it has integrated what it has learned as a result of its tutorship on the first three rays. On the first three rays – when the lifestream experiments with expressing Power, Wisdom and Love – there is a great deal of forgiveness. So that, when a lifestream makes a mistake, well it is instantly forgiven and helped by the teacher to see its mistake so that it can rise above it. That is, of course, a lifestream can be helped by the teacher – the true spiritual teacher – only according to its free-will choices and its willingness to learn from the mentorship of the teacher.

Understanding the fall on the fourth ray

What I am telling you here is, that as a lifestream experiments and learns on the first three rays, we allow the lifestream to make mistakes and we are quite tolerant of these mistakes. We are not the kind of teachers that you might know on earth, who come down hard on you and punish you for every little mistake, my beloved. For it is not our goal to turn you into robots who can stand attention or march in sync with others, as if you had no individuality. It is our goal to raise you up so that – when you pass the initiations on the seventh ray – you are free to express your divine individuality in this world. And this is not a mechanical process that can be forced, which is why free will reigns supreme.

Because of this, it is possible that a lifestream – as it experiments with the first three rays – can build up a certain momentum and habit on misusing those first three rays—in other words, expressing Power, Wisdom and Love in an unbalanced way. A lifestream may begin to feel a certain kind of fear, that causes it to express power in order to control other people or its outer situation. This misuse of power – this fear-based expression of power – is the beginning of poverty. Because when you seek to take by force in the material world, well then the more force you express, the more that force will limit yourself and your own spiritual freedom.

As you begin to express power in an unbalanced manner, you will cut yourself off from the Power of God. You will not be able to have the Power of God flow through you and thereby manifest in the material universe all you desire. And of course, when you experience that you cannot manifest what you desire, you begin to feel poverty—and thus you begin to seek to use even more force, in order to control your outer situation. Many lifestreams can then come to the point, where they go to the next level and start misusing Wisdom, which then allows them to use the mind of anti-christ to come up with a sophisticated reasoning for why they do not need or do not want God Power; they simply want power in the material universe. And they can gain that power, at least to some degree, by misusing the power of the first ray through the unbalanced wisdom of the mind of anti-christ, the perversion of God Wisdom.

This perversion of Wisdom can lead to the next step, where the lifestream begins to feel that it does not love God and that God does not love it. Because it begins to believe that if God really loved me, God should give me everything I want and should not force me to face the consequences of my own choices—and my own misuse of power and wisdom. You now see the triangle of the misuse – the abuse, the unbalanced use – of power, wisdom and love, which causes the lifestream to sink into a state of spiritual poverty, of feeling cut off from the Power, Wisdom and Love of God—which is a state that sets the stage for the lifestream failing the initiations on the fourth ray, which is the ray of purity.

Impure motives

So you now see that the abuse of power, wisdom and love causes the lifestream to build a momentum of impurity, and to express its co-creative abilities in an impure manner that is focused on raising up the self – the separate sense of self, the ego – rather than raising up the All. This, my beloved, is essential to understand. For when you reach the initiations of the fourth ray, you will face precisely the test of whether you will purify yourself from all imbalanced use of power, wisdom and love, and thereby begin to express your creative abilities in a more pure manner.

What, my beloved, do I mean when I say more pure? Well, I mean whether you express your creative abilities in order to gain an advantage for your separate self, or whether you rise to the higher level of using your creative abilities to raise up the All, seeking to have everything in the material universe become MORE. Do you see the essential difference here? When you use your creative abilities in an impure manner, you are seeking to gather more and more to the separate self – around the separate self – so that you build an impenetrable wall that isolates the separate self from the return of its own karma, from the return of the consequences of its own choices, so that you seek to use the energies of the material realm to isolate and insulate yourself from the spiritual path and its initiations.

Why do you do this? Because the separate self, of course, cannot see the true purpose of the spiritual path and therefore believes that the initiations – the return of your karma, the cosmic mirror sending back to you whatever you send out – is a punishment by an angry God in the sky. Whereas the reality is that the return of the consequences of your own choices is precisely how you learn, and therefore it is an opportunity, my beloved.

When you receive a return current from the cosmic mirror that is not pure according to your highest vision, then that is an opportunity for you to realize that what you sent into the cosmic mirror was not a pure impulse—and that is why the mirror reflects back an impure material manifestation. So you now have the opportunity to rise up and purify your co-creative efforts. That is, of course, if you are willing to allow what comes back from the cosmic mirror to awaken you to the need to look in the personal mirror and do what Jesus said, namely look for the beam in your own eye—of where you have allowed impurities to gather in your eye – in your vision, in your mind – thus causing those impurities to form a colored film that inevitably colors your mind. And thereby, it colors everything you send into that cosmic mirror, making it inevitable that the mirror can only reflect back to you an impure manifestation.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Reconnect to your highest love and fulfill your divine plan

TOPICS: Human beings cannot generate love – Why love does not seek to own – Jesus’ mission of love and your mission of love – Speaking out for what is the greater RIGHT – The absolute need for a non-violent approach – Take stock of your life – Saint Germain’s love for all people – Decide to be all you can be – Why poverty is so paralyzing – Your mission is essential for the Golden Age –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain (2), December 15, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and Saint Germain I is, for I AM One with the great flow of all that is the River of Life. What does it mean to be poor? How can you be poor? Well my beloved, you can be poor only by being separated from the River of Life itself. For the River of Life is designed to help all Life become More. And of course, as long as you are becoming More, there can be no poverty, for you know that even though you may not have the total abundance right now, surely you will have it, if you keep transcending your current state. Then, one day you will indeed have greater abundance, but it will not stop there, for you know you are in the eternal flow of God.

Those who are trapped in the outer conditions of poverty and in the consciousness of poverty, are trapped precisely because they are separated from that River of Life—thus do not have the vision, the knowing, the experience that Life is a constant process of becoming More. They see it as something static, and thus they think they are trapped at their current level of material abundance, and their current level of spiritual abundance, their current level of ignorance. They do not even know enough to know that there is more to life, or they do not fully believe that there is more to life, or they do not believe that they could have it, thinking – because they have been trapped in the lie – that it is reserved for the few, for the elite.

Human beings cannot generate love

Poverty is a consequence of being separated from the River of Life. But how can you be separated from the River of Life, my beloved, when the River of Life is the Great IS that encompasses all that is, all that exists? Well, you can be separated from the River of Life only when you do not have love—you have lost love. And how can you lose love, when love is all there is? Well, only through the illusion created by the mind of anti-Christ. And this illusion has two levels.

The first level, which is again the perversion of the Alpha or the Father, is that it is possible to be separated from the River of Life. The illusion that it is possible for any part of the Allness – that is all that is – to be separated from all that IS. When I present it to you this way, even your intellects can see that there is something here that does not add up. For it is not logical that anything can be separated from all that is, as it is not logical that one drop can be separated from the ocean, or that one planet in this material universe can be separated from the material universe.

Then the next level of illusion, which is a perversion of the Omega or Mother aspect, is that you are a separate being. And because you are separate, you are not worthy of love, you are not worthy to be in the flow of love. When you look at the people on this planet, who are firmly trapped in the consciousness, the illusion of poverty – in the energy vortex of poverty – you will see that they are among the people who have the least love. They dare not believe that they are worthy of love, and so how can they receive love? For my beloved what is love?

Well, what most people consider to be love is not love at all. You hear so often people talk and say, “I love this” or “I love that person,” or “I love chocolate” or “I love big fancy houses, or fast cars.” But you see, because people have become blinded by the illusions of duality, they do not realize that when they talk about love, they are not talking about love at all. Human love is not simply a perversion of Divine Love – human love is not simply separated from Divine Love – human love is not love at all. For I must tell you that it is not possible for a human being to generate love.

Allow your minds to absorb this statement, my beloved. You may think that you can feel love for another human being. And when you are in love, you may think that this is something you are generating. But it is not. You cannot create love, you cannot destroy love. For love is the very driving force of the universe itself. It is love that gave God the will to create, the will to be More. This is the Alpha aspect of love. The Omega aspect of love is that which draws all of the diversified creation back to union with its source. This is the Omega aspect, that seeks to return everything in the material world to oneness with its source, oneness with the Father, instead of being separated from that Father.

Love is the very creative flow, where you see the figure-eight flow. Where love starts with the creator in the spiritual realm, as the outgoing, downward flow that flows from the upper figure of the figure-eight, down to the nexus and then into the material world, where it manifests itself as many individual beings, and as everything you see in the physical universe. Yet once you reach that bottom point, that is when the return current of the Omega love is meant to take over, and then draw everything from the material universe back up on the figure-eight flow. So that it goes through the nexus of becoming the Christ, the living Christ, and then can flow back up to greater and greater degrees of oneness with its source, and oneness with all life.

This is the force of love, flowing through the Alpha and Omega. And do you see, that this force is the very driving force in creation. In fact, there really is no other force, there is nothing else that exists, for everything is simply different manifestations of love. Or as the case may be, when you have separated yourself from the River of Life, it is still love that has taken on a lesser manifestation and an appearance of something separated from the great flow of Life. So that is why I am saying, that you as a human being cannot create or generate love.

What you can do is you can open up your being, your mind and heart, to allow the force of life, the River of Life, to flow through you and find expression through you in love for other people, love for a cause, love for making something more beautiful. Your choice is not a choice of whether to create love or not create love, but to open yourself up to love and allow God to flow through you. But in so doing, you must also be willing to let that flow of the River of Life take you whereever it wants to take you, so that you can fulfill the divine plan that you yourself created, before you came into embodiment in this specific lifetime, and before you first descended into the material universe.

Why love does not seek to own

You cannot stand still, when you are in the flow of the River of Life. And therefore, you see that when you are in the flow, you simply cannot be poor, for what is poverty? Well, it is precisely a state of stillstand, where people believe they are trapped and have neither the will, nor the knowledge to change their situation.

But why do they believe they are trapped? How can they believe they are trapped? Because they are not open to love! And therefore, they do not believe they are worthy to have more. They do not believe they are worthy to be in that flow of the River of Life. They somehow believe – perhaps because of a mistake they have made, perhaps because of a sense of being sinners, perhaps because of a sense of being merely highly evolved animals – they somehow believe that they either cannot be in that flow, or that they are not worthy to be in that flow. And thus, they must accept that they have to stay at their current level for the rest of this lifetime, which they often believe is the rest of their opportunity on earth—for it is the only lifetime they have, as they have been taught by both materialistic science and dogmatic mainstream religion.

For poverty to be overcome, there must be a willingness to reach for a higher understanding of oneself and of life. But as one begins to gain that understanding, there must be a recognition, that the only way out of poverty is to once again open oneself up to the flow of the River of Life. Not that it is flowing outside of oneself, passing one by, but that it is flowing inside oneself because one has realized, that the Kingdom of God is within. And thus, the open door through which the River of Life can flow is inside of you, not somewhere outside of you.

You can look again at the people who are stuck in poverty, and you can say, “How can they possibly come to accept that God loves them, when they have grown up believing that they are poor precisely because they are not worthy of God’s love, and that is why he has punished them by making them poor?” Or perhaps they have grown up to believe that there is no God, there is no flow of God’s love. And how can they then overcome that sense of being stuck, of being separated from the flow of love?

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Overcoming poverty through the second ray of God Wisdom

TOPICS: Beings who must steal life energy to survive – Ignorance of the cosmic mirror  – Inconsistencies in the theory of evolution – The war between religion and science – Looking for an external savior – Why capitalism does not work – The value of your labor – The Alpha and the Omega of ignorance – Hold the vision for people awakening – Hold the vision for a breakthrough in science – What really enslaves the people – Creating a positive spiral –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 15, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I come to discourse with you on the consciousness of poverty, especially as it relates to the second ray of God’s Wisdom. For, my beloved, as the first step is to take away the will of the people, the will to change, well then the second step – building upon it – is to take away their knowledge of how to change by keeping them in ignorance.

The flow of God, the flow of the River of Life, starts with the will to Be MORE, the will to create. And as for you – who are co-creators with God – it starts with the will to co-create. And then, building upon that, is the vision of what to co-create and of how to co-create within the framework of God’s law. Thus, it is of course the desire of God, it is the desire of the ascended masters, that all people on earth should have the correct knowledge to know who they are, as co-creators with God, and how to use their own, built-in creative abilities to work within the framework of God’s law, the laws of nature, in order to bring forth the abundant life on planet earth.

So the forces of anti-christ have taken it upon themselves to use every effort, every lie, every illusion that springs from the consciousness of separation in order to destroy the people’s ability to co-create the abundant life. It is important for you to understand, that most of the people who are aligned with the consciousness of anti-christ, the consciousness of duality, are completely blinded by that consciousness. And thus, as Jesus said, “Father forgive them, for they know not what they do.” They are so blinded by duality, that they believe they are doing the right thing, and that what they are doing will actually bring about the abundant life, and even the Kingdom of God or some other Edenic state on planet earth.

Beings who must steal life energy to survive

Yet, it is also important for you to realize, that beyond people in embodiment, there are disembodied beings who have a greater awareness than most people, in fact than all people in embodiment. They know to some degree what they do, they know at least that they are exploiting people on earth, even those who are working for the forces of anti-christ while thinking they are working for a good cause. There are beings, especially in the emotional realm, but also in the mental realm, who are deliberately using people in embodiment in order to simply extract light from the population of earth.

They do this for one purpose only, as we have already explained, especially in Maitreya’s book, namely to extract the life energy from the people on earth that allows them to continue some form of existence separated from the River of Life. For as we have explained, a lifestream has the right – according to the Law of Free Will – to set itself outside the River of Life, but it cannot do so indefinitely. There must come a time, when that lifestream has used up its opportunity, and thus it will actually be cut off from the stream of energy, spiritual energy, from its own higher being, its own I AM Presence. And after that cut-off point, such a lifestream can maintain an existence that is separate from the River of Life only by stealing life energy from those lifestreams who are still receiving it from the spiritual source.

And thus, you must understand – as the spiritually aware people – that there are many activities on this earth, that are designed for one purpose only. And that is to keep the people on earth engaging in the dualistic struggle, so that they continue to misqualify their spiritual light with a lower vibration, such as fear, anger or hatred, or envy, jealousy or other spiritual poisons. Which then qualifies the light of God with a lower vibration, that allows those beings who exist in the mental and emotional realms to absorb that energy and use it to sustain themselves. This is precisely what the vast majority of the population on earth are ignorant of. And thus, they really have no defense against being used, literally as a form of cows that are milked for their spiritual light, even though they believe that they are engaged in a positive cause that will improve society in some way.

My Beloved, some of the most obvious examples of this is, of course, the people who are engaged in violent conflicts. This can be seen most clearly in the Middle East, where you have people, groups of people, who for thousands of years have been engaged in fighting against each other. And the outer reason why they are fighting at this particular time truly is insignificant. For it is just an excuse that allows these groups of people to continue in this dualistic struggle against the other group, that they have elevated to the status of being the scapegoats. So that one group believes that if only they can eradicate the other group, they will solve all of their own problems, because they have allowed themselves to believe in the illusion that all of the problems they encounter are caused by these other people. So if those people were destroyed, their problems would disappear.

Ignorance of the cosmic mirror

This, of course, is a complete denial of responsibility. And it is something that can spring only from a complete ignorance of the most fundamental reality of the material universe, namely that the four levels of the material universe form the cosmic mirror. And whatever you project into that cosmic mirror, will be reflected back to you in the form of physical circumstances. Therefore, you co-create – through your own consciousness – your own physical circumstances. And thus, even though it may seem as if other people are the cause of your problems, the reality is that the real cause of your problems is your own state of consciousness, your own physical, emotional, mental and identity minds that you project into the cosmic mirror, thus receiving the return current in the form of physical circumstances, that outpicture the images you hold in your four lower bodies, the four levels of your mind.

When you are ignorant of these basic facts, then you have no defense against being pulled into this ongoing dualistic struggle against other people. And you have no defense that allows you to step back and say, “The cause for which I am fighting truly cannot be the highest cause. For when I look at the scriptures of my religion – regardless of which religion that might be – then I see that this dualistic struggle of fighting against other people out of pure hatred and anger, truly cannot be the cause of my God, as prescribed in my religion.” For no matter which religion people might follow, all major religions on earth state the same basic facts, namely that God has said once and for all, “Thou shalt not kill.”

The basic ignorance that you see on this planet is, that people have been seduced into overriding the basic command of God not to kill their fellow human beings. And even if you happen to believe in scientific materialism, then once again you must say that it cannot be according to the survival of the fittest that you kill the members of your own species. For that cannot in the long run ensure the survival of the species as a whole. So, even the theory of evolution actually states that killing other human beings jeopardizes the survival of the entire race. And therefore, those who are the most fit cannot be the ones who are most aggressive and most willing to kill their fellow human beings. Those who are the most fit – in terms of long-term survival – must be those who are not willing to kill, but who are willing to work for the survival of the entire species.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Poverty is NOT the will of God, nor mandated by the laws of nature

TOPICS: A new dispensation from the Great Central sun – A cosmic perspective on the earth – The problem of poverty – The ascended masters are NOT elitists – Poverty is a form of energy – Poverty and the first ray of God’s Will – Religion’s role in upholding poverty – Science’s role in upholding poverty – The illusion of inequality is the basis for poverty – The judgment of those who uphold the consciousness of inequality – The will of God always overcomes the anti-will –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, December 14, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and I am grateful to be given a platform on this continent of South America, to bring forth a teaching that will be essential and instrumental for bringing about the Golden Age—both here in South America and elsewhere. You might recall that some time ago the Great Divine Director, my own guru, gave a dictation through this messenger at Machu Picchu where he talked about the potential for bringing about a Golden Age in South America. And he gave a somewhat sober and somber assessment of that potential.

This, my beloved, was partly because we wanted an expression of the difficulty that we face in bringing about a Golden Age on a continent like South America, and other continents in the world. Because we want the people to understand, that bringing about a Golden Age is not an easy thing, nor is it a sure thing. There can be no absolute guarantee that a Golden Age will come about for everything is up to the free will of the inhabitants of this planet.

A new dispensation from the Great Central sun

Yet, my beloved, we of the ascended masters – of course – have the Victory consciousness and never, ever accept defeat or that anything is impossible. So what has happened in the meantime is that so many people in South America, especially here in Colombia, and in many other parts of the world have been more willing to come up higher in consciousness—partly through the teachings given, partly through the rosaries and partly simply because they are flowing with the River of Life. Even though many have never heard of the ascended masters, they realize that the winds of change, the winds of the Holy Spirit, have started blowing on a planetary scale. And they have stood up more straight and looked up higher to their own higher being – however they conceive of it – for new ideas and new ways of thinking of how to solve society’s problems.

Because of this response from the people – both in and out of the teachings of the ascended masters – I have decided to travel from the earth to the Great Central sun and plead before Alpha and Omega for a new dispensation, a very important release of light, that can bring about one of the changes that are necessary for the Golden Age to be manifest. This is a specific dispensation of light, that has the effect of illuminating one of the major problems that blocks the Golden Age.

My Beloved, going before the throne of Alpha and Omega and asking for a dispensation for planet earth is no straight-forward matter. This planet is a very, very small planet in a very, very large physical universe. So you understand, that Alpha and Omega are the highest manifestations of God known in this material universe, and they hold the vision and the spiritual balance for the immensity of the entire material universe with all of the many lifestreams, and lifewaves that are evolving in this platform. So their role is to always hold the vision of the whole. And therefore, they cannot ever allow the needs of one particular part of that whole to jeopardize or hold back the forward movement of the whole itself.

That is why the ascended masters, who work with planet earth specifically, sometimes – in our eagerness to help humankind, in our eagerness to see this planet have a breakthrough to a higher level – we can become a little bit focused on this planet, thinking that if only we could help this planet grow, we could surely help the entire universe. Not that this is necessarily wrong. But I can tell you – as one who has traveled to the Great Central sun on several occasions on behalf of planet earth – I can tell you that being in the Presence of Alpha and Omega – and suddenly seeing that overall perspective – it can be very sobering, even for an ascended master.

When you stand that in that Court of the Sacred Fire and see the immensity of the flames of Alpha and Omega, the figure-8 flow between them and the white cube between their thrones, suddenly you are jolted out of any lesser manifestation. And now you see that before a dispensation can be granted to planet earth, one must first look at the whole and carefully weigh the balances of the whole versus the needs of one little planet.

A cosmic perspective on the earth

I am not trying to make you think that earth is insignificant. I am simply trying to give you a realistic perspective of what it feels like even for an ascended master to stand before the throne of Alpha and Omega, and ask for a dispensation for this planet. For I want you to realize, that such a dispensation is not given lightly and is not something that is granted automatically because some ascended master – whom you might think is very important – suddenly shows up at Alpha and Omega’s doorstep and asks for it.

It is important for you, as the spiritual people, to realize, that while planet earth is important in the cosmic perspective, it is still only one part of a very large whole. As I have said before, we have yet other worlds to conquer. In fact we have many other worlds to conquer. And I can assure you, that it is very healthy for the spiritual people on earth to once in a while be jolted out of the mental box that is of necessity focused on this planet, and realize that there is a very vast universe and that this entire universe is connected as one whole. And therefore, the needs of one planet, such as earth, must be seen in connection with the whole, and with all aspects of that whole who are evolving and who are tied to earth—and therefore everything must evolve harmoniously and together. If you have the Body of God and suddenly one foot starts lagging behind, or one hand starts moving beyond the rest of the body, well then what have you? You do not have harmony. You do not have coherence.

So, having given you this realistic assessment, I can with great joy tell you, that I have been granted this dispensation of an extraordinary release of light to planet earth. And this release of light will do one very specific thing. It will focus attention on the one problem that right now is a major block to the manifestation of the Golden Age. And it will literally illumine that problem to the point, where it will become more and more difficult for humankind to ignore that problem.

They will, so to speak, be forced by the light to look at that problem, to examine its cause and to make the choice, of whether they will choose to move out the consciousness that has caused the problem, or whether they will choose to stay in that consciousness and thereby be judged by the light, so that they will eventually be removed from this planet and go to some other system, where this particular manifestation can still be tolerated. Within a very short time span, this manifestation will no longer be tolerated on earth. For the light will simply make it impossible that this manifestation can continue. That is, if the light is accepted and multiplied by those in embodiment, such as yourselves, but also many other people who are in position in society worldwide to do something about this particular problem.

The problem of poverty

What is the problem that I am talking about? What is the one problem that right now is the greatest block to the manifestation of a Golden Age? Well, my beloved, it is the problem of poverty. And that is precisely why I am giving this dictation and the following dictations on this continent of South America, where there is indeed great poverty.

Obviously this is not the only continent that has this manifestation. But it is indeed a continent, where there is a potential that the people can be awakened and can move away from poverty without falling into the trap of materialism, of what you see going on right now in certain nations in South East Asia and in China herself, where the people are awakened to the potential to overcome poverty. But they are becoming sucked into the vortex, the beast, of materialism, that has taken over the West and has reigned the West and the thinking of the West for a long time now, far longer than it was necessary.

I will in this and the following discourses give you some teachings on poverty and the cause of poverty and the consciousness behind it. So, let me make one thing perfectly clear: We of the ascended masters are committed to completely and utterly eradicating poverty on planet earth!

For you do not seriously believe, that you can have a Golden Age and still have a majority of the world’s population living below the poverty level, not knowing where their next meal will come from, not knowing where they are going to find safe drinking water that will not make them sick, not knowing how to have a way to provide an income for themselves or their family, not knowing how to have a sustainable growth in their material wealth, in their spiritual wealth, in their free time? Seriously, you cannot believe that it would be possible to have a Golden Age and still have these manifestations of poverty that you see, not only on this continent, but several other places, even in some of the so-called rich nations, where you see a small percentage of the population living in abject poverty with absolutely no hope, and no viable physical path for overcoming that condition.

The rest of this dictation, along with an invocation based on the dictation, is found in the book: Help Saint Germain Stop Poverty.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Project a new vision of the world upon the Ma-ter light

TOPICS: The Buddha is the great equalizer – Overcoming the class system – A military empire cannot be great – Why there are many foreigners in Britain – Bridging the gap between East and West – The ascension of earth – The revolution in consciousness – Overcoming the lowest common denominator – A Buddhic visualization –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Gautama Buddha, October 28, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Indeed, I am the Buddha in the crown. And I come to challenge those who have taken up the position of the crown of this nation, seeking also to take up the position of having clogged up the crown chakra of the people of Britain, so they cannot reach up and understand a higher truth. Thus, I would challenge those who represent the false crown, and the false monarchy and those in the churches and those elsewhere who stand between the people and their God.

There are those in the power elite of Britain who will say, “What have we to do with the Buddha? Why is he imposing himself on our land? This is our land.” My retort to them is: Then you should not have invaded my land in the East! For thereby you gave me the right to invade yours and manifest my Presence here. For you did indeed come with your weapons and your armies to the shores of the peaceful Buddhas and the followers of the Buddha in the East. And you rolled over them as if they were nothing, as if they were somehow sub-human, of a lesser race.

The Buddha is the great equalizer

The Buddha is the great equalizer. For is it not the essence of the teachings of Buddhism that everything is the Buddha nature. Thus, my beloved, when everything is the Buddha nature, there can be no such thing as something that is more the Buddha nature than something else. And thus, I come precisely to this nation to help the British people overcome one of the greatest obstacles to constructive change in this nation. This is the sense of superiority of the British people, primarily the English people, who think they are better than all foreigners. And therefore, they could not possibly have anything to learn from any foreigner or any foreign culture.

And thus, you see that even though the British Empire was in contact with many different cultures – some of which had a religion that was more pure than their own watered-down version of Christianity – they stubbornly and blindly refused to learn from those cultures. This, of course, was not true for all people in England. And that is why I want to point out to you that the unwillingness to learn from any source whatsoever does not come primarily from the people—it comes from the power elite. For as Master MORE has explained, he did come to wrestle with the kings and the upper class, trying to make them see that they had put themselves outside of the River of Life by declaring that they would answer neither to God nor to the people, and that they could do whatever they wanted with this land and with this people.

What had they in reality said? They had said, “We will listen to no one on earth. We do not need to learn from anyone on earth, for we are superior.” This of course is in direct opposition to the very motto of the ascended Master MORE – or the ascended master El Morya, as he was called when he gave forth that motto – which is, “If the messenger be an ant, heed him!” So if the messenger be a foreign ant, heed him anyway.

I will explain to you precisely why the power elite of this nation attempted to put that very attitude upon the British people. It was because it was the only way to prevent the British people from finding some inspiration abroad, that would allow them to overthrow the power elite that was oppressing them. Do you see, how the island mentality, the sense of isolationism, does not come from the people themselves but comes from the power elite who want to cut off the people from the rest of the world? For the more isolated the people are, the easier it is for the elite to control them. The “island fortress” of Britain has then become a mental box in which the British people are trapped in the catch-22, that prevents them from overthrowing the power elite. Yet, their plans will not be successful, for too many among the people have refused to fit into that mental box. And they have indeed looked outside of Britain in order to seek inspiration from here and there and everywhere, where they could find it.

Overcoming the class system

I can assure you that much of this inspiration has indeed come from the East, including from the religion of Buddhism—if you can call it a religion, which I generally prefer not to do even though most people in the West see it as such. One of the great lessons, that the West in general and Britain in particular could have learned from Buddhism is precisely the equality of all people, of all life. For when you recognize that the Buddha nature is in every person, then you immediately see the insanity of a class system, that divides people into those who are worthy and those who are not, into those who are equal and those who are more equal than others.

This could have enabled the British people to throw off the yoke of the class system—the class system that has actually been reinforced through the perversion of Christianity, which they have not been able to shake off as of yet. But if they had studied Buddhism more closely, they might have realized, that there are more parallels than differences between the teachings of Buddha and the true inner teachings of Christ. For we are indeed cut from the same cloth. We speak from the same higher authority of the Living Word.

Another thing they could have learned from the philosophy of Buddhism is the concept of non-violence toward all life. And this concept was indeed what defeated the British Empire in India, or should we say that it actually elevated the British Empire closer to allegiance to the principles upon which the nation of Britain is founded. This was, as Master MORE said, a truly great moment in English history—when the British Empire actually bowed to the higher principle of non-violence, instead of responding with violence as they had so often done in the past. This was a great turning point, not only in the history of this nation but in the history of the world.

For had the empire determined to use violence against the Indian people, then I can assure you that the ramifications would have been severe, and could indeed have created an ongoing state of warfare that would have disturbed the peace and potentially led to an even wider conflict. It would also have created an immense karma for the nation of Britain, a karma that it would have found it very difficult to overcome in the foreseeable future—a karma that might indeed have precipitated an invasion or a nuclear first strike by the Soviet Union, simply to equal out the scales of oppression and atrocity that the British Empire might have committed in India.

A military empire cannot be great

One consequence of the philosophy of non-violence is that an empire that is built on military might cannot be a truly great empire, for such an empire cannot be great in the eyes of God but only in the eyes of man. And then, again, only in the eyes of those men who have been blinded by the duality consciousness, by the consciousness of separation, the fear of lack, the fear of death, where they think they have to defend their own life, their physical life, by taking the physical life of others through superior military strength.

Again, it was not the British people who started the expansion of the empire with violence and force, it was the power elite. And the ferocity with which they went about this task, will show you the intensity of their fear. For they fell into the same trap as other empires who have attempted to conquer the world, where the fear is so extreme, that you think only by controlling the entire world can the fear be set aside. But nothing will set that fear aside, for you will see from history, that the greater power and control a nation attains—well the fear simply grows along with it. So it is an impossible quest. The carrot of peace always dangles in front of the nose of the donkey, as it keeps running faster and faster, until it finally breaks under the strain, as the Nazi eagle and the Russian bear broke under the strain.

Would you not then realize with me, that even today there are still too many people, especially among the English people, who think that the greatness of their nation is due to their military forces? And I am indeed realistic. I know that other masters earlier have spoken about nations in Europe who could set forth an example by abandoning their military. But I am realistic, and do not believe that Britain could achieve this in the foreseeable future. But what I would like to put into the collective consciousness is the fact that the current military of Britain is indeed inconsistent with the current self-image of Britain. For if you do not see yourself as an oppressive empire who is out to conquer other nations through military force and suppress them violently – and my beloved, only few among the British people see themselves as such – well, then why do you need a military that has the ability to project force far from your own shores?

It is, from a realistic standpoint, not possible that the British people within the near term future can overcome all need to have the ability to defend themselves, to defend “their” island. So I have no problem with the maintaining of a military, that is aimed strictly at defending the homeland. Yet you do not need to have the military capacity you have today in order to defend the homeland. So you should be able to see that there is an inconsistency here.

And I think that the British people are precisely the kind of people they are, because they have a devotion to higher principles. And that means, too, that they have an aversion against inconsistencies, where there is a discrepancy between the principles they know are true and their actual behavior. Thus, they are more willing than many other peoples to bring themselves into alignment with their principles—once they come to the realization that they are out of alignment, that their behavior is out of alignment, with those principles.

This is another example of how someone needs to question the unthinkable, and ask the question why we are spending so much money maintaining a military, that is not truly aimed at defending our own shores. For this would be an important step towards coming to the point of beginning to debate, whether we really need a military force if we claim to be a free democratic nation who is a part of a free democratic Europe. Surely, one might question why the English people see such a great need to defend their island, when most foreigners would say that given the state of the English weather they would rather not think about invading that country.

Yet, my beloved, truly it is natural that a people who love their country will want to maintain that country in the state that they hold in their vision, that is the potential for that country. The British people know – even though they are not aware of this consciously – they do have an inner sense of destiny for themselves and for this land. Naturally, they would not want that destiny to be destroyed by some foreign invasion, such as surely would have happened if the Nazi’s had been successful in invading Britain.

Why there are many foreigners in Britain

It is indeed not unreasonable to want to keep your land pure, so that the people can fulfill its destiny. Yet, I must tell you, that this can be taken too far. Because it also builds a certain mentality of being suspicious of the foreigners who have come to live here, not as oppressors, not with military force, but seeking an opportunity. And this is why it is important for the British people to overcome the mentality I have talked about—that they do not need to learn from anyone else. For I must tell you, that given the history of the British Empire and its invasion of other nations and cultures—well, you might consider that the fact that so many people from other nations have come to Britain might be a certain return of karma. But I would prefer that you saw it as an opportunity to learn.

For have not other masters talked about the contribution that Britain can make to the world? Well, what you have seen in the British Empire was an attempt to take British civilization and culture and forcefully apply it to other nations, thinking that other nations should eventually come to live exactly the way that British people do. When you understand the deeper reality, you understand that the British people have a potential to set an example of a Golden Age society based on certain timeless principles. But this does not mean that those principles need to be applied in other countries exactly as they are applied in Britain.

Take for example democracy as a concept, as an institution, and see that many other nations have been inspired by democracy in Britain, but they have not necessarily applied it in exactly the same way, having adapted it to their own mentality and culture. So if Britain is to fulfill its role of giving new inspiration to the world of how to build a Golden Age society, well then does it not stand to reason, that Britain needs to teach universal principles in a way that is applied to different other cultures? And how can the British people do this unless they know these other cultures? And what greater opportunity to learn how other cultures think than having representatives of those cultures live among them here in this nation?

Everything can be seen as a threat or as an opportunity. And as Saint Germain spoke about, when you are in the consciousness of fear and lack, you see every change as a threat. But when you shift into the consciousness of abundance and love, well then you see everything as an opportunity. And when you see things as an opportunity, you will not see the manifestation of a physical threat. For it is indeed true, that whether you think something is an opportunity or whether you think it is a threat—you are right. For what you project upon the situation, will be reflected back by the cosmic mirror in the form of manifest physical circumstances.

It would only take a slight shift in consciousness for the English people especially, to come to see the influx of foreigners as an opportunity. You might even beyond it look at the fact that there are no English souls, no Indian souls, no Muslim souls. There are only sons and daughters of God. So it is entirely possible that a soul that has an important contribution to make to British society was not born in this country but was born elsewhere, and then immigrates here in order to fulfill its destiny and help the entire society grow.

Bridging the gap between East and West

In order for a Golden Age to manifest, there must be more flexibility, more fluidity, which is one of the basic concepts taught in Buddhism as non-attachment. Non-attachment not in the sense that you become indifferent and nothing matters, for there is a middle way between using violence to always get your way and being indifferent to anything that happens. And that middle way is to be loyal to higher principles but to be non-attached to the actual material conditions.

As Master MORE said in his previous incarnation: Do right action and be non-attached to the fruits of action. Do it because it is right and you know it is right! This is the great potential of the British people, to do what they know is right regardless of how it is received, and regardless of whether it produces specific physical results, or produces them at a certain time. There is an opportunity, a unique opportunity, that the British people can bridge the gap between eastern thinking and western thinking. And this is precisely because of the British Empire’s influence in the East. There is a karma of the British people, which they could pay off very easily by being more open to bridging the gap between East and West. For certainly, there are still many ties between Britain and nations in the East—first and foremost India, which I must tell you has an extremely important contribution to make in the coming decades, especially to Asia, but even to the world as a whole.

Yet I must tell you that India cannot fulfill her full potential without a certain inspiration from the British people. For again, even though the British Empire invaded India forcefully, it was the Indian people and their mentality who had to some degree opened the door for this influx from without. For they needed something to shake them out of their state of inertia. And indeed, there has been a positive effect from this in Indian society. And this has created a bond between these two nations, which if the flow – the figure-eight flow from East to West – could be raised up, could be of great benefit to both nations. Where certain ideas could be brought forth simultaneously in both nations, to inspire both the eastern and the western hemisphere at the same time.

It was an English poet who said, “East is East and West is West and never the twain shall meet.” Well, my beloved, in giving of this invocation east-west today, you have proven him wrong. And I trust that the most spiritually aware people in Britain will prove him even more wrong in the years and decades to come, by rising to that universal spirituality that is the true master key to breaking the barrier, to breaking down the barrier between East and West and breaking down all other barriers around the world.

For truly, when you experience from within the Spirit of Truth, as Jesus called it, when you experience the Buddha nature, well then you automatically become non-attached to all the divisions that divide people on earth. And this is when the people on this planet can come into greater oneness, until they begin to create communities, nations, alliances of nations that are devoted to oneness rather than warfare.

The ascension of earth

Eventually, this planet can become Maitreya’s Sphere of Oneness, that reaches such intensity that those lifestreams who will not let go of the consciousness of separation, of division, simply will not be able to sustain a presence here. For the planet will be so accelerated spiritually, that they will be spun off, almost as if it was a children’s carousel that started spinning so fast, that they could no longer hold on to their horses. This is a vision that I desire you to hold—that this planet begins to spin faster and faster. Not physically, for certainly I would not want the atmosphere to become dislodged and find a new home around the moon, where it is truly not needed at present, due to the rather low population.

So, my beloved, hold the vision of a spiritual spinning, that will spin off the heavier elements, and thus make the planet lighter so that it can rise up. For there is a potential that the earth can ascend. But it is not the potential envisioned by certain New Age people, or even certain channelers, who claim to be channeling the ascended masters but are truly not. For it is not an inevitable event, that the earth will ascend to some higher dimension and, automatically, paradise will be manifest on earth. Everything on this planet is subject to free will. And thus, unless the top 10 percent of the people are willing to take responsibility for themselves – changing themselves first and then helping others change themselves, thereby changing the world – well unless that happens, then the earth will not ascend into any higher state or dimension or whatever you want to call it.

The entire concept that the earth will automatically ascend – due to some higher force being released in 2012 or at any other time – well it is simply another version of the idolatry of Christ, that pacifies people into thinking that some external force will do it all for them. There is no external force. For did Christ not say that the Kingdom is within? And did the Buddha not say that everything is the Buddha nature? Thus, the Buddha nature is within and must come from within, as the Buddha, as I, truly demonstrated by first attaining my Buddhahood and then seeking to help others attain it as well.

The revolution in consciousness

The revolution is always a revolution in consciousness, for there can be no other way to change the physical. I know that in today’s age this will sound strange to many people. But that is because your world view – which is based on scientific materialism and the perverted religions of the past – is so primitive, that you actually believe matter is separated from spirit, that mind is separated from matter. Despite the fact that your quantum mechanics has told you differently, western civilization – because, primarily, of the influence of materialism, but also because of a subtle influence from orthodox Christianity – has not been willing to take the philosophical consequences and realize, that if the mind of a scientist creates the outcome of an experiment, then everything must be influenced by consciousness, which truly means that everything is consciousness. Thus, everything is an outpicturing in matter of what is going on in consciousness.

I will give you a concept, that will be difficult to grasp for the linear mind, but there is value in stating it and throwing it into the mass consciousness, and into the minds of those who are receptive. We have given the concept of a movie projector, where the light from the light bulb flows through the film strip and is projected as images on the movie screen. We have said before, that if you want to change the images on the movie screen, it is not efficient to work at the level of the screen. It is far more efficient to go to the projection room and change the images on the film strip. And this illustrates, that if you want to change the physical conditions on earth, it is not the ultimate to work by physical means, but it is far more effective to go to the cause and change the images in the collective consciousness that are simply being projected onto the matter light.

Yet, what I want to give you here is the further concept that when you think about how a movie works, my beloved, you realize that it is not really a moving picture. For the film strip has individual images, each one being only fractionally different from the previous one. And if you saw the pictures separately as still pictures, you could easily see the difference. But because they are projected in such rapid succession, your eyes cannot see the individual pictures and they blend together as one continual movement.

Well, that is also what happens to your senses, when you look at the matter world. You think that the matter world is a continuous presence and has a continuous existence. Yet, what your scientists used to believe in classical physics was that light was a continuous stream. But what was discovered in the precursor to the theory of relativity and quantum physics is that light is not a continuous flow, but is indeed quantized as tiny separate particles, called photons.

The image I want to give you is that the earth really has no continuous existence. For at very rapid intervals, the physical earth is like a movie that is projected onto the ma-ter light. And your senses see it as something solid and something that changes very slowly. But in reality, that image is changing in very small intervals that are simply projected so rapidly, that you do not see the individual movements, but are fooled into thinking that the earth has a continual existence and therefore is beyond your power to change.

Do you not see, that the pictures on the filmstrip are changing all the time? And as soon as the picture changes, the image on the movie screen will change instantly. So if instead of having a very small change between one picture and another – if instead you had a very big change – well then the image on the movie screen would instantly change, my beloved. The current state of the earth, the current state of limitation and suffering, is an image that is simply projected through the filmstrip of the collective consciousness. The light is provided by the ascended masters, who have vowed to serve the evolutions of earth – and to have our light support their experimentation with free will – so they can have a continuous opportunity to outplay that free will by reaping the physical consequences of it.

We are simply providing the driving force, but the actual physical conditions that you see on earth are the projections of the images held in the collective consciousness. And that is why it is potentially possible to instantly remove all limitations, all suffering on earth—if you could change the collective consciousness. And that is why there is always hope for the changing of any physical circumstance—if only the consciousness will change. And what you have indeed seen in the course of known history is a continual change in humankind’s consciousness, a continual expansion.

Overcoming the lowest common denominator

I admit that at times this has been a very slow and gradual change, so that the individual images hardly varied. But in the last century, the change has sped up and become much more rapid. And there is indeed a potential that this can continue or even accelerate beyond what most people can envision. And indeed beyond what some people can handle, for they cannot handle the change, especially the power elite who want to maintain their privileges and power.

But my beloved, is it right that the earth should accommodate the lowest common denominator? Is it right that the earth should continue to be held at an artificially low level, in order to allow the lowest 10 percent of the lifestreams to remain in embodiment? Is it not time that we instead see the top 10 percent rise up to claim their rightful inheritance, realize that they are the meek who shall inherit the earth? But in order to inherit it, they must claim it, so that the earth can spin faster and spin off those who will not adapt to change.

It is indeed possible, as other masters have said, that the collective consciousness can go through a revolutionary shift, almost instantly at least as measured with historical time. And we of the ascended masters are of course ever hopeful that many more people, certainly many among the top 10 percent, will come to a recognition of our existence and of the teachings we have given, as you have done. But from a realistic viewpoint, it would be far too optimistic to hope that a large percentage of the population within the near future would come to accept the highly advanced world view that you have adopted. So we are not asking you to go out and seek to convert the entire population to that world view. Which is why we have talked about giving people universal principles, and so, naturally, we are always seeking to give you the tools that will help you in this quest.

And in this context let me say that the book The Art of Non-War is indeed our latest effort in this ongoing process of making spiritual teachings and concepts more universal, more easy to understand for a wider audience. And so I can assure you, that we have great hopes that this book can indeed reach a wide audience and become somewhat the talk of the town, that will contribute to a shift in the collective consciousness, where people begin to understand the nature of the dualistic mind and the ego. Thus, they come to see that all of the things they don’t like about their society, all of the things they don’t like about history, can be traced back to one cause—namely the existence of the human ego and how it turns every idea into a dualistic idea, that will inevitably create tension and conflict that so often leads to war.

If people in great numbers can come to realize and acknowledge these simple ideas – yet very profound ideas – put forth in this book, well I can assure you, that we can greatly accelerate the movement away from war and the rumors of war and the potential for war. And indeed, we can have a true state of peace that is not a forced peace, not based on the fear of what would happen if nuclear weapons were unleashed, but indeed is a peace that although based on understanding, it passes understanding. For people have gone beyond understanding but have actually come to experience what we in the book call “the Infinite” within themselves.

So, take this book as an inspiration of how you might learn how to express spiritual principles in a universal way, that is very difficult for people to argue against with the dualistic mind, although, of course, the dualistic mind can argue against any idea expressed in words. Yet it is possible to find a way to baffle the dualistic mind, as has been done in Zen Buddhism through the koans, as was done by Jesus in many of his koan-like statements. But you will see that it is possible to do this even in a contemporary language, where you can simply state a truth in such a way, that the linear, analytical, dualistic mind is baffled, is shocked and therefore it does not know immediately how to respond. And therefore, there is a moment of silence, an interval of silence, in people’s minds and that gives their Christ selves an opportunity to come in and help them actually feel in their hearts, that there is a truth here that goes beyond what they have been taught and what they have believed so far.

And this then forms the basis for a new world view, a shift in perception. And as that world view grows and spreads, the sky is literally the limit for how western civilization can shift away from duality—away from using force to get everything, but shift into the abundance consciousness of realizing that nature is not our enemy, other people do not represent an enemy, and God is not the enemy. For indeed, they could realize the truth in Jesus’ words, “Fear not little flock, for it is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom.”

And why is this so? Because the Father has unconditional love for his offspring. When you realize this, you realize that there are no conditions that can prevent you from having the abundant life that God wants you to have—unless those conditions are set up in your own individual mind or in the collective mind. Whereby you project these images of lack and suffering and limitation, instead of projecting the images of abundance that then immediately would be outpictured by the ma-ter light and be your new reality. This is how the earth could shift into a different dimension. Not by some heavenly force doing it all for you, but by humankind providing better images through which the light from above can flow, thereby impressing itself and those higher images upon the Ma-ter light.

A Buddhic visualization

My Beloved, I have given you what I came to give you. And I only ask one thing further. For I ask you to participate in an experiment with me. Due to this conference and the breakthrough that you have helped co-create, I have been granted a dispensation similar to what I was granted in Washington D.C. and Los Angeles—namely that I have been allowed to anchor my Presence in this nation of Britain. And it will be primarily centered over the power center of London. But I will not give you a specific location, for I will indeed be here, there and everywhere, where there is a need for the Presence of the Buddha to consume the energies of those who are still trapped in the consciousness of anti-Buddha, the consciousness of anti-peace.

But as a focal point for this exercise I ask you to visualize that my presence is manifest over the Parliament Building and that there is almost like a giant statue of the Buddha that has been lowered from a very large helicopter down over the Parliament Building. Indeed, being taller than the Eye of London, for I would like London to have a new Eye, the I of the IS, the single eye of Christ vision. Visualize how my presence is anchored there. And you are the students of the Buddha, the Sangha of the Buddha, sitting in front of me in as large of a presence as you care to envision for yourselves. And you are welcome to envision it larger than mine, if you so desire, for I would be the last to put limitations upon you—seeing how good you are at doing that yourselves.

Thus, my beloved, visualize how we sit there as the community of Buddha, the Sangha of the Buddha. And we are completely unmoved by the hustle and bustle of the city, for we are almost in another dimension. But by the fact that you are still in a physical body, we have an open door for the energies, the light, of the Sangha to flow into the physical octave. And thus, these energies are meant to reawaken the British people’s sense of community, of coming into unity for a greater purpose, for the bringing forth of a higher vision and a higher society. Whereby they will demand that all institutions of their society are in alignment with that vision, and do not detract from it. So allow yourselves to envision that we are sitting there, and feel the light flowing from my heart to yours and then from your heart out to the British isles and the British people, until all is saturated by that light. Envision this while the music is playing. [Music plays]

And thus, my beloved, it is my privilege to seal this conference and to pour out my gratitude and the gratitude of all of us for your willingness to come together, not only in a critical number, but also in the more critical way of being willing to come into oneness with each other, oneness with your own higher beings that we truly are. Thus, we have had the oneness below that is the foundation for the oneness between below and above. And that is why we have had a breakthrough with this conference. For you have been willing to be true members of the Sangha of the Buddha who are devoted to oneness, harmony and peace, rather than pursuing some ego goals of superiority in knowledge or whatever.

The oneness, the harmony is what we always look for. For the greater the oneness below, the greater the light that can be poured in from above. For when there is oneness below, there is less risk that the light will be misused. You have set a magnificent example, a magnificent foundation. And truly we all hope that we can have other conferences on this soil and bring forth even more light. Obviously, we would also like to move to other parts of Europe, as is possible. So once again, the gratitude of all of us. But truly, I desire you to go beyond what you hear as an outer expression of gratitude but go within your hearts and feel the Presence of the Buddha. And feel your oneness with my Presence within yourself, so that you realize you do not need an outer messenger or instrument in order to experience oneness with me. For how could you, when everything is the Buddha nature—and thus the Buddha is already within you.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

The Living Christ is the true King of Britain

TOPICS: What shall we do with a drunken people? – Why truth is no longer the highest authority – Why there is no absolute system – Can the Church of England be transformed? – Preach the Living Gospel of Christ – Preach the universal Word – Dare to question the Church – Calling forth the Judgment of Christ upon the Church –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Jesus, October 28, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Indeed, as a young boy, I travelled to the British Isles with my uncle, Joseph of Arimathea. I visited among other places Glastonbury, which at the time was a spiritual center, based on the philosophy of the Druids. I sensed the light in this land, and I saw a limited vision of the potential of the people in the future of this land. That is why I instructed Joseph of Arimathea to bring the Holy Grail to this land, not so much as the physical cup but as the matrix of the quest for the Holy Grail. Which then became the foundation for the legend of King Arthur, where you will see, my beloved, that those knights that went out looking for a physical cup, came home empty-handed, as every other knight since then who has been searching for a physical cup of Christ.

Yet those who went out seeking for a state of consciousness, for an inner vision and experience, well, even if they did not find the full cup, they were nevertheless transformed by the quest itself. Yet, after 2,000 years of people being on a quest for the Holy Grail, well I, Jesus, would indeed like to see many people in this age go beyond the quest and find the Grail. For it is time that my true teachings are understood and are shouted from the housetops of every nation. And there is indeed a potential that this can begin in this nation. For my beloved, even though you may look at the British people and see their current state of consciousness, I assure you that many among them are truly spiritual people and that the top ten percent of the most spiritually aware people have the potential to understand the true teachings of Christ, to embrace them, to accept them, to live them and to demonstrate in an undeniable way, that every human being on earth has the potential to be the living Christ in embodiment. Thus once and for all, putting an end to the lie that there is only one Son of God.

What shall we do with a drunken people?

What will it take for the British people to make that shift in consciousness? Well, there are certainly some hurdles that need to be overcome, as other masters have talked about. So I would bring a couple of  more things to your attention, and let me begin by referring to the popular old song, in which there is a line that says, “What shall we do with the drunken sailor, early in the morning?” Well my beloved, what shall we do with a drunken people at the eleven o’clock hour, when it is time to rise to a higher level, but they are so drunk that they cannot even sense that it is time to change.

You look at the British people, and especially the young people, and you see how alcohol has always been a part of the culture, but how in the last few decades, the misuse of alcohol has become far more extreme than it used to be. And you must ask yourself why this is so, and I will explain it to you. It is because cycles have changed to the point, where the people can no longer allow themselves to indulge in escapism of any kind. And therefore, the pressure of the light building – the light that is descending from Above but is not being expressed here below because people are burying their talents in the ground – well, it builds a pressure, so that people must take the very behavior that they need to let go of in order to grow, they must take it into more and more extreme measures, so that they can finally wake up and realize this is too much and cannot go on.

I would bring to your attention that even science itself has realized that the brain develops in certain stages, and I can assure you, my beloved, that when young people under the age of 20 indulge in alcohol – especially when they drink to the point where they pass out – well, I can assure you that their brain development is actually limited, so that later in life, their spiritual faculties cannot be fully developed. And thus, you see a young generation that is limiting its potential – and in many cases people are aborting their divine plans – in the teenage years through drugs, but especially through alcohol, because alcohol has been around for so long that it is considered normal, almost a rite of passage, to drink.

A balanced use of alcohol is not necessarily a problem, but the extreme abuse is indeed a problem. Yet I am not the one to simply preach that you should stop this or that behavior, without explaining where the behavior comes from. And you can see, that it very much comes from what has already been explained by Saint Germain and Mother Mary, of the people numbing themselves. Why do they numb themselves? Well, they do so because they sense there is no real purpose or meaning to life, my beloved. Because if they had a sense of purpose, well then they would certainly be willing to abstain from anything that would destroy that purpose, prevent them from fulfilling it. But they are not brought up with the sense that life in general has a higher purpose, nor with a sense that their personal lives have a specific purpose.

They are made to feel that they are nobodies, that nobody cares about them, that they have no particular value, that they have no contribution to make to society. So why not eat, drink and be merry, for tomorrow we die? Only, we have already died today, in the very fact that we have grown up in a culture, where children are not taught that they are spiritual beings, that the earth is only a transitional phase, and that they are here to express their spiritual individuality, and help bring society forward toward a Golden Age.

Why truth is no longer the highest authority

My Beloved, there are many abuses of power on this planet, and certainly other masters have already spoken about them, but one of the greatest abuses of power must surely be the abuse of taking away from the people the sense of a higher purpose, a higher meaning to existence. Of course, those who have taken that away from the people are those who have already taken it away from themselves by separating themselves from the oneness of the River of Life. And thus they have no higher purpose, they see only the purpose that is self-centered—around the separate self.

So even those who are the worst abusers of power, would do better if they knew better. The problem is that as long as they are not willing to overcome the consciousness of separation, they simply cannot know better. And this is what you run up against, time and time again in the Government, in the Media, in the churches. Some of you have experienced personally, that you express a higher truth that you see, that you experience as truth, but those in power cannot see it as truth. Why, my beloved?

You know it is truth because you have reached beyond your separate sense of self, connected to a higher part of your being—and through that connection you have experienced that this is real, this is truth. But those who are in power do not have that connection, for they are so trapped in the consciousness of separation. So upon hearing the truth you are expressing, they do not have the inner experience, the inner confirmation, that it is truth. For them it is just another idea, that can be set up against other ideas and argued against indefinitely with the intellect. This is why you see, that because those who are blinded by separation have been allowed to take over and dominate politics and religion and other institutions of society, well that is why truth is no longer the highest authority. That is why might is right.

Why there is no absolute system

Why did I come to this earth? Well, I came first and foremost to give people that key of knowledge, that allows them to connect to truth within themselves. Not by intellectually understanding an outer teaching, but by experiencing the spirit of truth within themselves. For this is the only factor that can help humankind rise above the dualistic struggle. Yesterday was raised a very important question of how the living word can be restored as the ultimate authority in society. And the answer was given that it cannot be institutionalized, and this my beloved is the key that you need to ponder until you fully internalize this truth.

When you look at humankind, can you not see that there has always been a quest to come up with the ultimate system? This might be a religion coming up with the absolute truth—an absolute, infallible religion. It might be a political system—communism, capitalism, what have you. It might be an economic system. But the dream is that we can come up with some ultimate system, and once we have established that system, we will have the perfect society.

This is not how a truly Golden Age is brought forth. For there is no system that will work indefinitely. And why is this so? Well, go back and listen to or read the wonderful discourses given by Saint Germain in California, about how past Golden Ages deteriorated. And you will see that any system you create becomes a closed system, and therefore immediately becomes subject to the second law of thermodynamics, which is, in a sense, the force of the Holy Spirit that compels everything to grow and transcend.

So what I need the most spiritual people to realize, is that bringing forth the Golden Age is not a matter of coming up with some ultimate system or philosophy that will answer all of your questions. You need to let go of this dream, for it is a dream that springs from the ego and has been espoused by the power elite for eons, by those fallen beings who left off the oneness with God. And therefore, in their separation, they attempted to achieve through control what God would have given them freely if they had been willing to stay in the River of Life.

The ultimate system, so to speak, is the flow of the River of Life. And that flow cannot be encapsulated, cannot be imprisoned, in a system on earth. It must remain the flow that changes society as the need arises, for surely, even the ego will pervert the concept of a Golden Age and think that a Golden Age is a static society. But it is not—it is a society that is constantly growing and therefore going through different phrases.

You will not have a Golden Age society, that remains the same for a thousand years, even though some Christians interpret the Bible to mean that I thought that there would be a Kingdom of God that would remain steady and the same for a thousand years. No, my beloved, the Kingdom of God – manifest on earth as a Golden Age society – is a society that is constantly growing towards greater and greater abundance.

And what does that mean? It means that the society is going through distinct phases, just like the growth of a human child that grows from infancy to childhood to adulthood. Only, a Golden Age society will keep transcending itself, and therefore will never go into the stage of old age and death that human beings experience. What does that mean? It means – to use a crude analogy – it is perfectly natural for a baby to wear diapers, but it is not natural for a ten-year old child, is it? So, a society needs certain ideas, certain rules, at one level of its growth, but when it transcends that stage, it no longer needs the same rules and ideas. And that is why you cannot have a system, that can be applied to a society for the indefinite future. For if the system or the philosophy or the idea is based on truth, then it will cause the society to transcend itself, and that means that the system must also transcend itself. And then it really is no longer a system as envisioned by most people.

What is needed is not the emergence of some kind of system, but the emergence of a critical mass of people who are willing to acknowledge their Christ potential and express that. So that at any given moment, they can bring forth through their higher selves – they can bring forth from the River of Life – the exact answers that are needed in order to bring society forward. But more than that, they can also bring forth a constant recognition that society needs to be aligned with timeless principles in order to be sustainable, in order to avoid disintegrating from within.

For only through transcendence is there sustainability. Only through death is there survival, meaning the death of the limited, separate self. Only by being willing to lose ones life for Christ’s sake, will one find eternal life, and that applies to an entire society as well. For only when you are letting the old die, can you be reborn into a new identity, a new being, a new nation in Christ. So give up the false dream of an ultimate system, an ultimate philosophy. You can keep chasing it forever, but why not recognize that this is the dream of the fallen beings, this is the dream of those trapped in the ego.

And you know better. You are spiritual people, so you do not need the ultimate system or the ultimate religion. You need a living system, a living philosophy, a living church that is based on the living Christ, and therefore the River of Life is flowing through that system, through that church, through that government, through those educational institutions, through business. Certainly, you can see that of all the institutions of society, the business world is probably the one that understands the best the need to adapt to changing circumstances, the need to transcend one’s former way of thinking. But this must be transferred to all areas of society.

Can the Church of England be transformed?

The one area of society, where you will find the greatest resistance to this truth is precisely in religion. And in British society, you will find that the greatest resistance to change is precisely in the Church of England. For even though the monarchy is very resistant to change, the Church is even more so. And this is what you see in general in religions throughout history, even the religion of the Jewish people that rejected me as the Messiah.

They knew the Messiah would come, my beloved, but when the Messiah arrived, they would not acknowledge him, for they did not want to change, as I indeed prompted them to change. I prompted them to let their old sense of identity die, so they could be reborn of the Spirit, but they would not. So the question today is: can the Church of England be renewed and become a living breathing organization, that can fulfill the spiritual needs of the British people in the modern world? I leave it as an open question, for I have no firm answer to it, for it is dependent on the free will of the people themselves, of the leaders of the Church and of the top ten percent of the most spiritually aware people.

The Church of England is built on the foundation of the Catholic Church, and the Catholic Church was from its very inception conceived as a system – a closed system, a closed institution – that was not conceived as a tool for teaching the true teachings of Christ, for setting the people free. No my beloved, it was conceived by Constantine as a tool for suppressing and controlling the Roman people. Those who cannot see this have not been willing to take an honest look at the history and the origin of the Catholic Church. They have not been willing to look at the institution of the Catholic Church and compare it to the scriptures that give at least a glimpse of my true teachings. For even if you look at the scriptures that have survived – that have been allowed to be given to the people by the institution of the Church – even if you look at them, you will see that there is a gaping discrepancy between my teachings and the institution of the Catholic Church.

When you look at my teachings, you will see that I preached an entirely different concept of spirituality, of salvation, of the Kingdom of God than what has been taught by the Catholic Church from the very beginning. I preached that the Kingdom of God is within you, meaning that you do not need an external institution in order to be saved, for salvation is an inner individual process, namely the quest for the Holy Grail. The Catholic Church, from the very beginning, perverted that concept by going back to what has been the bane of religion from the very beginning, where religion places itself between people and God, saying “You cannot come to God except by going through the outer institution, the outer system.”

Preach the Living Gospel of Christ

From the very beginning, it has been based on a denial of Christ. Truly, I told my followers to go out into all the World to preach my gospel to all creatures, to turn all people into my disciples. But did that mean that I wanted my disciples to go out into the world and make them members of an outer church and make them blindly follow the dictates and the doctrines of that church? Surely, that was not what I meant. I meant to go out and preach the truth that the kingdom is within you and is a quest for a higher state of consciousness. For you too have a Christ potential, as you saw the Christ potential in Jesus.

If that gospel, that living gospel, had been preached to all creatures, if that tradition of the living Word, of the Key of Knowledge – where the Church does not tell people what to believe or burn them at the stake for believing what is beyond church doctrine, but instead encourages people to seek truth from within, to seek a direct encounter with the Spirit of Truth, instead of telling people to fall down and worship the graven images created by the Church – well, my beloved, if that had been maintained, do you think that Britain and so many other Christian nations would have had a culture, where young people grow up without any sense of purpose, without any sense of meaning?

Surely, the only way to give people a sense of purpose and meaning is to show them, that there is a higher purpose, there is a quest for something better, something beyond in their personal lives and in society. To show people that when they reach for that beyond, when they reach for that Holy Grail, they can find a higher state of consciousness, a state of joy that is beyond happiness and unhappiness, but is the eternal bliss of God. They can find a state of peace, that passes understanding, because it passes the duality of the intellect that must always operate with two opposite polarities. But in the spirit of Truth there are no opposites, and thus the peace of God is unopposed by anything.

If people grow up in a culture with that sense of purpose, do you think they would have a need to numb themselves with alcohol, drugs or other forms of escapism? Surely, they would not. Do you see the almost incomprehensible difference between the culture in which all of you have grown up and the vision of the culture I am outlining, where people grow up knowing they have a purpose, that society has a purpose of not just maintaining status quo, of not just allowing the power elite to suck the light and the lifeblood from the people, but to grow towards more and more abundance, where all people experience the abundant life.

Ah, what a difference this would make, my beloved! And can you not sense – when you look at the scriptures, when you look at the person who walked the earth as the Jesus you know from the scriptures – can you not sense, that this is what I would want for all people on earth? That they knew the true teachings of Christ, and that they knew their identity as Sons and Daughters of God who are here for a purpose, a greater purpose, a grander purpose. And when you see this, can you not realize that you have a right to demand that that vision is what drives your society. You have a right to stand up and say, “This is not right. We cannot continue a culture and a society that is not based on a foundation, that is built on the sand of the ego consciousness, not on the rock of the Christ consciousness”. And thus, do you see that I am reissuing the call to go out into the world, to preach my true gospel to all creatures?

I am not hereby telling you that you need to go out and convert people to a certain religion. Not all people need to accept the AskRealJesus website, LINK to accept that someone can bring forth teachings directly from me. I am asking you to become even more universal and realize that you have a right to state the truth that you know in your hearts. Not in the sense that you go into a dualistic argument with people, but that you have a right to express that there is something more, there is something that is real, that is true in a higher sense than the human ability to make everything relative, and to discuss everything as just another argument.

Preach the universal Word

So my beloved, this is what I encourage in you—become universal! And in order to help you overcome your fear of speaking out, I would remind you of what we have said before: It is not your job to convince or convert other people. So many religious and spiritual people go out to evangelize, to preach, but they think they have to preach a certain system, a religious system because they have to get other people into the fold. For they think only those who are in the fold will be saved. Do you not see what I have been saying in this discourse? Any system on earth is a closed system, so no matter which closed system you are in, you will not be saved, for the true key to salvation is to be in the River of Life. Now, you can be in a system on earth and still be in the River of Life, but only if you have that inner recognition that there is a higher truth, and that you are willing to flow with it.

So you see, it is not your job to go out and convince other people of a certain truth. It is your job to present them with a choice between the myriad of dualistic ideas and an idea that comes from the higher truth of Christ, the higher principles. You will see in today’s world, that many people already sense at inner levels that there is a higher truth. And that is why you will see that many spiritual people resent any attempt to convert them to a particular church or a particular system. But those same people will not resent you if you simply share a universal truth with them, and just allow them the freedom to do whatever they do with it.

So consider this. Many of the people who go out and preach a religious or spiritual truth do so because they still have an ego-based need for acceptance. They are actually hoping that other people will accept what they say, so that they can feel accepted in themselves. For they do not have the love for themselves that Mother Mary spoke about. Yet, as spiritual people you need to strive for that love, and when you have that love for yourself, when you know you are in that flow of the River of Life, you will not go out and preach your truth from the point of deficit, from the point of you needing something – whether it be acceptance or recognition or something else – from other people. You will be in the flow of the River of Life, as Saint Germain was talking about, where he said that you come from a state of being full, so you can give to all without needing to receive anything in return. And when you do that, you have that unconditional love, where you freely share who you are, you share the truth that you have internalized, and you leave other people completely free, for it makes no difference to you whether other people accept or reject what you say.

My Beloved, listen to what I am saying. When you are in the flow of the River of Life, you know that your purpose, your fulfillment, is to let your light shine. You are like the sun, who is just shining its light upon earth, and the sun is not in the least bit affected by what human beings do with the sunshine that reaches earth. For the sun continues to give, and when you have set yourself free from all sense of not being worthy, all sense of not loving yourself, you can have that freedom to just shine your light with other people. And you know that when you have expressed your truth, you have done your job, and surely by expressing that truth, you have multiplied your talents. And you know that you don’t need to receive anything back from the people, for in you multiplying your talents, surely God will multiply what you have given to others and give you more.

You have then escaped the consciousness of lack, that springs from the fallen consciousness, where you think that you have to take something from earth. Instead, you realize that God is the source of all good and perfect things, so why do you need something from other people when you can receive directly from the source. This is true spiritual freedom. And it is what Maitreya spoke about in the last chapters of his book. It is what will change the religious debate on this planet. And it is indeed true, that if you could change the religious debate, all others areas of society would begin to change as well.

Dare to question the Church

As we have said before: question the unquestionable. Question what no one else has been willing to question. Question why the nation of Britain has a church which has been around for centuries, yet anyone who is willing to take an honest look can see, that it is not fulfilling the spiritual needs of most of the people. You might question whether it ever fulfilled their spiritual needs, but that is of lesser importance. What is important is that surely you can see that it does not fulfill their needs today. So if the Church is not fulfilling the needs of the people, why are we upholding that church in its present form instead of changing it? Why indeed, my beloved?

If you are walking down the street and you suddenly feel you have a stone, a little pebble, in your shoe that is hurting you, how many steps do you have to take, before you decide to take your shoe off and remove the pebble? So what is the insanity that prevents an entire nation from standing up and demanding change, so that they have a church that can fulfill their spiritual needs in this age? Surely, this is the form of insanity that prevented the people from seeing that the emperor was naked. And can you not see, that that form of insanity is completely unreal? It is based on an illusion, and thus it only takes one little boy who will stand up and cry out, so that everyone is suddenly awakened from the illusion and can see what was obvious all along.

And therefore, do you not see that just a few people, if they keep asking the question, can build a momentum. And certainly, if more and more among the top ten percent of the spiritual people in Britain will keep questioning the Church, then it will not take that long before the national awareness shifts and people wake up and realize—this is completely silly, that we maintain this church when it is not fulfilling anybody’s needs.

You all know that the Catholic Church in America has gone through a very traumatic period with the exposure of the sexual abuse by priests. Well, my beloved, I must tell you that if the Church of England does not start a serious transformation, there will be a fair share of scandals that will be exposed in this Church. For there is much corruption and un-Christ-like behavior going on beneath the surface. I would hope that this could all be transcended, but I must tell you that if the closed system does not open up very quickly, then it will start to break down from within, and you will see how the behavior of Church officials will deliver the death blow to this institution. And if that scandal or those scandals do surface, then, it is not realistic to believe that the Church can actually survive it. For the people will lose their faith in the institution, and thus we will move beyond the potential for the institution to be transformed and renewed, and it must be collapsed and be replaced by something else. And surely, this is a possibility. But I would prefer if the institution could be somewhat renewed.

Calling forth the Judgment of Christ upon the Church

As my last order of business, I shall make use of the fact that I have a physical messenger who has attained a certain degree of oneness with me, so that I may be physically present in the material realm through this dictation. I shall take advantage of the fact, that so many of you here also have a very high degree of oneness with me, so that you too can be part of anchoring this release of light.

And thus, I hereby – the I AM THAT IAM, Jesus Christ – pronounce the judgment of the Living Christ upon the Church of England, all officials of that Church, all leaders, all members. I pronounce the judgement of Christ upon the blind leaders of the Church of England, and I also pronounce the judgement of Christ upon the blind followers, for surely the followers are the ones who keep the leaders in position. Thus, that judgement is pronounced this day in the physical, and it is the judgement that will divide the way between the real and the unreal. So let it be done, and let that division begin, so that if the Church will not transform itself, will not transcend its old ways, well then what is under the surface must be exposed so that the people can no longer deny it.

Yet I also send out the call that the spiritual people in Britain will realize, that they have a responsibility for making sure that if the Church of England indeed goes down, that the people are not left in a worse spiritual vacuum than they have today, but are indeed pulled out of that vacuum by realizing that there is a universal spirituality beyond these closed dogmatic churches. Only the top ten percent can bring that awareness to the British people, and thereby avoid an even deeper sense of hopelessness and despair that will give rise to an even more intense need for escapism. I call to all the spiritual people in Britain to rise up, to dare to speak out, and dare to express what you know in your hearts: There is more to life, there is more to spirituality than what is expressed in the institutions of society.

Let the people know that there is More. And thus, I say to you: feed my sheep—although they are no longer sheep, for they have risen to a higher level of consciousness, where many of them are ready to see that they are not sheep, and thus they don’t need a fold. They still need a shepherd, but it is not a shepherd on earth, but the true shepherd of the Living Christ that is in the spiritual realm—and that they can find me only by finding me within themselves.

For my beloved, we have spoken about the monarchy. Well, who is the true king of England? Christ is the true king! But Christ rules in the Kingdom of God, and where is that kingdom? Within you! So, let the people of Britain rise up, recognize that Christ is their true king, and that they will only find Christ when they stop looking for him outside themselves and find him in their hearts. Thus, seek me where I AM, for I AM not playing hide-and-seek. I AM willing to be found!

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

No nation is an island

TOPICS: The need to combine science and spirituality  – The good and the not so good about nuclear technology – Those who learn only from the school of hard knocks – The true servant leader is ALWAYS giving – Golden Age leadership – Insensitivity and leadership – Overcoming the island mentality – A positive vision for Britain’s contribution to Europe – Love is the key –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Saint Germain, October 27, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Saint Germain I AM, and as my beloved brother MORE, I have spent several lifetimes on this island. My Beloved, I came also to set forth an example of how to be a man without misusing power. So I came to give a slightly different role model than the one represented by King Arthur, and the various embodiments of Master MORE as Thomas More and Thomas Becket. For I came to show the man who is not necessarily a man of government, not necessarily a man of action in the sense of being involved with society, but a man of ideas, of science, of knowledge, of even understanding how the material universe works; working on transmutation, transforming base elements of the human consciousness into the gold of the Christ consciousness.

I came to bring forth that example—that a man does not have to be on the battlefield in order to be powerful. For indeed, knowledge is power, understanding is power, wisdom is power. And that is why you have the saying that the pen is mightier than the sword, and I played some part in making that a commonly known statement. I have come in a couple of embodiments to set the foundation for the emergence of modern science. But of course I did not come as a person who was devoted only to science, to the intellect, to the analytical mind. I came as an example of a person who was still intuitive and therefore very much seeking that attunement to the spiritual realm, as MORE was saying that he was representing the attunement to higher principles, to the higher principles of God Government, expressed as the king, or as the one who stood up to the king.

Well, I represented another aspect of this, the attunement to higher knowledge. To bringing forth the practical knowledge that will allow human beings to transform their society into a higher state. And this is certainly something that I would like to see people in this age understand.

The need to combine science and spirituality

For what is the age in which you live? Is it not often characterized as the information age? But should it not rather be characterized as the wisdom age? For should we not help modern people develop the discernment that knowing facts may be useful, but it is far more useful to have the wisdom to put those facts in their proper context? And that wisdom can come not from the intellect, not from the senses, not from the knowledge that can be gleaned through physical, scientific instruments, but only when science is combined with intuitive insights.

You will indeed see – if you study the lives of the greatest scientists – that they all had intuitive insights that allowed them to make some of their greatest breakthroughs. And this is indeed the example that was set forth in the legend of Merlin, who knew through an intuitive knowing how the universe worked, and how to therefore have a certain mastery of mind over matter. Again, as Roger Bacon and as Francis Bacon, I attempted to set forth the example of a person open to science but not closed to spirituality. For the example I wanted to bring forth is that science and spirituality are two sides of the coin of life, and you will only have complete wisdom when you combine the two.

For as you see so clearly in modern society, the scientists may have great intelligence and great knowledge of factual things, but do they always have the wisdom to know whether what could be done, should be done? And that wisdom can come only from the intuitive attunement to one’s own higher being – and to the greater Being of the ascended masters – so that a scientist will know why a certain idea is brought forth and that it is brought for the raising up of all, rather than to be misused to empower the power elite and give them even more control over the people.

Technology in itself is not evil. I have sponsored modern science and the development of much of modern technology for the pragmatic reason, that I knew that unless people were set free from the drudgery of how they made a living during the Middle Ages, well there was no chance that we would ever have a spiritual awakening on this planet. So there is nothing inherently evil about technology. But as everything else, it can be used for good or it can be used for not good. It can be used in a egotistical sense to enrich one person or the elite, or it can be used in the altruistic sense to enrich all life and bring forth the abundant life for all people in a society.

The good and the not so good about nuclear technology

Take as an example of this nuclear technology. It can be used as a source of energy that does not pollute if it is handled correctly. And thus, if handled correctly, it could be a viable alternative to oil and coal that do pollute the environment. This is not to say that nuclear technology is the ultimate technology, but I am making a point here. And the point is that what you have seen instead is that nuclear technology has been misused to create nuclear weapons that are controlled by whom, my beloved? Well, by the elite, who controls the Government and the military that has, so to speak, their fingers on the button that can unleash nuclear weapons on this planet.

But beyond that, you see that nuclear weapons have actually had a very subtle and profound effect on the consciousness of the people, in terms of making them so afraid of a nuclear war that they have often been afraid to stand up for principles or for freedom, for fear of what could happen. You saw, for example, during the Cold War, how many people in the West were intimidated into silence, of not speaking out against the Soviet Union and world communism for fear of creating a tension that could escalate into a nuclear war. You see somewhat of a similar effect today, where many people in the West are intimidated into not speaking out against radical Islam for fear of precipitating terrorist attacks. So you see, the power elite have used nuclear weapons to induce fear in the population.

Now it must be said, that nuclear weapons have also had some positive effects, and this is indeed why nuclear technology was brought forth. Because it was determined that humankind was so caught up in the spiral of one war leading to the next war – where you clearly see the First World War setting the stage for the Second World War; and the Second World War setting the stage for the Cold War; and the tension between the communist block and the western block. This surely would have precipitated another war, had it not been for the fact that humankind was given the ultimate destructive technology, so that they could see that the cost of waging another war was simply too high.

And thus, even though the power elite have used nuclear weapons as a form of intimidation, they themselves of course have been caught by the same fear that they have projected at the people. They have actually been afraid to start that Third World War for fear that they could not gain an advantage from it. When you look at the Second World War, you can see clearly how the military-industrial complex, as some call it, did indeed profit greatly from that war. But they only profited because the war did not destroy civilization as a whole, and therefore they had the opportunity to spend their profit. Whereas if you had unleashed the full force of nuclear weapons, well then who would have been left standing to spend their profits? So you see how we sometimes have to go to these extreme measures to get people to pause and say: “We can no longer go down this path, for we will destroy ourselves!”

Those who learn only from the school of hard knocks

Those who are blinded by power will keep moving down the path of seeking to attain greater and greater power, and they are seemingly unreachable by reason, and cannot be awakened. And that is why they will not be awakened until they realize, that they now have attained a power that – if unleashed – will actually destroy themselves also and not just those who oppose them in the dualistic struggle.

You can have a situation, where those who are literally so blinded by duality and selfishness that they are beyond the point of insanity, can be somewhat awakened from that insanity by realizing that the effects of using the power they have will be so devastating that they will literally destroy themselves. This, my beloved, is also one of the reasons why in past ages, the concept of a hell was given. So that those who were the most self-centered, egotistical people could be awakened by this fear of something that was so bad that it finally made them realize the need to change course.

This of course is a very risky strategy, that we would much prefer to avoid. But as we have explained before, when people will not learn through the path of higher knowledge, through the path of following a true spiritual teacher, well then they must learn through the school of hard knocks. And they will keep escalating the situation until the knocks get harder and harder. And then – every time the knocks get harder – well there is at least a percentage of the egotistical lifestreams that are awakened. Finally some sense is knocked into them, as they say. And they wake up and realize: “We have to change!”

Of course, the danger is always that there are some who are not awakened until they face the ultimate self-destruction, as you saw with Adolf Hitler, who until the very end believed that he could survive, and only in the very last hours realized that it had gone too far and that self-destruction was inevitable.

There is a potential that some leader like that could unleash nuclear weapons, and it would be too late to stop it. Nevertheless, even if one nation was to do this, there is still the possibility that others would not respond in kind, but would indeed pause and realize that sometimes there is wisdom in not responding in kind, but turning the other cheek. So again, we have hope that humankind will move beyond the possibility that nuclear weapons will ever be used, and therefore rise to a higher understanding of power and realize, as Mother Mary discoursed on, that true power is based on love, not on fear.

The true servant leader is ALWAYS giving

I would expound a little bit upon these concepts given by Mother Mary. For you see, my beloved, true power can only come from God. God desires to raise up all creation, for as Jesus said, it is the Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. God wants all people to have the abundant life. So the true power of God is an expansive power, which is why it comes from love. Because God’s unconditional love is an expansive love that is always giving out, for it is aimed at raising up all life. And when you understand the Oneness of all life, when you understand the infinity of God’s love – that God’s love is inexhaustible – when you understand the principle of multiplying the talents, you realize that the more you give, the more you will receive from above.

You close that figure-eight flow, and that is enlightened self-interest. This then is when you align yourself with the River of Life, seeking to give more and more, to raise up all life instead of raising up yourself in comparison to others. Real power is always expansive, is always giving out, is always seeking to raise up. If you have a king, or an emperor, or a Prime Minister, or a President that is in tune with true God Power, well then that leader will do everything in his or her power to raise up the people, to give them a higher form of life both spiritually and materially. Such a leader will not in any way try to suppress the people. For the leader realizes that he or she is the servant of God and the servant of the people. And the more that the leader gives to the people, the more the leader will receive from God. And that is real power – the servant leader – where Christ expressed it this way: “He who would be greatest among you, let him be the servant of all.” Not only all people, but the ALL of all life.

When you see leaders who are not giving, then you know that you have somebody who is not a leader who is in any way sponsored or anointed or appointed by God. The claim that has been made, that kings were appointed by God, is a false claim, when those kings are not giving selflessly to their people but instead seeking to take from the people and suppress the people and keep them down. Such a leader could never, ever, be appointed by God, could never represent God. Even a leader of a church could not represent God unless that leader is seeking to raise up all among the congregation, instead of seeking to keep them trapped in a mental box of doctrines and dogmas and rules.

Those who misuse power come from fear, and fear is the sense of lack that comes from the sense of separation. “There is not enough, so I must take as much as I can from others!” Instead of applying the principle of alchemy, whereby you receive more from the inexhaustible source, thus realizing that the appearance of limitations, of lack, is nothing but an illusion. But that by bringing the philosopher’s stone, you can accelerate the limited state into greater abundance. Thus, you can literally quicken the atoms of lead into the quicker, faster vibration of the atoms of gold.

Golden Age leadership

My Beloved, it is indeed possible to transform lead into gold. But the true science of alchemy is more symbolic for wanting to transmute the human consciousness into the spiritual consciousness—to turn human beings into spiritual beings, into sons and daughters of God. This is what all true leaders should be seeking to do—to raise up their people, so that the people can express their highest spiritual potential and truly come into that Golden Age consciousness that will then precipitate the Golden Age. For a leader who is abusing power will never be able to manifest a Golden Age in his society. For a Golden Age civilization cannot be based on fear. It must be based on love. For only through love can you access the infinite source of God. And only then can you manifest a Golden Age.

What is a Golden Age? Well, it is a society that is not seeking to use only what is in the material universe in order to create wealth. For if a society bases its wealth on the material, well then it is inevitable that there will be lack. And it is then inevitable that you will see the formation of an elite, who will hoard wealth by taking it from the people. You see this pattern over and over again in history. It is not rocket science to explain this to people. They are ready to understand these concepts in today’s world. So a Golden Age society is one that recognizes, that there is no physical limitation that is set in stone, but that it is possible to apply the principles of alchemy to bring forth more abundance from a higher realm into the material realm and therefore increase the amount of wealth that is available.

And this, then, becomes the foundation for a Golden Age society that escapes the consciousness of lack, by realizing that when everyone works together, combining their minds and their actions, they can precipitate so much wealth that there is no lack and thus there is no need for anyone to hoard. For those who are the leaders of a Golden Age society are not the ones who are trapped in fear. They are the ones who are the most attuned to divine love, so they are the servant-leaders, and therefore they are not seeking to hoard for themselves. They are seeking only to use their position of authority to give more and more to the people, to raise up the people.

And that is why you see – in so many past civilizations, including what you see today – that you have this power elite that are so based on fear, and it is their fear that has propelled them to leadership positions. Do you not see this, my beloved? Surely you do, when you think about this. And I can assure you, that people are ready to understand this – and they are especially ready here in Britain – to understand that it is time for them to demand a new form of leadership in this nation—that is an enlightened form of leadership, NOT based on fear and lack but based on love and abundance.

Insensitivity and leadership

This is what the people desire to see. And as my brother, MORE, was expressing, you see this represented in the reaction to the death of Princess Diana, where she had come to represent that hope of a different form of leadership, that was sensitive to the people. Because, of course, the false leaders who are in fear and who, as Mother Mary explained, have already put themselves down by thinking they are not worthy of love, well then they become insensitive to themselves. And that is why they are completely insensitive to the people. But even though they may seem to be all about themselves, they are actually, in a deeper sense, completely insensitive toward themselves. And that is why you will see that some of the most abusive leaders known to humankind, such as Hitler, had that complete insensitivity.

Because you are not actually dealing with a person in a normal sense of the word. For in becoming so completely insensitive, he had been so taken over by the non-material forces that exist in the emotional realm, that he was barely ever making his own decisions but was just driven by these forces that wanted to use him as a tool for destruction. And that is why he became so blinded that he could not see that this would inevitably lead to his own destruction. This is the insensitivity that you also saw in the British Queen, in her response to the death of Diana. And the people realized, that they had a monarchy which was largely insensitive to their feelings, to their very lives. And the people are ready to demand a different form of leadership, that is sensitive to the people because the leaders are sensitive to themselves.

Again, we have one of these situations that forms a catch-22. For how can the people demand a higher form of leadership, when they themselves have been so suppressed for so long, that in order to be able to cope with the outer conditions, they have made themselves insensitive, they have numbed themselves? So you see the effect that once a country goes into the spiral of the misuse of power, you have the oppressive leaders who are insensitive to themselves and insensitive to the people, and therefore oppress the people. And the people know this is wrong, but if they feel paralyzed and powerless to do something about it, well then how can they cope with the situation and go on existing? They can do so only by making themselves almost as insensitive to themselves as the leaders are.

So you now have both a false leadership and a population who is blinded by this insensitivity. And how can you break the spell? Well, my beloved, you can break the spell only if those in the top 10 percent, the most spiritually aware people, decide to make the effort to free themselves from the insensitivity and to speak out and demand a better way—and speak out in many ways to demonstrate that there is a way to move beyond this insensitivity, this numbness, this sense of being powerless, this sense that nothing matters and that we cannot fight the establishment.

Someone must be willing to be like the little child in the story of the Emperor’s New Clothes and say: “But the emperor has nothing on! This is all an illusion! These people are false leaders because they come from fear that makes them insensitive. But there is a better way, and it is time to demand a true leadership based on higher principles.” And, as my brother was saying, indeed with the British people it is their destiny, their divine plan, to give an example of such a society, where you demand leaders that are based on higher principles are therefore you have an enlightened leadership.

Overcoming the island mentality

I would speak of the island mentality, for you can surely see that a big part of this mentality is precisely insensitivity. For when you have become insensitive to yourself, you have numbed yourself to the possibility for change. This makes a people backward-looking. This makes them want to avoid change, so they want to isolate themselves from other people who might actually induce the potential or the impulse for change.

It is the insensitivity that the British people have built up by being oppressed by the false leaders, that has created the island mentality. And if you look back at history, especially on the British Empire, you will know – if you think about this – that the people themselves did not actually want to be part of violently, forcefully suppressing other nations. For they are not truly a warring people—if they were, they would not want to isolate themselves but would be an aggressively outgoing people. But they felt they had no way out of it, and so they made themselves more insensitive in order to cope with the situation.

And this then created this sense that: “We Brits are different from the people on the continent, and we are set apart and that is the way things should be.” So you have, even today, this sense that the English people do not want to engage with Europe; do not want to see themselves as a part of Europe. For they are afraid that in order to become part of something larger, they might have to change some of the things they cannot conceive of changing, because what would it require for a people to change? Well, they must overcome their insensitivity to themselves.

The insensitivity causes people to cling to what is known, to what is comfortable—because they have become used to it, even though it truly is not comfortable at all. But they have simply become numb. And in their numbness, in their insensitivity, they feel they have some sense of equilibrium that allows them to go on, on a daily basis. So the thought of change breaks that sense of equilibrium, and that is why they tend to shy away from it and cling to what is familiar.

Yet, as Master MORE was saying, you see also the growth in the British people, the expansion of consciousness. And you see, for example, the very fact that the majority of the people truly did not support Britain’s participation in the military misadventure in Iraq. And this shows you that the British people have moved on from the days of the Empire, where in many cases they were supportive out of national loyalty of the military adventure and the forceful expansion of the Empire.

The consciousness has changed, and it has changed dramatically, although it still has not quite broken through to the conscious awareness of a critical mass of the people. But this can happen, and it is very close, as my brother, MORE, was expressing. And I can assure you that I also feel an excitement by contemplating the potential for this nation. I feel a great sense of gratitude and excitement at being able to speak here in this nation, because I can speak into the mass consciousness in a different way by having a messenger physically present than could be done from a distance.

A positive vision for Britain’s contribution to Europe

The British people are ready to overcome the island mentality, the insensitivity. But the key to overcoming it is to give them a positive vision, so they overcome the fear that Europe will influence Britain negatively. And instead, they lock in to the vision that Britain has a positive, constructive contribution to make to European society and the European Union. But, of course, Britain can do so only by demanding that enlightened leadership, based on allegiance to higher principles.

The European Union is potentially a step in the right direction, towards a greater unification of the people of Europe. But as has been explained here, even when you grow on the spiritual path, there is a potential that you can come to a point, where you use your attainment on the path for egotistical purposes—rather than deciding to overcome the ego. So, even though the European Union is a step towards Oneness, there is a potential that it can be perverted into becoming only a materialistic union that is based on the desire for economic growth or, even worse, military strength.

What we desire to see is that in the mix of Europe and the European Union, is introduced the concept, that we cannot be just a material union, we must also be a union based on an allegiance to higher principles. And certainly, this does not mean the allegiance to a particular outer religion, but the recognition that there is a higher authority, a higher reality, a higher source of truth. And that we will only ultimately have a sustainable society, when our society is based on those timeless principles, which will allow our society to continue to exist without destroying itself through its internal contradictions.

And this is precisely the potential that the British people have, and how they could make a contribution to Europe. And thereby, they would overcome their fear of having a negative influence from Europe or having to give up certain things that they consider they could not live without. Certainly, the British people could live without the pound and could adopt a European currency. Would that really be such a big loss, my beloved? No. It is only sensed as a loss because of the fear of change that comes from insensitivity, causing people to cling to tradition; to cling to what has become a symbol for what they look back upon as the greatness of the Empire. But they only do this because they have no forward vision that Britain could become far greater in a different way than is was in the past. That is also why they cling to the monarchy and why they cling to history and tradition.

The correct use of power is expansive, is giving, and thus it leads to transcendence. And when you are flowing with the River of Life, you have no fear of lack, so you have no fear that the future will be worse than today or worse than the past, because you realize that in the River of Life things can only accelerate. And thus, why would you need to look back to the past or cling to past traditions, when you realize that those past traditions represented the highest point of the time, but that there is something beyond it, and that you only reach that something beyond by letting go of the past?

So you see, the clinging to history is again based on fear and the sense of lack. Whereas when you lock in to the River of Life and the potential for expansion, you are not so attached to the past. You see it as the lead that must be infused with the Spirit and thus transcended into a better future. And then, all of a sudden, you realize that making certain practical concessions in order to bring yourself into alignment with Europe is a necessary sacrifice that is not even a sacrifice.

If Britain was to give up the pound and adopt the metric system in order to be aligned with Europe in a more practical sense, well, what could be achieved instead was that the gift of Britain became the English language, which could be adopted as the universal language of the European nation, the European Union. So you would, therefore, see that there is a give and take in everything, but that overall, there is no real loss. For you simply move on to a different level. I would impress upon you that by giving up a few things, you actually attain more. And you would also, by being willing to give up these things, overcome your own island mentality—but you would also overcome the reverse island mentality. Where many people in Europe do see the Brits as being separatist, isolationist, and in some ways “stuck up,” feeling they are better than others, and that is why they do not want to get their hands dirty by dealing with those more “primitive” nations on the continent.

For there to be the right flow, where the British people can fulfill their destiny to bring higher principles, well you see, my beloved, not only do we need to break down the island mentality in Britain, but we also need to break down the mentality or the perception in Europe, so that people will be willing to listen to what the British people have to contribute to the European Union. Without feeling that the Brits are coming from some sense of superiority and that they want people in Europe to adopt ideas from Britain but they are not willing to let anything come the other way.

Love is the key

Love is truly the key. I have a great love for the people of Britain. I have a great love for all people. My love is unconditional and infinite. Yet even unconditional love can be focussed on a particular people at a particular time. And this does not truly exclude others, for unconditional love can never be exclusive. But being that I am speaking in the physical here in Britain, I do want to express my unconditional love for the British people.

I have been embodied among you. I have had the privilege of serving to bring forth certain ideas, including the Shakespearean plays, to set forth a foundation for the British language, being a language that is uniquely suited for expressing spiritual concepts. And this has been done because I have seen the potential for this nation, for these people, to rise up and throw off all of the oppressors and truly fulfill their spiritual potential.

When you are insensitive, you do not feel you are worthy of love. You do not feel you can receive love, and certainly you do not feel you can express love. Which is why you see the mentality of people in Britain often being somewhat reserved and not expressing deeper emotions, but instead using humor as a way to hide their emotions behind that facade of being funny or even being sarcastic and self-critical. Certainly, it is better to be self-critical in a humorous way than a non-humorous way, but it is still a way to hide your deeper emotions. And thus, I want to pour out – through this physical vessel and all of those of you who are here – that unconditional love to the British people, that they might sense that they are worthy of love, that God loves them, and they might come to accept that.

And thus, as did Mother Mary, I ask you to listen to the meditation music that will be played. And while you are listening, tune in to the flow of unconditional love and feel how you go beyond actually accepting it for yourself, as Mother Mary focused on, but you go beyond it to feeling that you ARE that flow, you are One with the flow. And thus, it is flowing through your lower being and flowing out, covering this entire island. And those of you who are from other countries, are certainly free to see that love go to your countries as well. But I ask you to keep part of your consciousness on saturating this island with the unconditional love of God. Although I must say that the concept of saturating something with unconditional love is somewhat of a misnomer, for unconditional love is infinite, and thus you do not need a certain amount to saturate, you just need one point of the Infinite to fill all.

Thus, I thank you for your attention, for your presence, and I also congratulate you for having achieved a true victory here, that will start a catalytic process that will literally send shock waves, as it is, through the collective consciousness in this nation. And you will see that a change will begin to become more obvious in the physical in the years to come. So my gratitude for your presence. [Meditation music was played.]

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

Understanding power and love in the roles of men and women

TOPICS: All you need is love—unconditional love – Why love is power – Reconsidering male and female roles – Abuse of power springs from lack of love – Misusing power to cover unworthiness – Those who abuse power are consumed by fear – Using the power of love to transform society – Can you accept yourself and receive God’s love? –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Mother Mary, October 27, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

My Beloved hearts, I come as the representative of the Divine Feminine. And why do I come? I come because the key to changing Britain and every other society on earth is indeed love—the unconditional love that is truly a quality expressed by the Divine Feminine.

I come now with the great joy of being able to congratulate you for having achieved a breakthrough at this conference. For while you might not have noticed it, this latest invocation you gave was the culmination of the process that you have been going through since you started this conference—of coming into oneness. And you will notice that when the participants of a conference are willing to come into oneness, there is a synchronicity, where they do not need someone to actually lead or set the tempo, for they are so tuned in to the flow, that the invocation flows by itself. And everyone is in sync. And this is precisely the one thing that we always look for when we have a conference—the willingness to transcend the outer differences and come into oneness.

As we have truly explained, all problems come from the consciousness of separation, the consciousness of duality. And how shall we overcome the dualistic problems you see on earth, unless someone is willing to rise above that consciousness of division and come into oneness here on earth? Why do you think Jesus said that, “where two or three are gathered in my name, there I am in the midst of them?” It was because there is a universal law that we of the ascended masters cannot give to humankind unless there is a platform on earth, unless there is a chalice raised on earth into which we can pour the spiritual energies. And what is that chalice? Well it is, indeed, the chalice of oneness.

You can achieve this individually, and certainly many people have done so by coming into oneness, by overcoming division in their own beings. But there is far greater power when a number of you come together in a physical location and then strive for oneness with each other. For when you achieve that oneness, here in the material realm, then you open the door whereby we, in the spiritual realm, can pour out a far greater measure of light and truth and love.

All you need is love—unconditional love

You know very well that when you go into a dark room, you can see nothing. When there is a little bit of light, you begin to see something, but you also see that there are dark shadows and you cannot see what is hiding there. So a little bit of light can almost be more scary than an entirely dark room. Yet you also know that as you increase the intensity of light, the shadows disappear. In a sense, you could say that the light will remove all of the darkness on earth. But how shall that light come forth, given the Law of Free Will? Well, it can come forth only when someone dares to be the open door through which that light can flow. And when many people come together in oneness, well, the door is much wider than their individual numbers, for it is multiplied exponentially.

This is indeed our goal—to release as much light as we can through those who are willing to be the open doors for it. For this will indeed open the door for a new awareness that will awaken people, so that they will forget about the doom and gloom and come to realize the eternal truth, that the Ma-ter light will gladly outpicture their vision for a Golden Age. And the light itself would prefer to outpicture that vision, rather than continue outpicturing the current limited vision.

Yet there is light and then there is light of different qualities. But there is also something beyond what you normally call light, for you tend to think of light as something visible to the physical sight. Beyond the light is the source of all light, and that source is the unconditional love of God. So, my beloved, the key to transforming your own personal lives, and the key to transforming your nation and your planet is love—not the conditional, controlling, possessive, human love, but the unconditional love of God.

You have the old song that was brought forth in this country, with the saying, “All you need is love.” But you see, even though from a certain viewpoint that statement is true, the context in which it was given made it a human love based on ego-centered needs, whereas the reality is that love is not all you need. For if you only have human love, you can be the most loving human being ever to walk this earth, but it will not transform society.

What will transform society is the unconditional love of God, but in order to be the open door for that love, you must have Christ discernment, so that you do not seek to express love for selfish purposes in order to gain something, or in order to control others. But you allow it to flow through you, as El Morya explained yesterday, where he described the flow of the IS that is the source of the force of MORE, the source of transcendence. Having united with that, he has become a representative of that force of MORE, which is why he has changed his name—to truly give people the vision of the MORE.

All of you have the potential to be open doors for that flow of love—the flow of love that is unconditional, precisely because it will not accept status quo. It will not accept any condition on earth that keeps people trapped in a lesser state. And that is why unconditional love will compel people to become MORE, to transcend their current limitations and rise higher, until they truly have the abundant life, and not what they might conceive of as abundance today, which is largely a monetary, physical, material abundance.

Why love is power

You understand the dynamic that love – unconditional love – is not the human, sympathetic love, that seeks to make people feel good in a limited situation. It is the living, dynamic love, that compels people to rise above their limitations and become MORE. This is the love that I want you to understand, to tune in to. For it is only when you understand the nature of unconditional love, that you will understand why we say that love is power. Human love is not power. It is indeed, as most humans see it, soft, gentle and therefore it does not rock the boat. It does not compel people on to transcendence; it does not compel a society on to transcendence.

Is it really love to keep humanity in a limited state of consciousness and a limited state of abundance? No, that is not true love. It is true love to awaken people to their highest potential and to help them manifest that potential. That is love, and that love is power.

Reconsidering male and female roles

The traditional concept of power on this earth is as distorted as the traditional concept of love. For the concept of power is that it is tied to force, so that you must pound against the wall until you break it down. But my beloved, the real power is the unconditional power that transforms the wall into a higher vibrational state, so that it no longer blocks the progress of the light.

Consider the traditional male role, where you see men as powerful and women as more gentle, more loving. Do you see that this very much ties in with what Master MORE discoursed on today, when he talked about the example he had attempted to set in his past lifetimes in this nation, of a type of man that did not believe might is right because he was committed to higher principles? Where does the commitment to principles come from? It can only come from love, a love for something higher than the ego self, for something higher than the conditions on this earth. You love God, you love the principles of God, more, and therefore you are willing to align yourself with those principles, come what may in the physical.

This is the matrix that we of the ascended masters would like to set—that there is a higher image of what it means to be a man, and it is perfectly possible and appropriate for a man to express power in a loving manner, to be loving but still be loving in the way that is unconditional and does not accept unreality or limitation, but propels it on to change and transcendence. And when you have men who can express that kind of love, then do you really have a difference between the role of men and the role of women?

Are not women quite often able to express this kind of loving power? And do you not see how, in the last several decades, as women have, so to speak, become more liberated, you see many women who have entered the workplace or entered politics, and who have been able to express greater love but still not compromise power. Certainly, you have also seen some women, who, in order to attain positions of power, have attempted to beat the men at their own game by being more powerful or controlling or manipulative. But nevertheless, you will in general see that women are more attuned with their feelings and are better able to express those feelings.

If you could have an awakening, where the men realize that it is not weak to be loving and to have a love for higher principles, and the women realize that their love also is a love for higher principles and not just a human sympathetic love, well then you could see a society in which the traditional gender roles are simply dissolved and you no longer have a battle between the sexes. For men and women see each other as complementary facets of the wholeness of God. They see themselves, first of all, as spiritual beings who are beyond sex as you understand it on earth. And thus, they realize that they are only temporarily in a male or female body and they are more than the sex of the body. And thus, they do not have to be trapped in these traditional gender roles.

But beyond that, they also see that if you are in a male body, you are meant to express love in a more powerful way, whereas if you are in a female body, you are meant to express love in a more nurturing way. For nurturance is not just feeding people to maintain status quo, but it is giving them the real meat, as Jesus called it, where you give them the teaching and the love to help them rise higher, so that life in the material realm can be a reflection of the reality of the spiritual realm.

Abuse of power springs from lack of love

When you have this complementary interchange, this complementary interplay between the transcending love and the nurturing love, well then society will be propelled beyond the old concepts of love and power. For what Master MORE was talking about, was the people who have formed a power elite, and who have perverted power and abused power. But do you see, that those who abuse power do so for one reason only—namely, that they do not have love.

They do not have real power, the power of God, and therefore they must take power through force here on earth and seek to force other people into submitting to them—and if they will not submit, then kill them. This is a complete abuse of power, and it is only possible for people to do this to other people when they have no love for those other people. How can it be that a person can have no love for other people? Well, as Jesus said, do unto others as you want them to do unto you, which can be switched and mean: what you do unto others is a reflection of your state of consciousness. And therefore, what you do unto others, you have already done to yourself in your own mind. So if you have no love for other people, it can be for only one reason, namely that you have no love for yourself—for you do not love yourself, you do not believe you are a loving person, that you are worthy of love.

And yet, how can people come to feel this? Well, it is possible only because they have been completely blinded by, and absorbed in, the consciousness of separation from God—the consciousness that was started by those beings who, in a higher realm – in a higher sphere, as Maitreya explains in his book – decided to rebel against God and therefore separated themselves from God. These lifestreams have separated from God, and thus they cannot experience God’s love for them.

The Creator has the same infinite love for all lifestreams, regardless of their current state of consciousness. For did not Jesus say that it rains upon the just and the unjust? So you see, God’s love is unconditional which means that it is offered to every lifestream, every being. But those who have separated themselves from God, cannot experience that love, for there is only one way to truly experience God’s love—and that is to come into oneness with love, to become the open door, whereby that flow of the love, the flow of IS, the River of Life, can flow through you and you are one with it.

That is how you experience the fullness of unconditional love, so naturally when you engage in the consciousness of separation and see yourself as separated from God, you cannot experience God’s love. So, such a lifestream must rationalize that God does not love that lifestream, and that will inevitably lead to the conclusion that “I am not lovable.” And even though many of these lifestreams are not consciously aware of this – and would deny it if they read these words – I can assure you that at subconscious levels, they all believe that they are not worthy of love.

Misusing power to cover unworthiness

Yet it is very difficult for a lifestream to live with itself if it feels it is not worthy of love. So what do lifestreams do in order to deal with that situation? Well, they must find some way to cover over the conclusion that they are not worthy of love. And how do they do this? In many cases by seeking some kind of position on earth that makes them seem superior to other people.

For if they can feel that they are better than others, then they can ignore or forget the sense that they are not worthy of love. In a sense, what they are doing – often subconsciously – is that they are doing the same thing as the old story of the fox who could not reach the grapes and concluded that they were no good anyway, so it didn’t really want them. They cannot reach God’s love, so they say, “We don’t want God’s love. Love is weak. Power is better.”

When they do not have the love, well then their power can only be perverted and used for selfish purposes. These people suppress others through force because they have not the love, and thus there is nothing to rein in their power. And that is why you see some of these lifestreams be willing to go to almost any length to use their power to destroy those who oppose them. Yet what you do not see is that they have actually done the exact same thing to themselves. For as they seek to suppress others through force, they have already suppressed their own inner beings through force. They have forcefully denied themselves, their origin as spiritual beings, their worthiness to rise again and unite with the love of God.

I give you these teachings for several reasons. One is that you should not allow yourself to fall into the old trap of engaging in the dualistic struggle. Surely, you need to be aware that there is a power elite on earth. You need to be aware of their methods and how they have influenced society and the mass consciousness. You need to be aware of their subtle lies. In some cases, you do need to be aware of who they are in order to stand up and say, “We need to question those people who are representing a certain state of consciousness.”

Yet you do not fall into the trap of seeing yourself in opposition to this power elite, or to particular individuals. You do not feel fear of them, nor anger towards them. For when you unconditionally love yourself, you can only unconditionally love other people, and the unconditional love is what the Bible calls the perfect love that will cast out all fear.

Those who abuse power are consumed by fear

When you have unconditional love, you are not afraid of the power elite. You do not feel threatened by them. In fact, you realize the truth that those who are the most powerful people are the most afraid. For if they were not afraid, why would they need the power? When you separate yourself from God, it becomes possible that a lifestream can cease to exist, that it can go through the ultimate spiritual death, that we have sometimes called the “second death,” because it is the death of the lifestream itself, and not just the temporary death of the physical body. So the inevitable companion of the sense of separation is the fear of annihilation, the fear of the cessation of self.

And for those who are in the duality consciousness, it is a real potential, but only because they remain in the duality consciousness instead of stepping outside of it, which they can do at any time. And again, as it is difficult for people to live with the sense that they are not lovable, it is difficult for them to live with the sense of fear. And so the more fear they have, the more they have a need to compensate. And how do they compensate? They compensate by taking on power on earth, by taking power through force. Because if they can make millions of people in a country believe that they are powerful, well then they can ignore or gloss over their inner fear, to the point where they almost don’t feel it anymore.

Why is it, that some of these powerful people need millions of people to confirm the illusion that they have power or that they are fearless? Because if they really knew in their own beings that they had power and they had no fear, why would they need other people to confirm their power? So you see, they are also the lifestreams who have the greatest doubt, and that is why, only when millions of people follow them, revere them as powerful, only then can they believe it themselves and therefore push aside their doubt, their fear, their sense of not being lovable.

This of course holds true for the men that you see take on the image of being tough men. They also are driven by fear, and they compensate for it through violence because violence is always a way to make other people fear you. But truly, it can never have a permanent effect in helping them overcome their fear, for it will always surface again.

These people are on an impossible quest, that often accelerates until they lose control of their lives and end up destroying themselves. And you see this in so-called ordinary people who enter a negative spiral of anger and violence, until they either get themselves killed or end up in jail. And this is certainly what you have seen in these boys who committed the school shootings. It was again their fear, their lack of self-love. But you have also seen it in some of the “great leaders” of history, such as Hitler, Napoleon, and others, who in their insatiable quest for more and more power to cover over their fear, ended up destroying themselves.

Using the power of love to transform society

The real key to transforming a society is not that the people use power against the elite who is abusing power and suppressing the people. The real key is that a critical mass among the people wake up and realize that the true power is love. And they connect to the love they have in their own beings – their love for higher principles, for higher truth – and then they express that by simply stating the truth that society needs to change, that the old ways are no longer working, that it is time to come up higher.

When you are still in fear, people will start a movement, and to some degree it is driven by a true desire to see improvement in society. But because of the fear, it always ends up being a scape-goating effort, where the people appoint somebody as the scapegoat who is responsible for everything that is wrong in society. So if we only get rid of the scapegoat, we will solve all of our problems. This certainly is what you saw in the French Revolution, where the aristocracy were named as the scapegoat. But in reality, they were just one expression of the people’s unwillingness to take responsibility for themselves. And when the aristocracy was removed from power, another power elite emerged and took over, and thus the people were hardly freer than they were before.

The key to breaking this pattern of one power elite taking over from the existing power elite, is that the people must awaken their love so they do not need a scapegoat. They do not need to make it seem like the queen is so bad and that’s why we should get rid of the monarchy. Instead, they just state the truth that it is time to change the monarchy in its present form, to ask the questions that need to be asked.

Because it is a question of recognizing that there is a progressive movement in the world, as Master MORE talked about, with the River of Life. And when society has moved forward to a certain point, well then the old clothes no longer fit and it is time to throw them away and get a new wardrobe. There will come a point, where the monarchy in its present form has outlived its purpose. And we do not need to say that it is wrong, that it is bad, that it should be destroyed. We need to transform it. Perhaps that will mean that we no longer need a particular institution, but perhaps we need something else as a symbol for the nation.

Likewise with the Church, it is not necessary to go out and make the Church seem like an evil institution. But it is necessary to say that the Church of England is no longer fulfilling the spiritual needs of the majority of the British people, and that is why they no longer go to church and they no longer feel that they get the answers they need. So it is necessary to seek for a new approach to spirituality, that can meet the needs of the people in this age.

Likewise, you do not need to single out the upper class. You do not need to be negative towards anyone who has more money than the average. But you do need to challenge the consciousness that some people are inherently better than others, and you can challenge that only when you tune into the unconditional love of God. For when you realize the nature of unconditional love, you see that unconditional love cannot love some people more than others. For that would be conditional love, would it not?

Can you accept yourself and receive God’s love?

What I desire to see for the spiritual people of every nation is that they tune in to the love, and that they do it by following Jesus’ timeless admonishment to look for the beam in your own eye. Look at yourself, my beloved. Can you accept that you are worthy of love? Can you understand and accept that if God’s love truly is unconditional, then it is not a matter of whether you are worthy or not worthy to receive that love? You are worthy by the mere fact that you exist, that God created you, that God gave you a spark of its own Being.

And if you find that you have difficulty accepting these concepts for yourself, then be willing to work on it. For I desire nothing more than to have you come into that sense that you are worthy, that you are acceptable to God, and that God loves you unconditionally. For when you do that, suddenly it will be no struggle to let go of the limitations that are holding you back. They will just drop from you, and you do not have to struggle to overcome a certain habit. You will spontaneously decide that this is no longer necessary in my life. And so, it is gone instantly.

My Beloved, the key to transforming society is the unconditional love. But that love can only come through those people who have the greatest spiritual awareness. Yet those people – in order to become the open doors for love – must be willing to overcome all elements of the consciousness of separation, all doubt about their own lovability, and come to the point where you accept yourself. You accept your true spiritual identity, your own worthiness, and thus you are no longer afraid to stand up in front of one person or one million people, and express who you are and what is the higher truth that you see—not as a matter of belief, but a truth that you know is true, because you experience it, you have internalized it, you have become one with it.

Thus, you can approach the state of consciousness where – when Jesus was asked by Pontius Pilate “What is truth?” – well Jesus knew that he was one with truth, which is why he had already said, “I am the way, the truth, and the life.” You, my beloved, have a conscious self that, as was so profoundly explained yesterday, is a spark of God’s own Being, and thus it is infinitely worthy of God’s love. And it is, in fact, part of infinity and thus an expression of the infinite, indivisible love of God. For how can love be unconditional, unless it cannot be divided and therefore subject to conditions?

Ponder these concepts, but first of all take a long look at yourself. Be willing to recognize that you have all grown up in a culture, where you have been programmed from early childhood, even in many lifetimes. The mass consciousness, the consciousness of duality, has been pounding on you to make you feel that you are unworthy, that you are not acceptable. And it is inevitable that you have taken some of this on. In fact, many of you have volunteered to take it on in order to transmute it and show an example for other people. And thus, I am simply reminding you, that you took this on in order to transmute it. So get on with transmuting it and don’t postpone until tomorrow what you can only accomplish in the NOW, the Eternal NOW.

There comes a point on the spiritual path, where you have attained a certain spiritual maturity, but unless you actually dare to acknowledge that and decide that you will accept yourself, well then, it is not fully manifest. Because it might be in your etheric, in your mental, and your emotional body, but you have not dared to let it break through into the outer mind, where you consciously accept who you are as a spiritual being, as the living Christ.

So simply realize, that you are not here to carry this burden for the rest of your life, to suffer with it. You are here to transcend it, and thereby demonstrate to other people that they too can transcend it—that they can transcend the conditional, possessive love and connect to the unconditional love within themselves, whereby they can express that unconditional love in their society, and thereby make obsolete the institutions and individuals who represent the consciousness of anti-love, namely the abuse of power. You do not need to battle those who abuse power, as has already been said. Rise above them and make them obsolete. This is the vision we hold for you.

Once again, I congratulate you for your willingness to come into oneness, and I ask you to play the piece of music that was played before this dictation. And while it is being played, I desire you to open your hearts and beings to experiencing the unconditional love of God. Feel how that love is raining down upon you, washing away all anti-love in your being, as you are willing to let it go.

And if you cannot fully let it go at the present, well then, do not get down on yourself for that, but be willing to acknowledge that you have something to work on. And then work on it with all the tools we have given, even the tools available in the world, in the field of psychology and self-help. And thus, once again, our gratitude for your presence here and your willingness to come into oneness with each other, whereby you surely also come into oneness with us. [Meditation music was played.]

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

When you understand MORE, things can change quickly

TOPICS: Know the immensity of cosmic forces – Why spiritual people often feel depressed – A more spiritual self-image for both men and women – The perversion of the monarchy – The consciousness behind the monarchy – The death of Princess Diana – Dare to question the institutions of society – Taking a stand against the abuse of power – Questioning materialism – Reach for the higher vision for Britain –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master Master MORE, October 27, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

MORE I AM, and I come in the Flame of MORE. I come to impart to you a fraction of that Flame of MORE, as you are able to receive it. Thus, I ask you, during this dictation, to tune in, not only to the words that you hear spoken from an outer voice, but to tune in to your heart, to that Flame of MORE that is in your heart. For my beloved, there is not one of you who does not have that Flame of MORE in your heart. And rather than tuning in to the Flame of MORE as some external presence, I would see you tune in to the Flame of MORE within you. For did not Christ himself say that the kingdom is within?

Consider the vastness of the universe, and consider that there was a time, when photographs of the cosmos simply would not have been believed by most of the people on this planet. For they had grown up in a culture, where they had been programmed with a world view that the earth was a very small flat disc, and that the heaven was a dome covering that disc, with the stars being painted on the inside of the dome, and God residing on the outside.

In a sense, this could have given the idea that God was closer. But did they really believe that God was closer, or did the belief that God was closer make any difference? For they still were programmed to see God as “up there” and not inside themselves. So, even though they thought God was closer in physical distance, they could never bridge the gap, and thus it truly is an expansion and a major progress that humankind’s world view has been expanded to the point, where almost all people accept that they live in a very large universe, and that the earth is only a very small speck of dust in that large universe.

Now again, everything can be misused by the ego and those in the duality consciousness. For truly, many people in today’s world have looked at the immensity of the universe and have begun to believe in the idea that the earth is insignificant, and thus they themselves are insignificant, and thus there is no real purpose to life—certainly, no purpose to their individual existence. And thus, what difference does it make? Why should they stand up for some higher principle? Why not simply follow the crowd?

Know the immensity of cosmic forces

Yet, my beloved, when you look at images of the universe, one thing you might realize is that there are forces in this universe that are so immense, so huge, that there is no force on earth that has any significance whatsoever compared to those forces. Consider that your planet earth is revolving around the sun, but that your sun is part of a much bigger system called the galaxy. And this galaxy is moving through space, but it is not just moving randomly, for your galaxy is part of an even bigger system.

And ultimately, all of the billions of galaxies in the universe are interconnected and are moving like a large symphony, because there is this force that is causing the entire universe to expand. It is causing all of the galaxies to swirl around in a pattern so intricate, that even if you took the most advanced mathematics known to humankind and the biggest computers that they can build currently, well you would not be able to calculate the intricacy of the movements of the galaxies.

The image I want to give you here is that behind all the visible phenomena, there is a great unseen force, and that unseen force can be called by many names. But the name we have chosen is the River of Life. This River of Life is a spiritual force, but it drives all of the galaxies in the material universe. When you begin to contemplate this, you realize that your earth is not an island. As no man is an island, no planet is an island.

The earth is moving with this gigantic system, because the earth is flowing along with the River of Life. So you see that there is a force propelling humankind to grow. And you need to contrast this with the sense of hopelessness that so many have. As we discussed yesterday, the people of Britain have been infused with this sense that nothing will make a difference, so why even bother. Yet when you realize that behind everything is the River of Life, you realize that nothing is hopeless.

Consider what you know, that there are forces on this planet – embodied and disembodied – that are trying to stop the growth of humankind, that are trying to prevent the expansion of consciousness. You know that they have power, for they were able to basically slow down the progress of humankind for a thousand years during the Dark Ages. Yet when you consider that these forces exist – when you consider that a very large percentage of the population don’t want to change, but want to stay where they are comfortable and keep living the way they have always been living – well then you might consider how it is possible, then, that we have progressed so much in a century, in a thousand years, in two thousand years?

How did we ever get beyond the cave man stage? Well, it is because the River of Life will not allow anything to stand still. As Saint Germain talked about in California, the second law of thermodynamics is an expression of the River of Life, so when a system becomes closed, internal contradictions in the system will eventually cause it to break down, and therefore a renewal must take place. The system must move on and expand, so it is no longer closed but at least allows some light to come in, so that it can make a small or large step forward.

If you look at the past, you will see that there has indeed been progress in human affairs, and it has happened despite the influence of a power elite, despite the reluctance of the people. Humankind has been drawn, pulled – kicking and screaming – towards a higher state of awareness. You who are the spiritual people, have a choice to make. We might say that there is a stream of the mass consciousness, which is trying to flow in the opposite direction of the River of Life. So you have two movements, two forces moving, and you know very well what happens, when two tectonic plates are in contact with each other but are moving in opposite directions.

Well, tension builds, my beloved, until suddenly there is a release and the earth shakes violently. And this is why you have suffering, limitations, and any other limiting condition on this planet—because of that tension, that friction, between the backwards movement of the collective consciousness, and the forward movement of the River of Life. The earth cannot stop the forward movement of the entire universe. This should be obvious when you think about it. Therefore, you realize that in the end, the River of Life will win out. So as the spiritual people, who aware of the spiritual side of life, your choice is, which one of the two streams do you want to tune in to in consciousness? Which one of them do you want to immerse yourself in?

And obviously, I would hope for you that you would want to immerse yourself in the River of Life, in which I have immersed myself, in which all ascended beings have immersed themselves. And we have experienced that bliss, the bliss of the River of Life that is beyond the happiness and unhappiness that you know on earth. And we want all to experience that – the bliss, the joy, the peace of mind, the total acceptance of who you are as a unique individualization of God.

Why spiritual people often feel depressed

Look at this nation of Britain and keep in mind the perspective of this immense, unstoppable force of the universe, and see how it has been working in the history of this nation. For this nation truly has progressed – although far from its highest potential – you will see that there has been a progression. Even though we have talked about the false trinity, which has such a hold on the consciousness of the British people, you will see that there still has been progress, there still has been expansion.

Do you not think that the three powers of this nation – the power elite, the class system, and the church – would gladly have prevented democracy from emerging in Britain? Surely, they would have stopped this if they could. So why could they not stop it? Well, because they are no match for the River of Life. And thus, you should see that if the spiritual people of Britain would make that shift and attune to the River of Life – rather than attuning to the downward pull of the mass consciousness – well then the growth could be accelerated tremendously.

There are so many of the spiritual people who have fallen into the state of feeling hopeless, of feeling that nothing matters. But beloved, it is almost a state of depression that you see in the spiritual people, where you see that the majority of the population are completely unaware of what is going on. They are unaware of the power elite, unaware of a spiritual potential. And therefore, in a sense their happiness is a form of bliss, although certainly not the infinite bliss that we experience in the River of Life.

The spiritual people have gone beyond the state of ignorance, and they have become aware that there are all these things going on in history and in society, and yet they also become aware of the spiritual potential and the spiritual realm. What happens to many spiritual people is that they now see the immense contrast between the darkness on the earth and the potential for what things could be, if the spiritual reality was manifest. And in seeing how big the contrast is, how far society is below its real potential, well they go through a period of a sense, almost, that their hopelessness is deepened. Because they do not see how the darkness can be transformed into light within their lifetime. Yet, what I am trying to impress upon you is that this is an illusion, projected upon you by those dark forces who will do anything they can think of to prevent you from exercising your spiritual potential.

It is indeed possible that society in Britain – and elsewhere, but let us focus on Britain – can be transformed and begin to express the characteristics of a golden age society within your lifetime. But how will this be possible? It will not be possible if you believe that Jesus is going to descend and turn things around. Or that some wonderful person is going to emerge and become the hero that can take the nation higher. It will only happen when you realize that ALL of you who are the spiritual people in Britain must play a part. But if you will, all of you, individually attune your consciousness to the River of Life, instead of to the downward stream of the mass consciousness, then you will become the instruments for pulling the collective consciousness up, as I talked about yesterday.

When you align yourself with the River of Life, you overcome the dualistic consciousness, in which you fear anything, in which you fear defeat, in which you fear loss. In the past I have said: “We were winning from the beginning.” And it is true because the River of Life WILL win, and those of us who tune in, who immerse ourselves in that river, go beyond the dualistic sense where victory is opposed by defeat. We go to the real divine Victory that has no opposition and thus we know we can only win.

A more spiritual self-image for both men and women

I would speak of what has happened to the male image, of how it has become more and more violent. Now, you see, my beloved, those who are blinded by the duality consciousness cannot see beyond that state of consciousness, so they think that in order to keep trapping people in a certain image, they have to make that image more extreme. They know, because they have experienced it, that nothing works forever. They do not understand that this is because of the River of Life—that people will eventually have had enough of a certain state of consciousness; they will be bored by it; they will no longer accept a certain image of themselves. Those blinded by duality do not understand that this is because of the drive for self-transcendence built into every being.

Yet they do sense that the people will not forever believe in a certain illusion. So they think that in order to keep people’s interest, in order to keep people trapped, they have to do more of the same thing, more of making things more extreme. And this is why you see that male image becoming more and more extreme. Yet my beloved, the only thing that will ultimately satisfy people is not that they have “more of” but that they have “more than,” because they transcend the old consciousness and come closer to infinity.

So, what you have seen is that the male image is stuck in a box that is becoming more extreme, more pronounced. What then is needed? Well, what is needed is a transcendence of the way both men and women look at themselves. And in this respect, I would point to my own contribution from past lifetimes in Britain.

The perversion of the monarchy

Let us begin with the legend of King Arthur, which has been attributed to me—that I was king Arthur in embodiment. Well, take note that I said the”legend of King Arthur.” Indeed, as all legends, it was based upon a certain foundation in reality, but you must understand that the legend of King Arthur should not be viewed in linear, factual terms. It should be viewed like The Odyssey, like a mythological story meant to illustrate a finer point.

If you look at King Arthur, you will see that this image was given in a time and in a culture, where there was much warring and much violence, and thus King Arthur was a warrior. But you will also see that he went far beyond the traditional concept of a warrior. For was he not devoted to something beyond the material—a quest for the Holy Grail, for an immaterial concept, for a higher principle, for something beyond matter? Something that could not be conquered through a material conquest, that could not be taken through physical force. And remember that word, physical force.

Even though King Arthur was a warrior who took a stand against those who were trying to destroy his vision for a better future – and did what was necessary to prevent them from destroying the seed of a better kingdom – well still, he was far beyond a warrior, for he was committed to that non-material quest. From the earliest times of British culture, this has been the male role model that has been put before the British people. And it is not a coincidence that this image was brought forth in Britain, because the people on this land have the potential to actually live up to this image of being devoted to higher principles, to a non-material quest for an ideal society. Do you not see that this is what is represented in the legend of King Arthur, the once and future king?

So, this is because this land has a certain vibration from ancient times. And again, I am not trying to make you think that there are certain places on earth that are better than others. I am simply giving you the image that there are places on earth where a certain vibration is focused. And each nation has a unique potential to bring forth a contribution. I am not saying that the British nation is better than other nations. I am pointing out that the uniqueness of this land is that there is a vibration here, that makes it easier for the people who live on this land to actually be devoted to higher principles, and to reaching for something higher and manifesting that higher in their society, in their material society.

This role model has had a certain impact on British culture, the British mindset. And I must tell you that those who are the forces of darkness, who oppose the progress of humankind, realized that they had to put forth a very aggressive effort to destroy this example and to prevent the British people from actually all becoming replicas of King Arthur, to prevent them from exercising their potential for reaching for those higher principles, bringing them into manifestation in society. And this is precisely why there came to be created that false trinity of the perverted monarchy, the perverted church, and the perverted class system.

King Arthur was not the kind of king that you have seen in Britain for the last many centuries. For he was not the kind of king who said, “I answer to no one, neither God nor man.” He did answer to his people, for he was sensitive to his people. But first of all, he answered to God, because he was sensitive to the higher vision. He was devoted to bringing the higher vision into manifestation, and he did not seek to force that upon the people, but he did seek to push them a little harder, to push them beyond their sense of comfortability, so that they would come up higher with him. But he did not seek to use physical force to force them to come up higher. He sought to inspire them to come up higher, to inspire them to see what was their enlightened self-interest.

The model that you have seen for many a century in Britain is a complete perversion of the example set forth in the Arthurian legends. For have you not seen monarchs who thought they owned this country – and owned the people – and did not see themselves as servants of God first and servants of the people second? And thus, they believed they could do whatever they wanted and they could use physical force to suppress and destroy and kill the people who opposed them. My Beloved, what a perversion of the true potential for what a king should be.

There are many valid models for government, and a kingdom can be a valid model—if the king is devoted to the quest for the Holy Grail and is devoted to finding that higher principle and expressing it in physical manifestation in his kingdom. It can be a viable form of government. It is not the ultimate form of government, because we want all of the people to grow in consciousness. And thus, a democracy – if it functions right, where the people are engaged in running society – well, it is a higher form of government. But nevertheless, an enlightened kingdom can be a viable form of government. But you have not seen an enlightened kingdom in Britain – ever – because, as I said, the legend of King Arthur was mainly myth and not so much reality.

The consciousness behind the monarchy

What you see is that the monarchy in Britain has always been a perverted monarchy based on physical force, suppressing the people. And what that means is that this suppression of the people is a state of consciousness. And I know you will say, “But things have changed, for the queen no longer has the power to physically suppress the people.” And this is true, for again the River of Life has brought British society forward.

But what I want to point out to you, is that the consciousness that was outpictured in the mad kings of the past has not been completely removed from this nation. And thus, it still very much affects the people, even to the point where there are certain ways where physical force is no longer needed to suppress the British people, because they are so suppressed in consciousness that they don’t need the sword. For they don’t think they could ever escape the fold, escape the mental box.

That is why we say that it is time to rethink the monarchy. Not that I have any personal vendetta or animosity against the present queen. Not that I have inherent animosity against the institution as such. Yet, I do have the realistic assessment, that the institution, as most people realize, is a symbol. But whereas most people believe it is a symbol for something positive, for the grandeur of the past of the British Empire, I see that it is a symbol for a state of consciousness of suppressing and pacifying the people, preventing them from expressing their Christ potential.

That is why it is important to deal with symbols and to question the unquestionable and say, “Should we really continue the monarchy in its present form?” And thereby ask the question, “Is it possible to renew the monarchy, so that it becomes a meaningful institution in today’s society? Or is this not possible and therefore we should abolish it and turn Buckingham Palace into a museum.” Yes, my beloved, this might be shocking to some British people, but is it not already a museum—only the people don’t have access to all of it? For is it not a building that represents a state of consciousness that is like many museums, where you go in and you have all these artifacts from the past, but the artifacts are dead, and the past is dead. Only people will not admit it and realize that the queen has nothing on, because the monarchy, as an institution, has nothing on.

The death of Princess Diana

A movie was made recently entitled The Queen. And I encourage all of you to see it, especially those of you who are not from Britain. Because it will give you some impression of what I am talking about here. One of the things you will see in this movie is how there was a very un-British reaction to the death of Princess Diana. And with “un-British” I mean that the normally reserved British people – who do not easily express emotion – suddenly had no fear of expressing their deep sorrow over the passing of this princess. And my beloved, you must ask yourself, why was there such an outpouring of sorrow? Did it not go beyond the person, for was it not so that Diana had come to represent something in the national consciousness?

And one of the things she represented was precisely the hope and the dream that the monarchy could be transformed, so that the monarchy could become sensitive to the people. Instead of the monarchy representing this complete insensitivity because it thinks, “We own the people and they have to do our bidding, and if not, they will be put in the tower and beheaded.” The British people have a great hope that their society could be transformed. They know – not consciously, but subconsciously – that the change is right beneath the surface and could break through at any moment. And Diana had come to represent the possibility that the people could be seen as being worth something—the ordinary people, not the elite, not the upper class, not the monarchy. But that the people themselves could be valued for the unique spiritual beings that they are. And so, when the princess died, the hope in a sense died with her.

This is another sign of the need to rethink the monarchy as an institution. For many people did indeed feel that the response of the queen to the death of Diana was insensitive and inadequate, to put it diplomatically. And what they need to realize is that the queen is not an evil person, but she is a person who is very much aware that the monarchy is an institution with a very long history and tradition. And she feels that she has been entrusted – by destiny, by history, even by God – to maintain that tradition. And she was not able to step back and see that the time has passed, that it was necessary to make changes. And this is an example of how one person is completely blinded by the consciousness that I am talking about, the consciousness for which the monarchy is a symbol. And that is why there is a need to question whether we can allow this institution to continue to exist, because as long as it exists unquestioned, the people will not be able to free themselves from the consciousness that it represents.

After the initial outpouring, after the rising of a demand that the queen respond differently, well then – when she gave some token response – people gradually calmed down and they said, “But after all, what can we do?” They bowed their heads like the Dunkirk spirit and said “Oh we must endure.” And this, my beloved, is what the British people need to throw off as a cloak that is weighing them down. Why would you have to endure something that is not right to begin with, because it is not based on those higher principles that you know exist and that you know should be expressed in your nation? Why would you have to endure this? There is no reason whatsoever!

Dare to question the institutions of society

God has not ordained the British monarchy in its present form. God does not want the people to be suppressed. Thus, tune in to your hearts, and realize that you know in your hearts that this is not right. And then admit that you have been manipulated, over the centuries, to create a national consciousness, where you feel like there are certain things in society that should not be questioned. And therefore, you feel you must just bow your heads and endure, hoping that it will become better in the future. Now, it will gradually become better in the future because of the River of Life that I have talked about. But why should we wait centuries for a golden age to manifest in Britain, when it could happen within a decade?

I talked about the fact that you do not any longer need physical force to suppress the British people. What has been placed here instead of physical force? Well, it is precisely this idea – this very subtle consciousness – that there are certain things, certain institutions in society, that we simply cannot question because they are meant to be that way. Because that is the way it has always been, and there is nothing we can do about it, and who are we, after all, to know? Will not those who are the high and the mighty, will they not know best?

Well, my beloved, take a look at history. Did the kings know best? Did the noble class know best, in their incredible arrogance? Be willing to recognize that the British aristocracy are among the most arrogant people you will find anywhere on this planet! Be willing to acknowledge that, and be willing to acknowledge that they have very cleverly made use of the people’s built-in desire to see Britain become a nation that is an example for other nations. This is a true desire, because the British people do have a potential to become an example for other nations. The British people do have a potential for spreading a higher form of civilization to the world, as they have done to some degree by some ideas that originated in Britain and have spread elsewhere.

But what I want you to realize is, that the British Empire was not an example of such an enlightened spread of civilization—because it was based on physical force. It was the physical force of the upper class who managed to get the British people to go along, because the British people bought into the idea of the empire, because of a perversion of their true sense that Britain is meant to be an example. This was perverted by the duality consciousness into the subtle belief that Britain was meant to be superior, that Britain was a superior civilization, and that one Englishman was better than 10 foreigners. Or was it 20, or 50? Or however much arrogance people can have in feeling they are better than others.

Be willing to recognize that the British people have been vulnerable to the suppression by the elite, but that they can shake this off in the blink of an eye, by realizing that what they are really about is following the example of Arthur. Because the British people have the potential to be on that quest for the Holy Grail. Surely, not all of them could do this in the foreseeable future, but the most spiritually aware people in Britain have the potential to do this almost instantly, by switching their consciousness and realizing what they are really about, why they are here.

Taking a stand against the abuse of power

Let me point to my two embodiments as Thomas Beckett and Thomas More. What did I do in those embodiments? Well, I essentially continued the example that was set by Arthur, of taking a stand for a higher principle and opposing the worldly power that was not willing to follow that principle, but was only willing to follow its own ego-based desires. I attempted, in those embodiments, to set an example for the British people. Not that I am unique or better, but what I want you to realize is that all people in Britain have the potential, especially the spiritual people. But you need to have the vision, the recognition, that there is such a thing as higher spiritual principles, that there is such a thing as God Reality—that you can experience through Christ discernment. Because only then will you be able to overcome the very subtle programming that has been created by the power elite.

What is it that has been put upon the British people by the consciousness that I am talking about, the consciousness of suppressing the people by force? Well, it is the consciousness that “might is right,” that those who have the power, have the right to do whatever they want, and that whatever they do is right—which, of course, most people no longer believe. But there is a more subtle aspect of this consciousness which says that those in power know best. “Who are we, the people, to speak out against the upper class, against the politicians? Who are we, what do we know?”

You need to recognize, that you can know Christ truth within your hearts. And when you know that Christ truth, you have a right to stand up to the high and the mighty and say, “You are wrong because you are not in alignment with the very principles upon which this nation should be founded, the very principles that should be expressed in every aspect of our society, the very principles that we are all devoted to in our hearts. You are not in alignment with those principles and therefore you are wrong, and we have a right to question you and question your authority.” And when enough people do this, you will see that these forces will crumble. They will retreat, for they can no longer use physical force.

When physical force is not an option, what is left but deceit? But once deceit has been exposed as the lie it is, then it will have no power. For as you saw, my beloved, there came a point where people, almost like a switch in consciousness, began to accept that the earth was round, that it was not the center of the universe but that the universe was far greater than had been imagined. And such a shift in consciousness can happen again, and it is very, very close in this nation. And I can tell you that if the top ten percent of the spiritual people would start exercising their Christ potential, they could become catalysts. And in a surprisingly short time, you will see a shift in this nation, beyond any shift you have seen previously.

Questioning materialism

But of course, you must overcome the materialism that is also a result of the perverted trinity, where spirituality was taken out of Christianity, so people don’t believe in their own spiritual potential and are therefore vulnerable to becoming subject to the belief that they are just animals. This messenger was in a store the other day and pulled out a pound note with a picture of Charles Darwin and thought, “Oh maybe I should get rid of that” and instead he got change back of another note with the picture of the queen, but he was not sure whether that was an improvement.

I give you this image because you will notice here how pervasive these images are in the culture—that you have images on the money that people use every day, of the queen and of Charles Darwin, who both represent something. And many people think this is innocent for was not, after all, Darwin one of the greatest people to ever come out of Britain? Is he not universally, world-wide recognized for being this great scientist? And likewise they look to the queen as being a symbol for the greatness of the country.

But was Charles Darwin really one of the greatest people to come out of Britain? Obviously, you know that he was not, because he set the stage for the emergence of a materialism that has become an even more effective way of suppressing the people than was the Catholic church of the Middle Ages. For at least the Catholic church recognized that there was something beyond the material universe. But materialism does not.

Materialism has actually put society back in a mental box that was almost as small as the medieval world view of a flat earth with a dome above it. For now it says that there is nothing beyond the material universe. Yes, the material universe is much larger, possibly even infinite – although no one seems to be able to understand what infinity is – yet they are so vehement in their denial that there is anything beyond.

If there is nothing beyond the material universe, then there can be no higher principles. So there can be no quest for finding – for reaching up for – those principles and expressing them in society. All of a sudden, you now have a very clever lie, another version of the fact that might is right—only it is no longer based on the physical power to kill people, but it is still very much promoting the concept that some people are more fit to rule, and therefore you should not, as the people, stand up to them.

Reach for the higher vision for Britain

These things, my beloved, must be questioned, and you must be willing to question what you have come to see as the foundation for the greatness of Britain, that so many people are holding on to. But I hope that I have given you some inkling of a vision, that there is a much greater greatness waiting – just waiting to drop into the physical octave for this nation – far beyond anything you have seen in the British Empire. For why did the British Empire collapse? Because it was based on force!

And any action, as one of your scientists discovered, has an opposite reaction. So do you not see that the fall of the British Empire was inevitable? It was built into the very consciousness that caused it to start—the very consciousness that we have a right to go out and suppress other nations and rob their natural resources and use them for our own gratification, and suppress and kill the people.

This very forced-based mentality created the opposing force, and what was one of the major events that caused the British Empire to not crumble but transition into a more enlightened society? Was it not precisely the heroic effort of Gandhi, who stood up to the British Empire—not with force but by reaching for higher principles, precisely the higher principles that the British nation is founded upon? For was it not the exact same principles – perhaps expressed slightly differently, but the same principles – espoused by Gandhi that were espoused by Arthur? What do you think would have happened if Gandhi had responded the way he did to Nazi Germany? He was asked himself once whether he thought that a tyranny like Nazi Germany could have been defeated by non-violence. And he said that he believed so, but at an infinitely higher cost.

And this is true. Even Nazi Germany could have been defeated by non-violence, but it would have been at a much higher cost, because they would immediately have killed not only him, but anybody who supported him. And so, why did not the British do this? Why didn’t the British Empire simply kill Gandhi and all of his followers? Does that not show you, that the British nation has an underlying allegiance to higher principles? What did Gandhi do to the British nation? Did he not remind them of who they really are, not as a people who believe in power, but as a people who believe in principles? And was it not because of this, that they were wiling to not simply use force to suppress him, but actually voluntarily set India free?

If you want to talk about some of the greatest moments in British history, that moment in my book was among the greatest. For that was when the British people said, “We will distance ourselves from the ‘might is right’ attitude and the use of physical force. We will come up higher.” And do you not see, my beloved, that if that trend could be reinvigorated, if people could become more conscious of it, British society could change in the blink of an eye. And you would not believe the shift in consciousness that could occur.

Do I sound excited my beloved? It is because I am! Because I see that potential and how it is right there, ready to break through at any moment. I ask you to hold that vision, share it with others as you feel moved. But first of all, hold it in your own minds and do not allow yourself to be pulled into the negative trends, the hopelessness, the despair. Tune in to the River of Life. Immerse yourself in it, and learn to walk around on this land as being the open doors for the flow of the River of Life, so that that energy can flow through you and spread outward.

For why did we want you to have a conference here? Well, it is precisely because this is a central location, but also because it is an ancient power center. There is actually a power center, a spiritual power center, over this land. Which is precisely why you have the perversion of it in the Chatsworth House, where the kings met and had their secret councils. For they sense the light and flock to it, thinking they can steal it. But my beloved, they cannot forever take the power of the people.

And thus, I ask you to keep this vision of a breakthrough in Britain. And those of you who are from other nations, keep the same vision of a breakthrough in your nations. For I must tell you, that there are many nations on this earth who have a potential to break through and fulfill their own unique mission and set forth their own unique example. For surely, as there is not meant to be one Christ in this age, there is not meant to be only one nation who shows a devotion to higher principles. And there are many other nations in Europe, in the United States, in South America, and elsewhere, who have that potential to shift away from the old consciousness to a new expanded awareness, that materialism is dead and the old dogmatic religions are dead. But that does not mean that higher principles are dead or that spirituality is dead, for we can go beyond the old and reach for the new.

My Beloved, I recognize that I have caused your cups to run over, but I am very grateful for your willingness to be here, for you willingness to give me a platform to speak. For there is a critical mass of you here, that as I speak these words, they can be anchored in the physical through your four lower bodies. And this is very important for the work that we want to accomplish for this conference and in Britain, and on an ongoing basis in Europe. Britain is a part of Europe, and this is a topic that St. Germain will discourse on later. So I thank you with the gratitude of my heart.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels

There IS MORE to Life!

TOPICS: God’s will for Britain – Revolution must come from the people – What is unreal has no power over what is real – The collective consciousness is easy to change – Christhood depends on nothing outside yourself – Understanding the Dark Ages in Europe – The missing link in history – Overcoming possession – Overcoming division in your being  – Understanding the name of God – Loving God with ALL your heart, mind and soul – Being reborn of water and of Spirit – Change is always possible – El Morya is no more –


Listen to the recording of this dictation (Subscribers only)

Ascended Master El Morya as Master MORE, October 26, 2007 through Kim Michaels.

Gratitude, my beloved, is a God quality that is closely related to the Power and the Will of God. For when you know that you are right with God because you have accepted God’s Will – not as the will of an angry being in the sky, but the will of your own higher being – well, then you will naturally feel a deep sense of gratitude. For you will know that the universe as a whole is unfolding and evolving in close accord with the Will of God. And you will know that, as you stay in Oneness with that higher will of your being, whatever happens on earth is within the Will of God, and thus you can meet whatever happens with gratitude. Gratitude for the opportunity to learn, but even more so, gratitude for the opportunity to transcend, to go beyond.

If there is one thing I would impress upon you, one thought that represents what is the Will of God for planet earth at this moment in history, then it is indeed self-transcendence. And more certainly, this is the Will of God for this nation of England, of Britain and of the British Isles. The self-transcendence that will blow away, like a mighty storm rolling in from the Atlantic, the gloom and doom of the consciousness that you are all well aware of and that you have addressed in invocation.

God’s will for Britain

So, my beloved, this is the Will of God—that Britain does indeed become a Golden Age society, an example for how a Golden Age society can be built. Not by the high and the mighty, not by the elite, not by the establishment. But by the true elite, the most spiritually aware people, being the forerunners for awakening the people themselves, so that a critical mass is reached, where the people are willing to take responsibility for themselves and say: “We will stop complaining about what is, and we will change what is, for we know that we have the power of consciousness to do this.”

Where does this recognition come from? Well, it does indeed come from the recognition of how the universe works—that the universe, the material universe, is a mirror, that can only reflect back to an individual or an entire nation, what they are sending out through the power of their minds. For you see, the greatest lie perpetrated upon the people on earth is that the things that are physical are set in stone and cannot be changed by humankind.

This has taken on many forms, including what we expose in this invocation of the false trinity of the monarchy, the class system and the church, which denies the individual Christ potential of its own members, even its own leaders. When you recognize this, you recognize that the people have come to believe in this lie. But more than this, they have come to believe in it because it has become a self-fulfilling prophecy. It seems to them that they cannot change anything, because whenever they try to change something in the outer – be it through their own efforts or their government – they see that there is no real change. There might be some gradual changes here and there, but there is not the real revolution in society that they know from within is possible. And that is why the people feel powerless.

But the key to overcoming this sense of having no power is the realization that we have given, namely that the universe will reflect back what you send out. And therefore, the key to changing a society is not to change the rulers. It is not even to overthrow the elite through violent means, as was done in France and has been done and attempted to be done here in Britain on many occasions. No, the real key to changing a nation is to change the consciousness of the people. And that change must begin somewhere—with some individual.

Revolution must come from the people

For you will not wake up one morning and see the London Times have a big headline about the possibility of changing society by changing people’s individual consciousness. For surely, the establishment, the government and all aspects of society are more rigid and less fluid than the people themselves. That is why true revolution must come from below.

It has always been so. For you will see that the greatest revolutionary in the western world was Jesus himself, who brought forth a teaching that was completely revolutionary compared to what the people believed in Israel at the time of his appearance there. Who were the people that accepted Jesus? Was it the temple priests and the scribes and the Pharisees? No, my beloved. For those who are in charge of the current system have always entered an unholy alliance of being those who first and foremost want to preserve that system. For they want to preserve their positions of privilege and power. So it is always among the people that you have to look for those who have eyes to see and ears to hear a new revolutionary idea.

It is exactly the same today. You look back at Jesus’ life and you look at how few people he contacted in his lifetime. Yet you see the changes that have come about in western society as a result of the ideas he brought forth. You could look at the end of his lifetime and say he accomplished little in the physical. But he did indeed accomplish what he came to accomplish, which was to start the process of changing people’s consciousness.

In today’s world we have a very different situation than the one faced by Jesus, and there are two main reasons for this. Number One is that in the Piscean age, it was necessary that there was only one person who was the representative of Christ on earth. For the consciousness of the people was so low, that there were not very many people on earth at that time who could manifest and demonstrate personal Christhood. That has changed, for over the past 2,000 years, many, many people have volunteered to embody specifically to build your Christhood and build that Christhood at the present time, where it was the plan and the Will of God that many people should step forward and demonstrate that Christhood.

So there are indeed many people in embodiment who are very, very close to manifesting and expressing their Christhood. Some are doing so without knowing it, without having the words to put on what they are doing. But others just need that little bit of an awakening, that when they find a teaching that rings true in their hearts, then they know it and they feel that they have come home.

The other condition that is different today, compared to Jesus’ time, is of course the means of communication that are so much better today. And this means that there is a potential, that when the people who are ready to manifest Christhood step forward and do so, they can communicate their ideas, they can express their Christhood in a way that can spread much further than what you saw in Jesus’ lifetime. Indeed, you also have the added advantage that those who express their Christhood in this age will not be nailed to the cross after three years and thus be taken off the earth. You can stay here as the representatives of the Living Christ for the rest of your natural life-span. Some of you even beyond the life-span that would be natural if you did not express your Christhood.

What is unreal has no power over what is real

Despite the fact that you feel the weight of the mass consciousness, that you feel the inertia of the mass consciousness, that you feel the opposition both from the mass consciousness of the people and the elite – who will use all means available to them to stop a revolutionary change in Britain and elsewhere – well, despite you feeling this weight, I must tell you that it is all unreality. For you see, my beloved, the basic truth about life is that that which is unreal has no power over that which is real.

The only thing that is required is a change in consciousness, where you realize you have the spark of reality, the spark of divinity, within your being. You can connect to it and when you do, you will know that no matter what they do to you in the physical, they have no power over you. Was that not what you saw in Jesus? Where despite the fact that they mistreated him, tortured him and nailed him to a cross, they had no real power over him. They could not stop his Oneness with God.

The Will of God is that the people are awakened to the fact that so much in their present society is based on unreality. Not only in Britain, of course, but in every nation on earth. But given where we are, let us take a look at British society. Is there indeed anything that is real? Well, there are indeed many things that are real in British society, but often that which is real has been cleverly mixed in with that which is unreal, to the point where it has formed a new construct where the seeds of reality are like diamonds that have been embedded in the lead of unreality. And thus, people either cannot tell the difference or they think that the diamonds of reality – that they see sparkle – must of necessity be embedded in the lead of unreality. And thus they feel it is hopeless to separate the two.

Nothing is hopeless—nothing whatsoever. Nothing is hopeless for those who are willing to change themselves. And I must assure you, that even though you sometimes feel alone, there are millions more who are also willing to change. They just have not yet made that conscious contact with their own inner being, with the higher reality within themselves, that you have made. And that is why they could use examples and teachers, who are not afraid to stand up and express that there is a higher reality, that there is such a thing as reality beyond the unreality of duality, where everything is so mixed in that you cannot tell the difference. Or that you think one cannot exist without the other, for you think that the diamonds form one polarity and they must have an opposite polarity which is the unreality. So you think the two are in a dualistic relationship.

Yet the real essence of the message of Christ is that there is a fundamental difference between God reality and the dualistic “reality” that is in a polarity with unreality. There is something beyond, and that something is the reality in your own Being that Jesus described as the key of knowledge. Why “the key?” Because it is the key that gives you access to the kingdom within you. And thus, when more people are alerted to the reality that the kingdom is within them – and they are willing to look for that kingdom in themselves – well then you will see a change in the individuals. And as more and more individuals are awakened to this, you will begin to see a cumulative effect spread through the collective consciousness.

The collective consciousness is easy to change

The collective consciousness might seem to be very rigid and inflexible, but this is in reality an illusion. The collective consciousness is very soft and very pliable, and it will naturally gravitate or be pulled in any direction, where a strong enough force exerts a pull on it. And what you see right now is that for a very long time, the collective consciousness of Britain has been pulled downward by the false trinity of the very consciousness that is still represented by the monarchy, the class system and the Church of England. And this has been happening for so long, that the people think this is the only force that they recognize. And that is why the collective consciousness seems to be rigid. But I tell you that the moment another force emerges and gains critical mass, well, instantly you will see the mass consciousness be shifted and pulled towards the stronger force.

Look at the iron filings that you spread out on a piece of paper, and look at it as a representation of the mass consciousness. Now you put a magnet underneath the paper, and gradually the iron filings will start being pulled towards the magnet. Some will be pulled directly to the magnet, others will be aligned to the magnetic field itself. Yet now take a stronger magnet on the opposite side of the paper, and is there some magic force that will keep the iron filings at the weaker magnet?

No, my beloved, they will immediately shift towards the stronger force, and so it is with the mass consciousness. Because the mass consciousness really has no will of its own. That is why it feels as if the people do not want to change. They want to just complain about those who oppress them. They do not want to take responsibility for themselves and their nation. Well, does that not show you, that these people are simply so overwhelmed by the mass consciousness, that they have surrendered their individual wills to the mass consciousness? You might think that the mass consciousness has some kind of will, but it really is not so. It has inertia, but the mass consciousness should not be confused with an actual non-physical entity such as a demon, a discarnate, a mass entity or a fallen being. For the mass consciousness has very little sense of individual existence and thus has very little will power. It is always pulled in the direction of a will that is stronger than its own.

The reality that I want to impress upon you, is that the people themselves are not actually resisting a change in consciousness, a change in society. They are simply gravitating towards the strongest force that pulls upon them. And when the spiritual people, the top 10 percent of the most spiritually aware people, have enough of a united vision, that they can exert a force that is stronger than the united – and in many cases not so united – vision of the lowest 10 percent, well then – instantly – the people will start shifting. It can be no other way, my beloved.

This, then, should give you great hope, for some of you have the sense that even though you are spiritual people, you feel hopeless to change the consciousness of the population at large, because they seem so stuck in the old patterns. But what is it that you see in the people? Is it not that they are not willing to take responsibility and start with themselves? Well, will you not then look in the mirror and see, that many of you still have a remnant of that consciousness in your own Being. You feel like you want to make an effort, you want to play a part in bringing forth a better society and a Golden Age, but you still think that the bringing forth of that Golden Age depends on how other people respond rather than how YOU respond?

That is the lie, the lie that is embedded in the mass consciousness: that someone else must make the decision, someone else must do it for us. Jesus must come and save us, the king must rule the nation, the church must tell us what to believe about God, the government and the ruling elite must take care of all practical matters in society, for it is too complicated for us to understand and deal with. I am not here trying to make you feel guilty. I am simply trying to give you the realistic assessment, that part of being the forerunners for a shift in consciousness is that you have all volunteered to take on certain facets of the mass consciousness—and transmute them in your own Being. And when you do so, you will make the best contribution you can make to producing a shift in the collective consciousness.

Christhood depends on nothing outside yourself

Therefore, let go of the sense of hopelessness! Let go of the sense that your Christhood depends on other people or institutions in society. For the reality demonstrated by Jesus is that individual Christhood depends on nothing outside the individual. Look at Jesus. At one point or another almost everyone around him questioned the sanity of what he was doing—even his mother, who had a very high vision that he had a special mission to fulfill. So did his brothers, so did his disciples from time to time, almost all of them failing to see the greater vision. Yet Jesus withstood the onslaught of all of them – the people, the Scribes and the Pharisees, the high and the mighty as well as the low who pulled upon him to be their king and throw out the Roman occupiers – he withstood all of them and manifested his Christhood anyway.

Of course, this cannot happen unless you are willing to look at the ego and overcome that ego. Because otherwise it will be inevitable that your ego will pull you into a false “Christhood,” an imitation of Christhood, that makes some people think that they are the saviors, that they are the wise ones who know best how things should be done, and thus they are the saviors of the people. This is what you saw in Peter, where he would argue with Jesus and tell him how he should conduct his mission. This is indeed the consciousness that started with Peter, was institutionalized by the Catholic Church and was directly responsible for the emergence of the period called “the Dark Ages” in Europe.

Understanding the Dark Ages in Europe

For what happened in the Dark Ages was that people’s individual creativity was squashed, to the point where few people dared to stand out and bring forth an individual contribution and new ideas in art, literature, philosophy, religion or inventions of a practical nature. And see how this very consciousness created the idea that people can be divided into two separate categories—some who are above the population, who form an elite.

Jesus might be at the top, but was there not always a church hierarchy of the false preachers, the wolves in sheep’s clothing that Jesus warned his followers about but that they did not heed? And therefore, those wolves took over the Christian church and turned it into an institution that suppresses the people and makes them the blind followers of the elite—who are themselves the blind followers of their egos and the non-material forces beyond who are ruling their egos.

Throughout the dark ages, this consciousness spread throughout Europe. And I can tell you that if you look at how the plague, the Black Death, spread throughout Europe, I can assure you that at higher levels there was a similar spreading of the black cloud of this consciousness that the people are inadequate—that they do not have a divine spark and a Christ potential. That they cannot rule themselves and bring forth something unique from within themselves, but that they must always look for someone else to do it for them. This is, then, what gave rise to a monarchy based on the incredible illusion that it was appointed by God to rule the people, to rule its own people, and that the people were actually given to the monarchy by God as its slaves, as its subjects, and that the monarchy could do whatever it wanted.

The Catholic Church had already given up the willingness to tune in to the higher Will of God, thereby institutionalizing the dualistic will of man, the dualistic will of the ego, as the ultimate authority in society. It was just a matter of time before the monarchy fell into the same trap of thinking that it was the ultimate authority in society. And then you saw the ultimate power struggle between the monarchy and the church. And this is what Saint Germain has already described previously in our series about restoring the Word—that the church and the church hierarchy formed the established power elite, and the monarchy and noble class who owned the land formed the aspiring power elite. And the power struggle between them went on for some time, but then finally had the “resolution” that the British monarch now declared himself the head of the Church of England, thus bringing all three into a certain unified state, where now the perverted trinity of Father, Mother, Son was complete.

And that is why you see that the British people are indeed very downtrodden, more so than many other nations. Although I will tell you that there are other nations on this planet, where the people are even more downtrodden than what you see in Britain. For why am I standing here speaking these words in Britain? It is because I know that the British people have the potential to shake this off, to rise above this consciousness and indeed bring forth a Golden Age civilization in this nation. Yet, for this to happen, I must tell you that the British people must be willing to do what Saint Germain said at our last conference in California—question everything! Everything, my beloved.

The missing link in history

For what is it that the elite has done to suppress the people? Yes, you will look back at history and say that the king had some real physical power and he used it ruthlessly. Nevertheless, let me tell you that there never has been a regime on this planet – be it the British monarchy, or the Communist Party in the Soviet Union, or the emperors of Rome – there never has been a regime that had enough physical power to suppress the people with physical power alone. For had the people come together at a critical mass and stood up against that physical power, then the powers would have fallen. And this you have seen in a number of nations around the world.

So therefore, physical power is not enough to suppress the people. And that is indeed the missing link in history, where historians tend to look back, and they look only at the material circumstances, thinking that the cause of everything that happened in the world must be found in the material realm. But I tell you, that the cause of everything that happened in the material realm is found in the consciousness of the people, the collective consciousness. I tell you – truly – what they have used to suppress the people is the Word, the perversion of the Word of God.

The Word of God is the consciousness of Christ that allows you – as I started out this discourse talking about – that allows you to discern between what is real and what is unreal. In order to suppress the people, they must take away that key of knowledge. They must create this false reality, where they have now created two dualistic polarities that seem to be inseparably linked in a dualistic struggle for supremacy. Yet both of them are lies.

This is one realization that needs to be brought out at this time in Britain and elsewhere, for it is the essential realization that must be spread before a Golden Age can dawn—namely the whole nature of duality. And this is, of course, why we of the ascended masters have brought forth the new book, The Art of Non-War, which is written in a way that is more universal than any other book we have brought forth. Thus, it has a potential to reach the people and awaken them to the basic dynamic of the duality consciousness and how it prevents them from discerning what is real and what is unreal. So every action they take, every idea they believe in, does not really lead to change because it merely perpetuates the dualistic struggle, which is the very root of their suffering and their limitations.

But that dualistic struggle starts in the consciousness, for the elite themselves could not perpetuate the dualistic struggle unless the people responded. And that is why you see the unholy alliance between those in the power elite who want power, and those among the people who do not want power but want to give away their power and have other people make decisions for them. So that they do not have to face the potential of making wrong choices, but can criticize those who make choices no matter what choices they make. And yet even this can shift almost as in the blinking of an eye. And it will shift when enough of the top 10 percent process that state of consciousness in their own beings and overcome it once and for all.

Overcoming possession

What is the key to overcoming this consciousness in your own being? Well, some of you are aware of the potential that people can be possessed by a force that is outside themselves. This might be something you call a demon, an entity, a discarnate soul or whatever you want to call it. The essence of such possession is that something enters your container of self, your four lower bodies, and once inside it starts to rule the roost and cause the Conscious You to withdraw and say: “I can no longer be in command of myself,” or perhaps it doesn”t even say that, but without realizing it, it gives away its power.

What is the key to overcoming this? For I am sure you can see that in a sense, everyone who grows up on earth is possessed by something from outside themselves. For have I not said – and do not many of you know – that you have taken on elements of the mass consciousness. And the mass consciousness is also an alien energy, that enters your energy field and now begins to pull on your thoughts and emotions and your sense of self.

We have given you the image of the figure-eight flow. And the upper figure of the figure-eight represents the spiritual realm, and the lower figure, the material realm. So, what is in the upper figure of the figure-eight of your own being? Your I AM Presence is in the upper figure, and in the lower figure is your four lower bodies, your container of self, your soul, whatever you want to call it.

But what is supposed to be in the center, in the nexus of the figure-eight? Your conscious self, as we have called it. It can be called other names for it truly does not matter. But what I want to point out to you is this. For any outside force to enter your lower being, there must be room for that force to enter. There must be a division in your being. For if there was no division, nothing could enter.

Your I AM Presence is one, is one with its source, your Creator. So nothing from the earth can enter your I AM Presence because it is undivided. There is no space, no opening, for any lower vibration to enter. Yet in your lower being – once you have become a house divided against itself by believing in the dualistic lies – then there is room for outside forces, ideas and energies to enter. But there is only room because your conscious self has not taken responsibility for itself, for your lower being. It has not taken the responsibility to be the Christ in your being, and therefore be the mediator between your I AM Presence and your lower being. For when your conscious self occupies that position in the center, in the nexus, then you will be as above so below. You can be here below all that you are above. And thus there will be no division below, as there is no division above.—and nothing alien can enter.

Overcoming division in your being

Well, what is the key, then, to overcoming the division? You have been divided because you came to believe in a dualistic lie. And there are innumerable dualistic lies—so many that we could not possibly expose them all. But they all spring from the one lie, which is the essential lie, that there can be a division in infinity; that the Infinite can be divided into parts, where one part is separated from the whole and therefore one part is separated from another part.

And this lie comes in as soon as your conscious self descends below the nexus of the figure-eight. At any point below the nexus, there is distance. Now, distance does not necessarily mean division, for it is indeed possible that the Father and the Mother can be united in a true polarity of Alpha and Omega, Yin and Yang.It is only when the two become opposites through the dualistic mind that you have division. So it is quite possible to have the distance that you see in this realm of time and space without there being division, for there is still Oneness. But where must the Oneness come from? It must come from your conscious self occupying its rightful position in the nexus. Not by being in the lower part and identifying itself with any lower self-concept, any divided concept of self.

And, my beloved, the idea I wish you to ponder is this. In mathematics you have two important concepts. One is the symbol for infinity which is the figure-eight, but you also have the concept of a single point, or a singularity as it is called. The singularity is a point that has no extension in space. What does that mean? It means it is beyond space, for space implies extension, which means that there is more than one point—there is distance. And this is when you can have two points which are now separated by a distance. Your conscious self is what gives you self-awareness, but listen carefully now. Your conscious self is an extension of the Being of the Creator. But here comes the mystery for you to ponder. Your conscious self is pure awareness. It does not have a sense of identity as being this or that. It simply IS, my beloved.

You have had the concept of the I AM and the I AM Presence. And listen carefully—this is a perfectly valid concept that we have given you for a reason. For we know that once you have descended into duality – and have accepted a sense of identity as being separated from your source – well, you cannot in one jump overcome that sense of separation. So we have given you the concept that you have a spiritual identity that is anchored in the spiritual realm—and thus cannot be destroyed or distorted by any false identity you have taken on in the lower part of your being in the material realm. And this is indeed to take the awareness of the conscious self and redirect it from feeling that it is centered in the lower part of the figure-eight and gradually bringing itself closer and closer to this nexus point.

But you see, when your conscious self ascends to the nexus, it does not disappear. But the sense that it is separated from the Allness of the Creator, from the Infinite, that sense of separation disappears. For that separate sense of self is what dies and what Jesus talked about when he said: “He who seeks to save his life shall lose it. But he who is willing to lose his life for my sake shall find it.” Even the concept of the I AM is a concept that – although valid at a certain level of consciousness – needs to be transcended in order for you to go beyond a certain point on the spiritual path. There is the “I” and there is the “AM.” And do you see that right there, there is a distance, which is what implies the potential for a division. For you see the “I” that is the mediator between your higher and lower being, can come to say: “I AM not this up here, expressing itself through this below—no, I AM something down here, defined as being separate from what is above.”

And this is where division creeps into your being. So the only solution to this is that your conscious self, which is the “I,” comes to realize that the “AM” is only a tool that it is temporarily using to express itself in the material world. But the “I” begins to realize that rather than being that lower identity, it is MORE than that lower identity. The letter “I” is a single line, and again in mathematics, a line has no extension in width. So you see now that there is no division, no horizontal division, in a line. So when your conscious self realizes that it is not this or that, it stops saying “I AM this” or “I AM that” in the world, but it actually comes to say “I.”

The concept of an I AM Presence is useful, but if you begin to think that you are the I AM Presence, well, even that is a slightly dualistic concept, because you might see a division between the “I” and the “I AM Presence.” But what you need to come to is the point where you are just the “I” and you know that that “I” is One with the All, with the infinity of God. For the “I” is not a finite being. The “AM” here below is a finite being but the “I” is not.

Now listen carefully. Even the I AM Presence is a finite being, not in the material realm, but in the spiritual realm which is also part of the world of form. And how is the world of form created? Well, it is created out of the Creator’s Being. But it is created because the One Creator, the infinite Being of the Creator, expressed itself as the two polarities of Alpha and Omega.

The world of form has form, does it not? And you see on planet earth many forms that are separate from other forms, because they are defined by their differences. If there were no differences, there would be no expressed forms. All would still be the unexpressed Oneness of the Creator. So the Creator must divide itself into the two polarities. And yet those polarities are ultimately – although they are expressions of the Creator’s Being – they are finite. For they have extension, differences.

Again, differences and distance does not mean division, for nothing in the spiritual realm is divided. But it still has extension in what we might call spiritual space—not to be confused with physical space. People are so conditioned to thinking in terms of the world of form and differences. And in order to raise them up to a higher state of consciousness, they had to be given certain concepts that they could understand with their minds—as they were in a very divided state when, for example, Genesis was released on this planet.

Understanding the name of God

So now you have the concept of Moses going to the mount and communing with God, or rather with a representative of God. And Moses knows that the people will not accept him unless he gives them something concrete that they can use to picture this God that he met on the mountain. So he asks God to give him a name. And God uses the name I AM or I AM THAT I AM, but you see – as we have said before – this is not really a name. It is a riddle, a Zen koan, my beloved, that you can contemplate. And you see that even the concept of I AM THAT I AM is a concept that is adapted to the consciousness of the people in a dualistic state.

What is really being said here? I AM THAT I AM is implying that at any moment I AM Being whatever I want to Be. And thus, when you understand the reality here, you understand that God is really saying: “I am not a static God. I am not a dead God. I am not a graven image. And no matter what graven image you create on earth, you cannot fit me into that mental box. For your mental box must be finite, but I AM infinite.” What God was really saying is that at any moment in time, I will be what I AM. And you all know that the more correct translation of the original text is: I WILL BE WHO I WILL BE. Yet the consciousness of I AM THAT I AM is valid, because we have given you the model of the upper and the lower and that the lower being needs to come into alignment with the upper. And how do you do that?

You do that by realizing that in the higher part of the figure-eight is the I AM THAT I AM, and in the lower part is your sense of identity, your sense of I AM—I AM this, I AM that. And what you need to do is to come to a point where you can say: “I am THAT I am, up there.” That, however, is not the end of your spiritual growth. It is, rather, the beginning of the true spiritual path, where you realize that there is more to your identity than can be defined in the material realm. So you need to reach beyond the material realm. And indeed, you have something to reach for, you have something to unite with, where your sense of identity down here can become One or identified with the Being up here, so you know “I AM here below all that I AM above, for I am THAT I AM.”

Yet there is a higher level. For as I said earlier, your conscious self is not the I AM in the lower part of the figure-eight, but neither is your conscious self the I AM in the upper part. Your conscious self is a state of pure awareness, that can never be identified with anything in the finite world. And even your I AM Presence is in the finite world. So when you truly attain enlightenment, Christhood, Buddhahood, Oneness with God, whatever you want to call it, well then the “I” of your conscious self stops identifying itself as this or this.

Well, what does it identify itself as? It identifies itself as the All. And this is when you have the symbol of the “s” around the “I”, which symbolizes the figure-eight, where your “I” is in the center, but it really is no longer in the center, for it realizes that the mathematical symbol of infinity drawn as a figure-eight—yes it is has a single point in the centre, but the entire periphery of the figure-eight is made up of single points.

When you realize that a single point has no extension in space, then you can realize that a single point is not really a point. For if there is no extension in finite space, how can you say that here is a single point that is separated from the Infinite? For if it was separate, it had to be in the realm of the finite world and thus it had to have extension in space. So you realize that the single “I” is everything at once. And that is when you will know what Jesus said: “And the king shall say, inasmuch as ye have done it to the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me.” You will also know what Jesus meant when he said that when your “eye” or your “I” is single, your whole body is full of light.

Loving God with ALL your heart, mind and soul

That is when you can fulfill the requirement that Jesus gave as the absolute requirement for Christhood. For when he was asked by the Scribes and Pharisees about the greatest points of the law he said: “To love god with all your heart, soul and mind.” How can you love God with all your heart, soul and mind? Well, you can only do it when you realize that you ARE God, that there is no longer separation. For if you see a separation between yourself and God, you simply cannot love God with ALL your heart, mind and soul. It is not possible.

So then you have fulfilled the Alpha aspect of the equation of Christhood. But the Omega aspect is to love your neighbor as yourself. But how can you do that, my beloved? Only when you see your neighbor AS yourself, as your greater Self. For if you see a distance between yourself and your neighbor, you are not truly loving your neighbor AS yourself. And you are not truly loving yourself if you are seeing a distance between yourself and the Creator. For only in Oneness with your Creator, will you experience the fullness of God’s love, which is an infinite, unconditional love.

There is always a higher teaching that can be released. And what you will see is that there are always those who will cling to the old, for they have taken the old teaching and put it in a mental box, and now they are comfortable. Well, who is comfortable, my beloved? Only the ego can be comfortable with any mental box in the finite world. For the “I” can never be fully comfortable until it is one with infinity.

You always see that those who want to stay with the old, who want to stay where they are comfortable, are still blinded by their egos no matter what they might think. No matter what clever, intellectual arguments they might come up with, they are still blinded by their egos, for they have not truly been willing to look for the beam in their own eye, even though they have a teaching that talks about the ego and the need to look for it. It is entirely possible to understand that teaching only with the outer intellectual, analytical mind, and therefore take the teaching and turn it into a mental box, that gives the ego a sense of security because it feels it has even the spiritual path under control—even Christhood, it has under control. And that is precisely what you saw Peter attempting to do with Jesus.

Peter recognized that Jesus was beyond a normal person, but he was not willing to follow Jesus and attain Oneness with the Living Christ. He wanted – until the very end – to put the Living Christ in his own mental box. And even though he let the Living Christ expand his mental box that little bit, he would not take that final step of throwing away the mental box by letting the mortal self die and being spiritually reborn—being born of water and of Spirit.

Being reborn of water and of Spirit

What does it mean to be reborn of water and of Spirit? Well, several things. But one certainly is that being born of water is that you come the understanding with the mind, that you actually need to surrender the lower self. For in coming to that understanding, the “I” of the conscious self can then separate itself from the mortal self, because it realizes that if the mortal self dies, the “I” will not die. It will be reborn into its true identity as One with the All.

And when you give up that finite identity and merge into the infinite identity, then you are not an “I” located in the nexus, thinking “I am this, and I must express that down here.” Because there is no distance. You are everywhere, above and below. So you are just letting the I AM Presence flow through your nexus into the four lower bodies and express itself through those four lower bodies without the “I,” the conscious self, having to think about this, or even feel that something from outside of me up there is flowing through me here and expressing itself down there. Because it has stopped thinking that “I AM here and only here.” It knows it is everywhere in the consciousness of God. And that is when the “I” becomes the “Is” for now the energies, the ideas, the reality from the spiritual realm can flow through you into the material realm.

But not only flow through you, but also be expressed by you, because you are now fully conscious of everything you do. And in every situation you are not thinking: “Oh, I don”t want to be in this situation, I wish it was over.” You are simply there with the Allness of who you are, expressing that, and thereby transcending and transforming the situation so that other people are raised up. And so that the you have mastery over the material realm, and the matter light is raised up, is freed from the imperfect matrices that have been put upon it through the duality consciousness. It can be instantly set free, whereby the water is turned into wine, the dead are raised, the sick are healed.

This is what you saw in Jesus. Jesus had united, he had become the IS and that is why God could manifest these so-called miracles through him—that are not miracles; they are simply the natural state of the Ma-ter light expressing the reality of the Father, rather than the unreality of the duality consciousness. And as I said, with the mass consciousness that can be pulled here and there, the matter light has volunteered to express any form that God’s co-creators impose upon it. But this does not mean that the matter light has no consciousness. It does not mean that the matter light enjoys taking on the negative forms of violence, and images that are not in harmony with the higher principles. The mother light would at any moment gladly shake this off and instead instantly manifest the higher reality of God.

Change is always possible

So again, nothing is hopeless. Change is possible. That, my beloved, is what the power elite do not want you to believe, and they especially do not want the people to believe it. They want them to believe that status quo cannot be changed, or certainly cannot be changed beyond certain boundaries. And this is the lie that Jesus challenged, and that we need those in physical embodiment who are also willing to challenge. And this implies many things. You do not always have to come out strongly and give a teaching like I have given today, which surely, as they say, will blow many people away, as I know some of you are holding on to your seats here.

Nevertheless, there are many more gentle ways to awaken people to the fact that change is always possible. Look at history, my beloved. Look at how much society has changed in a thousand years. Think back—go to one of the museums you have in Britain and elsewhere, and see how people lived in the Stone Age. And then see how you live today, only a few thousand years later. And then see how much has happened just within the last century, just within your lifetime. How computer technology has transformed society.

Should not a realistic assessment make you see that change is indeed possible? And that change can have many levels? And is it not possible to help people see that the reason why society is at a higher level today than in the Stone Age, is that there has been an expansion in consciousness, and that it is the expansion in consciousness that drives all progress?

It is not that difficult to make people see, that because the expansion of consciousness has become one-sided in the West, where people have forgotten spirituality – partly because of the perversions of Christianity that took Jesus’ true teachings away from the people, and then because of the consciousness of materialism – well then, people have become unbalanced and that is why you have a one-sided progress. Where you have technological progress – as Jesus recently explained in the answer to a question LINK – and the technological progress itself creates problems which people cannot solve, because they do not have the corresponding expansion in their spiritual awareness. This is not, as they say, rocket science. It is possible to make many, many people understand these concepts, when you make them your own and express them in your own words.

I have spoken for a long time, which shows you that I have had a great desire to once again be able to speak freely on this island of Britain. Having spent several lifetimes here; having been willing to make the ultimate sacrifice in order to awaken the British people to a higher way, to higher principles. I have a very strong desire to see these people become awakened to their true potential for expressing a Golden Age in this nation.

El Morya is no more

And so I have more to say, but that will follow in the days ahead. For now I want to give one last announcement. For you see, my beloved, the ascended masters do not stand still. But we know that a certain percentage among our students like to stand still and take our teachings and turn them into a mental box. And in order to avoid this, we sometimes shake things up a bit.

So, I will now give you another seeming mystery. For even though I say I have much more to say in this nation, this is indeed the last time that El Morya will speak on this planet through any messenger whatsoever. For as of this very moment, El Morya and master M are no more, for I AM MORE. And thus, from now on I will express myself only as the Master MORE, for that is a more accurate reflection of who I AM.

And I desire you to know the fullness of who I am, and not a limited image that was very much adapted to the collective consciousness of a century ago, or even a decade ago. So I am indeed much more, and this is what I desire to express to those who are willing to throw away their mental box of El Morya and come with me into the infinite Being that I AM—that they might discover the Infinite in themselves, and that we may be One in infinity instead of some false concept of Oneness that is still based on the consciousness of distance.

For there can be no true Oneness when there is distance. So if you want to know me, you must become all that I AM. And I am willing to impart all that I AM to anyone who is willing to let go of the lesser self and become THAT I am. And then become the “I” that is the “IS.” For when you become the IS, then it is indeed possible that the ascended Master MORE might flow through you at any moment, into any situation, in order to set someone free from the illusion of less.

My Beloved, I thank you for your kind attention, for your willingness to be here in the critical number we needed in order to have the maximum flow between us and the British people, and beyond that to the people of Europe. For as I have been speaking, much has been happening at inner levels and I can assure you that there have been myriad angels working at higher levels to send energy through your four lower bodies, to anchor it in the material realm. Thus, a great change has begun, and I trust you will all be open to continuing this, so that we might see what can be achieved, when we come together in the flow that IS God.

 

Copyright © 2007 by Kim Michaels